KIA 2019 NIRO HYBRID / Plug-in Hybrid User Manual

Kia, THE COMPANY

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-

cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you

with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the

time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes

at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can

be carried out.

This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images,

descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equip-

ment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable

to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration

only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.

When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer

knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-

nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace-

ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac-

tion.

Because subsequent owners require this important information

as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is

sold.

This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-

nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-

plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual

that provides important information on all warranties regarding

your vehicle.

We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the

recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation

of your new vehicle.

Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features

for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment

described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,

may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manual

were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to

discontinue or change specifications or design at any time

without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you

have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.

We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring

pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors

America, Inc.

Printed in Korea

Foreword

We want to help you get the greatest

possible driving pleasure from your

vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can

assist you in many ways. We strong-

ly recommend that you read the

entire manual. In order to minimize

the chance of death or injury, you

must read the WARNING and CAU-

TION sections in the manual.

Illustrations complement the words

in this manual to best explain how to

enjoy your vehicle. By reading your

manual, you will learn about fea-

tures, important safety information,

and driving tips under various road

conditions.

The general layout of the manual is

provided in the Table of Contents.

Use the index when looking for a

specific area or subject; it has an

alphabetical listing of all information

in your manual.

Sections: This manual has nine sec-

tions plus an index. Each section

begins with a brief list of contents so

you can tell at a glance if that section

has the information you want.

You will find various WARNINGs,

CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this

manual. These WARNINGs were pre-

pared to enhance your personal safe-

ty. You should carefully read and follow

ALL procedures and recommenda-

tions provided in these WARNINGs,

CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.

✽✽

NOTICE

A NOTICE indicates interesting or

helpful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING

A WARNING indicates a situa-

tion in which harm, serious bod-

ily injury or death could result if

the warning is ignored.

CAUTION

A CAUTION indicates a situation

in which damage to your vehicle

could result if the caution is

ignored.

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Audio system

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Index

table of contents

HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM / H2

PHEV (PLUG-IN ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM / H3

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H4

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H25

HYBRID ENERGY FLOW / H31

PLUG-IN HYBRID ENERGY FLOW / H33

STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY) / H37

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H39

Hybrid System Overview

HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM

The Kia Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the gasoline engine and the electric motor for power. The electric

motor is run by a 360V high-voltage HEV battery.

Depending on the driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric

motor or even both at the same time.

Fuel efficiency increases when the engine is at idle, or when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the HEV

battery.

The HEV battery charge must be maintained for the times when the engine acts as a generator, such as when

stopped at idle. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by regenerative braking.

ODEP057140L

Startup/Low speed

cruise

Acceleration High speed cruise

Deceleration

Stop

Electric motor

Electric motor+Engine

Engine+

Motor or Motor

Charging

Engine OFF

PHEV (PLUG-IN ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM

The Kia Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) shares the characteristics of both a conventional hybrid electric vehi-

cle and an all-electric vehicle.

When used as a conventional hybrid electric vehicle, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and

the electric motor or even both at the same time.

When it is operating in the electric vehicle mode, the vehicle is driven only using the electric motor over a certain dis-

tance until the hybrid battery becomes low. The driving distance in EV mode depends on customer driving style and road

conditions. Aggressive driving maneuvers may at times temporarily enable the engine to operate for maximum power.

The hybrid battery can be fully charged by connecting a plug to an external electric power source.

The engine can be turned on based on a number of factors such as heater usage and a frequent operation of the

accelerator pedal by a driver in Charge Depleting mode.

ODEP057141L

Electric Vehicle Mode

Start up/Low speed

Acceleration High speed

Deceleration

External charging

Electric motor

CD (Charge Depleting) Mode

CS (Charge Sustaining) Mode

Charging

Motor

Engine+Motor

or Motor

Charging

Battery charging

Charging Information

• AC Charger: The plug-in hybrid

vehicle is charged by plugging into

a AC Charger installed in your

home or a public charging station.

(For further details, refer to the 'AC

Charge'.)

• Trickle Charger: The plug-in hybrid

vehicle can be charged by using

household electricity.

The electrical outlet in your home

must comply with regulations and

can safely accommodate the

Voltage / Current (Amps) / Power

(Watts) ratings specified on the

trickle charge. Use only as a back-

up charger.

Charging Time

• AC Charger: Takes about 2 hours

15 minutes at room temperature

(Can be charged to 100%.).

Depending on the condition and

durability of the high-voltage bat-

tery, charger specifications, and

ambient temperature, the time

required for charging the high-volt-

age battery may vary.

• Trickle Charger: For charging at

home. Please note that the Trickle

Charger is slower than the AC

Charger.

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

Charging Types

• Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temper-

ature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary.

• Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer.

Category

Charging Inlet

(Vehicle)

Charging Connector Charging Outlet Charging Method Charging Time

AC Charger

installed in homes

or public charging

stations

Approximately 2 hours

15 minutes (to fully

charge the plug-in

hybrid,100%)

Trickle

Charger

Household current

For charging at home.

Please note that the

Trickle Charger is slow-

er than the AC Charger

ODEPQ017018

ODEPQ017019

OAEEQ016024

OJFHPQ016021L

ODEPQ017018

Charging Status

You can check the charging status at

the outside of vehicle when charging

or using (it is not driving status) the

high-voltage battery.

➀ : Charging indicator lamp

Charging Connector

AUTO/LOCK Mode

You may select when the charging

connector can be locked and

unlocked in the charging inlet.

Press the button to change

between AUTO mode and LOCK

mode.

ODEP047020N

ODEPQ017021

Operation of

Charging Indicator

Lamp (1)

Charging Status

Turns on (Green)

Charging in

progress

Turns off

Not Charging or

fully charged

Slowly blinks

(Green) and then

turns off (repeat

for 3 minutes)

Waiting for sched-

uled charging

(turns off after 3

minutes)

Quickly

blinks(Green) and

then turns off

(repeats during

operation)

Aux. Battery Saver

+ operating in

progress

Slowly blinks (Red) Malfunction

When the Charging Connector

is Locked

• LOCK mode (button indicator off) :

The connector locks when the

charging connector is plugged into

the charging inlet. The connector is

locked until all doors are unlocked

by the driver. This mode can be used

to prevent charging cable theft.

- If the charging connector is

unlocked when all doors are

unlocked, but the charging cable

is not disconnected within 10 sec-

onds, the connector will be auto-

matically locked again.

- If the charging connector is

unlocked when all doors are

unlocked, but all doors are locked

again, immediately, the connector

will be automatically locked again.

• AUTO mode (button indicator on) :

The connector locks when charg-

ing starts. The connector unlocks

when charging is complete. This

mode can be used when charging

in a public charging station.

If the connector does not unlock

automatically after the charging is

completed in AUTO mode, the con-

nector will unlock when all the

doors are unlocked.

❈

Charging connector

AUTO/LOCK mode

When the charging connector is

plugged into the charging inlet, the

connector lock timing varies with the

modes selected by pressing the but-

ton.

• LOCK mode : The connector locks

automatically when the charging

connector is connected normally.

• AUTO mode : The connector locks

when charging and automatically

unlocks when charging is complet-

ed.

❈For more details, refer to the

“Charging connector AUTO/LOCK

mode”.

❈ Locking/unlocking the charging

door

The charging door lock/unlock func-

tion works only when the following

conditions are satisfied with the

charging door closed.

If the unlock function does not work,

use the emergency charging door

unlock method to unlock the charg-

ing door. (For more details, refer to

the “Unlock charging door in emer-

gency”)

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

LOCK AUTO

Before charging O X

While charging O O

Finished charging O X

1. Conditions for lock :

➀ : When locking doors from out-

side the vehicle with the

charging door closed.

➁ : When locking the driver’s door

using a mechanical key

➂ : When locking doors using a

smart key

➃ : When pressing the door

lock/unlock button on the front

door outside handle while the

smart key is detected and

doors are unlocked

➄ : When locking all vehicle doors

with the charging door closed.

(When locking doors with

functions such as spare key,

smart key, door lock button on

the outside door handle, cen-

tral door lock switch, auto door

lock.)

2. Conditions for unlock :

➀ : When unlocking doors from

outside the vehicle with the

charging door closed.

➁ : When unlocking the driver’s

door using a mechanical key

➂ : When unlocking doors using a

smart key

➃ : When pressing the door

lock/unlock button on the front

door outside handle while the

smart key is detected and

doors are locked

➄ : When unlocking all vehicle

doors with the charging door

closed. (When unlocking doors

with functions such as spare

key, smart key, door lock but-

ton on the outside door han-

dle, central door lock switch,

auto door lock.)

Scheduled Charging

(if equipped)

• You can set reserved charging

using the AVN.

Refer to the AVN for detailed infor-

mation about setting reserved

charging.

• Scheduled charging can only be

done when using a AC Charger or

the portable charging cable (ICCB:

In-Cable Control Box).

❈AVN : Audio, Video, Navigation

• When scheduled charging is set

and the AC Charger or the portable

charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable

Control Box) is connected for

charging, the indicator lamp blinks

(for 3 minutes) to indicate that

scheduled charging is set.

• When scheduled charging is set,

charging is not initiated immediate-

ly when the AC Charger or

portable charging cable (ICCB: In-

Cable Control Box) is connected.

• If charging is required immediately,

turn off the scheduled charge

using the vehicle’s touchscreen or

UVO eco smartphone application

or press the vehicle's scheduled

charge release button( ).

• When the scheduled charge is set,

the charge start time is calculated

by itself. In some cases, charging

may start immediately after con-

necting the charger.

• If you press the scheduled charging

deactivation ( ) button to immedi-

ately charge the battery, charging

must be initiated 3 minutes after the

charging cable has been connected.

When you press the scheduled

charging deactivation ( ) button

for immediate charging, the sched-

uled charge setting is not com-

pletely deactivated. If you need to

completely deactivate the sched-

uled charge setting, use the AVN

to finalize the deactivation.

Refer to "AC Charge or Trickle

Charge" for details about connect-

ing the AC Charger and the

portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable

Control Box).

ODEPQ017023 ODEPQ017022

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

Charging Precautions

OJFHPQ016021L

■ AC Charger

WARNING

Fires caused by dust or

water

Do not connect the charging

cable connector plug to the vehi-

cle if there is water or dust on the

charging inlet. Connecting while

there is water or dust on the

charging cable connector and

plug may cause a fire or electric

shock.

WARNING

Interference with electron-

ic medical devices

When using medical electric

devices such as an implantable

cardiac pacemaker, make sure to

ask the medical team and manu-

facturer whether charging your

electric vehicle will impact the

operation of the medical

devices. In some instances, elec-

tromagnetic waves that are gen-

erated from the charger can seri-

ously impact medical electric

devices such as an implantable

cardiac pacemaker.

WARNING

Touching the charging

connector

Do not to touch the charging

connector, charging plug, and

the charging inlet when con-

necting the charger connecting

cable to the charging outlet and

the charging inlet on the vehi-

cle. Doing so may result in elec-

trocution.

WARNING

Public Electric Outlets

Do not use old or worn out pub-

lic electric outlets to charge

your vehicle. There may be a

risk of fire and injury when

using old worn out public elec-

trical outlets.

H10

• Comply with the following in order

to prevent electrical shock when

charging:

- Use a waterproof charger

- Make sure to not touch the charg-

ing connector and charging plug

when your hand is wet

- Do not charge when there is light-

ning

- Do not charge when the charging

connector and plug is wet

• Always keep the charging connec-

tor and charging plug in clean and

dry condition. Be sure to keep the

charging cable in a condition where

there is no water or moisture.

• Make sure to use the designated

charger for charging the vehicle.

Using any other charger may

cause failure.

• Before charging the battery, turn

the vehicle OFF.

• Be careful not to drop the charging

connector. The charging connector

can be damaged.

• Always inspect the charging con-

nector terminals for damage or

overheating. Do not use if dam-

aged, as this may damage the

vehicle side charge connector and

is not a warrantable repair.

WARNING - Charging

cable

• Immediately stop charging

when you discover abnormal

symptoms (smell, smoke).

• Replace the charging cable if

the cable coating is damaged

to prevent electrical shock.

• When connecting or removing

the charging cable, make sure

to hold the charging connec-

tor handle.

If you pull the cable itself

(without using the handle), the

internal wires may disconnect

or get damaged.This may lead

to electric shock or fire.

WARNING - Cooling fan

Do not touch the cooling fan

while vehicle is charging. When

the vehicle is switched OFF

while charging, the cooling fan

inside the engine compartment

or interior rear seat may auto-

matically operate.

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H11

AC Charge

You can charge your vehicle by plug-

ging into a public charger at a charg-

ing station.

How to Connect to a AC Charger

1. Depress the brake pedal and

apply the parking brake.

2. Turn OFF all switches, move the

shift lever to P (Park), and turn

OFF the vehicle.

3. After unlocking doors, open the

charging door by pressing it.

✽✽

NOTICE

The charging door does not open the

doors are locked/theft alarm system

is armed.

4. Remove any dust on the charging

connector and charging inlet.

5. Hold the charging connector han-

dle. Then, insert it into the charg-

ing inlet, until you hear a click

sound. If it is not fully connected, a

bad connection between the

charging connector and the charg-

ing terminals may cause a fire.

ODEPQ017025

OJFHPQ016021L

OAEEQ016028

■ AC Charger

■ AC Charger cable

ODEPQ017026

H12

6. Check if the charging cable con-

nection indicator of the high volt-

age battery in the instrument clus-

ter is turned ON.

Charging does not occur when the

indicator is OFF. When the charg-

ing connector is not connected

properly, reconnect the charging

cable to charge.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Charging is in progress only when

the shift lever is in P (Park).

Charging the battery with the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

ACC position is possible. However,

it may discharge the 12-V battery.

Thus, if possible, charge the bat-

tery with the Engine Start/Stop

button in the OFF position.

• The charging process is interrupt-

ed temporarily when the shift lever

is moved from P (Park) to Not P(R

(Reverse)/N (Neutral)/D (Drive))

during charging. To resume(restart)

charging, move the shift lever to the

P (park) position. Then, the charging

process is resumed(restarted).

7. After charging has started, the

estimated charging time is dis-

played on the instrument cluster

for about 1 minute. It is also dis-

played, when the driver’s door is

opened with charging in progress.

When scheduled charging is set,

the estimated charging time is dis-

played as “--" .

ODEPQ017027

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

ODEPQ017028L

H13

Unlock Connector in Emergency

If the charging connector does not

unlock for some reason, open the

hood and slightly pull the emergency

cable as shown above. The charging

door will then open.

If the charging door does not opened

immediately after pulling the emer-

gency cable in press the charging

door lightly and pull the emergency

cable again.

Charging Status

Checking Charging Status

You can check the charging status

from outside of vehicle when charg-

ing the high-voltage battery.

ODEPQ017029

ODEP047020N

Operation of

Charging Indicator

Lamp (1)

Charging Status

Turns on (Green)

Charging in

progress

Turns off

Not Charging or

fully charged

Slowly blinks

(Green) and then

turns off (repeat

for 3 minutes)

Waiting for sched-

uled charging

(turns off after 3

minutes)

Quickly

blinks(Green) and

then turns off

(repeats during

operation)

Aux. Battery Saver

+ operating in

progress

Slowly blinks (Red) Malfunction

H14

How to Disconnect a AC Charger

1.The vehicle must be in the AUTO

mode or the doors must be

unlocked in order to be able to dis-

connect the charging connector. A

lock system prevents charger

cable disconnection when the vehi-

cle's doors are locked.

2.While holding the charging con-

nector, pressing the locking

release button (1) and then pull it

out.

To prevent charging cable theft, the

charging connector cannot be dis-

connected from the inlet when the

doors are locked. Unlock all doors

to disconnect the charging connec-

tor from the inlet.

However, if the vehicle is in the

charging connector AUTO mode,

the charging connector automati-

cally unlocks from the inlet when

charging is completed.

If the connector does not unlock

automatically after the charging is

completed in AUTO mode, the con-

nector will unlock when all the

doors are unlocked.

For more details, refer to “Charging

Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode” in

this chapter.

ODEPQ017031

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

CAUTION

In order to disconnect the

charging connector, unlock the

doors to unlatch the charging

connector lock system. If not,

the charging connector and the

vehicle's charging inlet may be

damaged.

CAUTION

When disconnecting the charg-

ing connector, do not try to dis-

connect it by force while not

pressing the release button.

This may damage the charging

connector and vehicle charging

inlet.

H15

3. Make sure to securely close the

charging door.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Keep the charging connector and

the charging plug clean and dry.

The charging cable should also be

kept dry.

• Use an air gun to blow any foreign

substances from the charging con-

nector and the charging plug.

Trickle Charger

(Portable Charging Cable)

Trickle charger can be used if AC

Charger is unavailable.

❈➀: Plug and cable

➁ : Control box (ICCB)

➂ : Charging connector/cable

OAEEQ016042

ODEPQ017032

WARNING

Do not modify or disassemble

the charging cable compo-

nents. Doing so may cause a

fire or electric shock resulting

in personal injuries.

H16

How to Connect Portable

Charging Cable

(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)

1. Turn OFF all switches, move the

shift lever to P (Park), and turn

OFF the vehicle.

2. Depress the brake pedal and

apply the parking brake.

3. After unlocking doors, open the

charging door by pressing it.

4. Connect the plug to a household

electric outlet.

5. Make sure that the power connec-

tion indicator (green) lights in the

control box.

✽✽

NOTICE

The charging door does not open

when the theft alarm system is

armed.

ODEPQ017025 ODEPQ017047

OJFHPQ016015N

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H17

6. Remove any dust on the charging

connector and charging inlet.

7. Hold the charging connector han-

dle.Then, insert it into the charging

inlet, until you hear a click sound. If

it is not fully connected, improper

connection between the charging

connector and the charging termi-

nals are a potential fire hazard.

8. Charging starts automatically and

the charging light blinks.

9. Check if the charging cable con-

nection indicator of the high volt-

age battery in the instrument clus-

ter is turned ON.

Charging does not occur when the

indicator is OFF. When the charg-

ing connector is not connected

properly, reconnect the charging

cable to charge.

ODEPQ017035 ODEPQ017027

ODEPQ017049

ODEPQ017048

■ Vehicle connection

■ Charge

H18

✽✽

NOTICE

• The charging is in progress only

with the shift lever is in P (Park).

Charging the battery with the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

ACC position is possible. However,

it may discharge the 12-V battery.

Thus, if possible, charge the bat-

tery with the Engine Start/Stop

button in the OFF position.

• Moving the shift lever from P

(Park) to R (Reverse)/N(Neutral)/D

(Drive) stops the charging process.

To restart the charging process,

move the shift lever to P (Park),

press the Engine Start/Stop button

to the OFF position, and discon-

nect the charging cable. Then,

connect the charging cable and

restart the vehicle again.

10. After charging has started, the

estimated charging time is dis-

played on the instrument cluster

for about 1 minute. It is also dis-

played, when the driver’s door is

opened with charging in progress.

When scheduled charging is set,

the estimated charging time is dis-

played as "--".

Unlock Connector in Emergency

If the charging connector does not

unlock for some reason, open the

hood and slightly pull the emergency

cable as shown above. The charging

door will then open.

If the charging door does not opened

immediately after pulling the emer-

gency cable press the charging door

lightly and pull the emergency cable

again.

ODEPQ017028L

ODEPQ017029

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H19

Charging Status

You can check the charging status

from outside of vehicle when charg-

ing the high-voltage battery.

Charge cable storage

We recommend that the trickle

charger cable should be put in a stor-

age box after use.

ODEP047020N

ODEPQ017033

Operation of

Charging Indicator

Lamp (1)

Charging Status

Turns on (Green)

Charging in

progress

Turns off

Not charged or

fully charged

Slowly blinks

(Green) and then

turns off (repeat

for 3 minutes)

Waiting for sched-

uled charging

(turns off after 3

minutes)

Quickly

blinks(Green) and

then turns off

(repeat during

operation)

Aux. Battery Saver

+ operating in

progress

Slowly blinks (Red) Malfunction

H20

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging Cable

Control Box Indicator Details

PLUG

On : Power on

Blink : Plug temperature sensor failure

On : Plug high temperature protection

Blink : Plug high temperature warning

POWER On : Power on

CHARGE

Blink : Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE

indicator is illuminated.

FAULT Blink : Charging interrupted

CHARGE LEVEL

Charging current 12A

Charging current 10A

Charging current 8A

VEHICLE

Charging connector plugged

Charging

Blink : Not charging

(Green)

(Red)

(Green)

(Blue)

(Red)

H21

Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging Cable

NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure

• Charging connector plugged into vehicle

(Green ON)

• Plug temperature sensor failure

(Green blink)

• Plug high temperature protection

(Red blink)

• Plug high temperature warning (Red ON)

Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

- Charging connector plugged into

vehicle (Green ON)

- While charging

• Charge indicator (Green blink)

• Vehicle indicator (Blue ON)

- Before plugging charging connector

into vehicle (Red blink)

• Abnormal temperature

• ICCB (In-Cable Control Box) failure

Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

H22

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure

- Plugged into vehicle (Red blink)

• Diagnostic device failure

• Current leakage

• Abnormal temperature

Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

- After plugging charging connector

into vehicle (Red blink)

• Communication failure

Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

• Plug temperature sensor failure

(Green blink)

• Plug high temperature protection

(Red blink)

• Plug high temperature warning (Red ON)

Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

- Power saving mode

• 3 minutes after charging starts

(Green blink)

H23

How to Disconnect the Portable

Charging Cable (ICCB: In-Cable

Control Box)

1. Before disconnecting the charging

connector, make sure the doors are

unlocked. When the door is locked,

the charging connector lock system

will not allow disconnection. To pre-

vent charging cable theft, the

charging connector cannot be dis-

disconnected from the inlet when

the doors are locked. Unlock all

doors to disconnect the charging

connector from the inlet. However,

if the vehicle is in the charging con-

nector AUTO mode, the charging

connector automatically unlocks

from the inlet when charging is

completed. For more details, refer

to “Charging Connector

AUTO/LOCK Mode” in this chapter.

2. While holding the charging con-

nector, pressing the locking

release button(1) and then pull it

out.

3. Make sure to securely close the

charging door.

4. Disconnect the plug from the

household electric outlet. Do not

pull the cable when disconnecting

the plug.

5. Close the protective cover for the

charging connector so that foreign

material cannot get into the terminal.

6. Put the charging cable inside the

storage bag to protect it.

ODEPQ017031 OJFHPQ016015N

CAUTION

In order to disconnect the

charging connector, unlock the

doors to unlatch the charging

connector lock system. If not,

the charging connector and the

vehicle's charging inlet may be

damaged.

H24

Precautions for Portable

Charging Cable

(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)

• Use a portable charging cable that

is certified by Kia.

• Do not try to repair, disassemble, or

adjust the portable charging cable.

• Do not use an extension cord or

adapter.

• Stop using immediately if failure

warning light occurs.

• Do not touch the plug and charging

connector with wet hands.

• Do not touch the terminal part of the

AC Charging connector and the AC

Charging inlet on the vehicle.

• Do not connect the charging con-

nector to voltage that does not

comply with regulations.

• Do not use the portable charging

cable if it is worn out, exposed, or

there exists any type of damage on

the portable charging cable.

• If the ICCB case and AC Charging

connector is damaged, cracked, or

the wires are exposed in any way,

do not use the portable charging

cable.

• Do not let children operate or touch

the portable charging cable.

• Keep the control box free of water.

• Keep the AC Charging connector or

plug terminal free of foreign sub-

stances.

• Do not step on the cable or cord.

Do not pull the cable or cord and

do not twist or bend it.

• Do not charge when there is light-

ning.

• Do not drop the control box, charg-

ing connector, or place a heavy

object on the control box.

• Do not place an object that can

generate high temperatures near

the charger when charging.

• Charging with a worn out or dam-

aged household electric outlet can

result in a risk of electric shock. If

you are unsure about the condition

of a household electric outlet, have

it checked by a licensed electri-

cian.

• Stop using the portable charging

cable immediately if the household

electric outlet or any components

are overheating or you smell burn-

ing.

CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H25

Changing plug-in hybrid mode

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

■ EV/HEV Button

Pressing the [EV/HEV] button

changes the plug-in hybrid system

modes, between Electric (Charge

Depleting/CD) mode and Hybrid

(Charge Sustaining/CS) mode.

Each time the mode is changed a

corresponding message is displayed

on the instrument cluster as follows.

Plug-in hybrid mode message

• CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode

: The high-voltage

(hybrid) battery is

mainly used to

drive the vehicle.

• CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode

: The high-voltage

(hybrid) battery

and gasoline

engine are used

to charge the high

voltage battery

(hybrid) and drive

the vehicle.

A corresponding message is dis-

played to indicate the selected mode.

■ AVN screen

Press [PHEV] on the [Home] screen

or the [All menus] screen and the

menus related to plug-in

hybrid([ECO driving], [Energy infor

mation], [EV range], [Charging set-

tings], [Charging stations], [Gas sta-

tions]) are displayed.

For more information, please refer to

the Multimedia System Manual that

was separately supplied with your

vehicle.

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

ODEP057110

ODEPQ017016L

ODEPQ017017L

ODEPQ017015L

H26

Warning and indicator lights

Ready Indicator

This indicator illuminates :

When the vehicle is ready to be driven.

- ON : Normal driving is possible.

- OFF : Normal driving is not possible,

or a problem has occurred.

- Blinking : Emergency driving.

When the ready indicator goes OFF

or blinks, there is a problem with the

system. In this case, have your vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Hybrid system warning

light

This warning light illuminates:

When there is a malfunction with the

hybrid system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia deal-

er.

When the warning light illuminates

while driving, or does not go OFF

after starting the vehicle, have the

system inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

EV Mode Indicator

This indicator illuminates when the

vehicle is driven by the electric motor.

Charging Cable

Connection Indicator

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This indicator illuminates in red when

the charging cable is connected.

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H27

Coasting guide (if equipped)

A chime will sound and the coasting

guide indicator will blink four times to

inform the driver when to take the foot

off from the accelerator by anticipat-

ing a decelerating event* based on

the analysis of driving routes and

road conditions according to the nav-

igation system. It encourages the

driver to remove foot from accelerator

pedal and allow coasting down the

road with EV motor only. This helps

prevent unnecessary fuel consump-

tion and increases fuel efficiency.

❈ Example of a deceleration event is

going down an extended hill, slow-

ing down approaching a toll booth,

and approaching reduced speed

zones.

• User settings

Press the Engine Start/Stop button

and put the shift lever in P(Park). In

the User Settings Mode, select

Driving Assist, Coasting Guide, and

then On to turn on the system.

Cancel the selection of coasting

guide to turn off the system. For the

explanation of the system, press and

hold the [OK] button.

• Operation conditions

To activate the system, take the fol-

lowing procedures. Enter your desti-

nation information on the navigation

and select the driving route. Then,

satisfy the following.

- The driving speed should be

between 37 mph (60 km/h) and 99

mph (160 km/h).

❈ The operating speed may vary due

to difference between instrument

cluster and navigation effected by

tire inflation level.

✽✽

NOTICE

Coasting guide is only a supplemen-

tal system to assist with fuel-efficient

driving. Thus, the operating condi-

tions may be different in accordance

with traffic/road conditions (i.e.

driving in a traffic jam, driving on a

slope, driving on a curve). Thus,

take the actual driving conditions

into consideration, such as distances

from the vehicles ahead/ behind,

while referring to the coasting guide

system as guidance.

H28

Check Hybrid system

This message is displayed when

there is a problem with the hybrid

control system.

Refrain from driving when the warn-

ing message is displayed.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

Check Hybrid system.

Turn off engine

This message is displayed when

there is a problem with the hybrid

system. The " " indicator will blink

and a warning chime will sound until

the problem is solved.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

Check Hybrid system.

Do not start engine.

This message is displayed when the

hybrid battery power (SOC) level is

low. A warning chime will sound until

the problem is solved.

In this case, park the vehicle in a safe

location and have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

Stop vehicle and check power

Supply

This message is displayed when a

failure occurs in the power supply

system.

In this case, park the vehicle in a safe

location and have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

Refill inverter coolant

This message is displayed when the

inverter coolant is nearly empty.

You should refill the inverter coolant.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

Stop vehicle and check brakes

This message is displayed when a

failure occurs in the brake system.

In this case, park the vehicle in a safe

location and have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

Check brakes

This message is displayed when the

brake performance is low or the

regenerative brake does not work

properly due to a failure in the brake

system.

In this case, it may take longer for the

brake pedal to operate and the brak-

ing distance may become longer.

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H29

Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery

Damage

This message is displayed when the

fuel tank is nearly empty.

You should refill the fuel tank to pre-

vent hybrid battery damage.

Check Virtual Engine Sound

System

This message is displayed when

there is a problem with the Virtual

Engine Sound System (VESS).

In this case, have the system

inspected by an authorized Kia deal-

er.

Remaining charge time

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

The message is displayed to notify

the remaining time to fully charge the

battery.

Charger Error!

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This message is displayed when

there is a problem with the charger.

Low/High System Temp.

Maintaining Hybrid mode

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This message is displayed when the

temperature of the high-voltage

(hybrid) battery is too low or too high.

This warning message is to protect

the battery and the hybrid system.

Low/High System Temp.

Switching to Hybrid mode

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This message is displayed when the

temperature of the high-voltage

(hybrid) battery is too low or high.

This warning message is to protect

the battery and the hybrid system.

Switching to Hybrid mode to allow

heating (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

• When the coolant temperature is

lower than 57 °F (-14 °C), and you

turn the climate control On for

heating, this message will be dis-

played in the cluster. Then, the

vehicle will automatically switch to

HEV mode.

• When the coolant temperature is

higher than 57 °F (-14 °C), or you

turn the climate control Off, the

vehicle will automatically return to

EV mode.

H30

Wait until fuel door opens

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This message is displayed when you

attempt to open the fuel filler lid with

the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until

the fuel tank is depressurized.

✽✽

NOTICE

• It may take up to 20 seconds to

open fuel filler lid.

• When the fuel filler lid is frozen

and does not open after 20 seconds

at freezing temperature, slightly

tap the fuel filler lid and then

attempt to open it.

Fuel door open

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This message is displayed when the

fuel filler lid is opened.

Also means "Ready to refuel".

Check fuel door

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This message is displayed when the

fuel filler lid is open or an abnormal-

ity has occurred.

Charging Door Open

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This message indicates that the

charging door is open.

(Driving with the charging door open

may result in moisture inflow or dam-

age.This message is used to prevent

such occurrences.)

Unplug vehicle to start

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This message is displayed when you

start the engine without unplugging

the charging cable. Unplug the

charging cable, and then start the

vehicle.

Maintaining Hybrid mode to con-

tinue heating

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

This message is displayed when

heat-ng is in operation and the HEV

mode is maintained to meet the

heating operating conditions when

attempting to switch to EV mode by

pressing the HEV button.

EV / HEV modes

(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)

A corresponding message is dis-

played when a mode is selected by

pressing the HEV button.

DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H31

Kia hybrid system notifies the driver

of energy flow in various operating

modes. Eleven Modes show the driv-

er the current operating condition.

Vehicle Stop

The mode means the vehicle is at a

complete stop. (There is no energy

flow.)

EV Propulsion

Electric power is used to move the

vehicle.

(Battery ➞ Wheel)

Power Assist

Electric and Engine power are used

to move the vehicle.

(Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Only Propulsion

Engine power is used to move the

vehicle.

(Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation

Vehicle is stopped with the Engine

charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Battery)

HYBRID ENERGY FLOW

ODE046123N

ODE046124N

ODE046121N

ODE046122NODE046120N

H32

Regeneration

Hybrid battery is being charged by

regenerative braking.

(Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake

The vehicle is being slowed by

engine compression.

(Wheel ➞ Engine)

Power Reserve

Engine is both driving the vehicle

and charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery)

Engine Generation/Motor Drive

The vehicle is being slowed by engine

compression and regenerative brak-

ing. The hybrid battery is being

charged by regenerative braking.

(Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation/Regeneration

The engine and regenerative braking

system is charging the hybrid battery

through deceleration.

(Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake/Regeneration

The engine compression can be

used to slow the vehicle. The regen-

erative braking system can be used

to charge the hybrid system.

(Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)

HYBRID ENERGY FLOW (CONT.)

ODE046128N

ODE046122N

ODE046127N

ODE046128N

ODE046121N

ODE046126N

H33

Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers

of energy flow in various operating

modes. Eleven Modes show drivers

the current operating condition.

Vehicle Stop

The mode means the vehicle at stop.

(There is no energy flow.)

EV Propulsion

Electric power is used to move the

vehicle.

(Battery ➞ Wheel)

Power Assist

Electric and Engine power are used

to move the vehicle.

(Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Only Propulsion

Engine power is used to move the

vehicle.

(Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation

Vehicle is stopped with the Engine

charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Battery)

PLUG-IN HYBRID ENERGY FLOW

ODEP047202N

ODEP047203N

ODEP047204N

ODEP047205N

ODEP047201N

H34

Regeneration

Hybrid battery is being charged by

regenerative braking.

(Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake

The vehicle is being slowed by

engine compression.

(Wheel ➞ Engine)

Power Reserve

Engine is both driving the vehicle

and charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery)

Engine Generation/Motor Drive

The vehicle is being slowed by engine

compression and regenerative brak-

ing. The hybrid battery is being

charged by regenerative braking.

(Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation/Regeneration

The engine and regenerative braking

system charge the hybrid battery

driving deceleration.

(Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake/Regeneration

The engine compression can be

used to slow the vehicle. The regen-

erative braking system can be used

to charge the hybrid system.

(Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)

PLUG-IN HYBRID ENERGY FLOW (CONT.)

ODEP047207N

ODEP047209N

ODEP047207N

ODEP047210N

ODEP047206N

ODEP047208N

H35

AUX. BATTERY SAVER+ (For

Plug-in Hybrid, if equipped)

The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function

that monitors the charging status of

the 12V auxiliary battery.

If the auxiliary battery level is low, the

main high voltage battery charges

the auxiliary battery.

✽✽

NOTICE

The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will

be ON when the vehicle is delivered. If

the function is not needed, you may

turn it off in the Users Settings mode

on the LCD display. For more infor-

mation, refer to the "System setting"

on the following page.

Mode

• Cycle Mode :

When the vehicle is OFF with all

doors, hood and liftgate closed, the

Aux. Battery Saver+ periodically acti-

vates according to the auxiliary bat-

tery status.

• Automatic Mode :

When the engine start/stop button is

in the ON position with the charging

connector plugged in, this function

activates according to the auxiliary

battery status to prevent over-dis-

charge of the auxiliary battery.

✽✽

NOTICE

The Aux. Battery Saver+ activates

for a maximum of 20 minutes. If the

Aux. Battery Saver+ function acti-

vates more than 10 times consecu-

tively, in the Automatic Mode, this

function will stop activating, judg-

ing that there is a problem with the

auxiliary battery. In this case, drive

the vehicle for some period of time.

The function will start activating if

the auxiliary battery returns to nor-

mal.

✽

NOTICE

If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function

was activated, a message will be dis-

played on the instrument cluster

and the high voltage battery level

may have decreased.

CAUTION

The Aux. Battery Saver+ func-

tion cannot prevent battery dis-

charge if the auxiliary battery is

damaged, worn out, used as a

power supply or unauthorized

electronic devices are used.

H36

System setting

The driver can activate the Aux.

Battery Saver+ function by placing

the engine start/stop button to the

ON position and by selecting:

"User Settings ➞ Other Features ➞

Aux. Battery Saver+"

LCD message

This message is displayed when the

Aux. Battery Saver+ function has

been completed when the vehicle is

turned ON.

However, if the LCD message pops

up frequently, have your vehicle`s

auxiliary battery or electric/electronic

components serviced by an author-

ized Kia dealer.

ODEP047473N

WARNING

The Aux. Battery Saver+ relies

on the high voltage battery to

charge the 12V battery. The

charging indicator lamp will blink

rapidly when this is occurring.

To reduce the risk of electrical

shock, do not touch any high

voltage components (orange) or

other electrical devices while

charging is occurring.

ODEPQ017051

PLUG-IN HYBRID ENERGY FLOW (CONT.)

H37

Starting the Hybrid System

1.Carry the smart key into the vehicle.

2.Make sure the parking brake is

firmly applied.

3.Place the shift lever in the P(Park)

position.

In N (neutral) position, you cannot

start the vehicle.

4.Depress the brake pedal.

5.Press the engine start/stop button.

6.The engine should be started with-

out pressing the accelerator. In

extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been operated for

several days, let the engine warm up

without depressing the accelerator.

• Even if the smart key is in the

vehicle, if it is far away from you,

the engine may not start.

• When the engine start/stop but-

ton is in the ACC or ON position

and if any door is open, the sys-

tem checks for the smart key. If

the smart key is not in the vehicle,

the warning, "Key is not in vehi-

cle" will come on, and if all doors

are closed, the chime will also

sound for about 5 seconds. The

indicator will turn off while the

vehicle is moving. Keep the smart

key in the vehicle when using the

ACC position or if the vehicle

engine is on.

If the starting procedure is fol-

lowed, the " " symbol on the

instrument cluster will turn on. For

more details, Please check chap-

ter 4.

STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY)

H38

ECONOMICAL and SAFE

OPERATION of Hybrid system

• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate and maintain a

steady cruising speed. Don't make

"jack-rabbit" starts. Don't race

between stoplights.

Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-

sible. Always maintain a safe dis-

tance from other vehicles so you

can avoid unnecessary braking.

This also reduces brake wear.

• The regenerative brake generates

energy when the vehicle deceler-

ates.

• When the hybrid battery power is

low, the hybrid system automatical-

ly recharges the hybrid battery.

• When the engine runs in "N" posi-

tion, the hybrid system cannot gen-

erate electricity. The hybrid battery

cannot recharge in "N" position.

Please refer to chapter 6.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the hybrid system is in ready

mode, the engine will automatically

start and stop as needed.

The " " symbol will illuminate in

the cluster when the system is oper-

ational.

CAUTION - Extended

cranking

Do not crank the engine for a

prolonged period of time with-

out the engine starting. This

could result in damage to the

HEV battery and becoming

totally discharged.

STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY) (CONT.)

H39

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

1. Engine : 1.6 L

2. Motor : 32 kw (hybrid)/44.5 kw (plug-in hybrid)

3. Transmission : 6 DCT

4. Hybrid starter generator (HSG)

5. HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

6. High voltage battery system

7. Generative brake system

8. Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)

ODEP017006N

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

H40

The Hybrid battery uses high voltage

to operate the electric motor and

other components and other compo-

nents. High voltage is dangerous if

touched.

Your vehicle is equipped with orange

colored insulation which covers over

the high voltage components to pro-

tect people from electric shock. High

voltage warning labels are attached

to some system components as addi-

tional warnings. Have your vehicle

serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - High voltage

components

Never touch orange or high

voltage labeled components

including wires, cables, and

connectors. If the insulators or

covers are damaged or

removed, severe injury or death

from electrocution may occur.

WARNING - Touching

HPCU

When replacing the fuses in the

engine compartment, never

touch the HPCU. The HPCU car-

ries high voltage. Touching the

HPCU could result in electrocu-

tion, serious injury, or death.

ODEQ016002

ODEQ016003

HPCU

HEV Battery

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H41

WARNING - Battery elec-

trolyte

As with all batteries, avoid fluid

contact with the Hybrid battery.

If the battery is damaged and if

electrolyte comes in contact

with your body, clothes or eyes,

immediately flush with a large

quantity of fresh water.

WARNING - After market

battery charger

Do not use an after-market bat-

tery charger to charge the

Hybrid battery. Doing so may

result in death or serious injury.

WARNING - High Waters

• Avoid high waters as this may

result in your vehicle becom-

ing saturated with water and

could compromise the high

voltage components.

• Do not touch any of the high

voltage components within

your vehicle if your vehicle

has been submerged in water

equal to half of the vehicle

height. Touching high voltage

components once submerged

in water could result in severe

burns or electric shock that

could result in death or seri-

ous injury.

ODEQ016004

Motor

CAUTION - High Voltage

Battery Damage

When loading your vehicle, be

careful of transporting items in

a manner that could damage the

high voltage battery. Do not

store items on top of the high

voltage battery or overload the

trunk area. Such actions may

ultimately damage the high volt-

age battery unit.

CAUTION - Carrying

Liquids in Trunk

Do not load large amounts of

liquid in open containers in the

vehicle. If spilled onto the HEV

battery, the liquid may cause a

short or further damage to the

battery.

H42

✽✽

NOTICE - Prolonged parking

Prolonged parking might cause bat-

tery discharge and operation failure

due to natural discharge. Driving

the vehicle approximately once

every 2 months, more than 9 miles

(15 km) is recommended. The bat-

tery will be charged automatically

when driving the vehicle.

WARNING - Exposure to

High Voltage

• High voltage in the hybrid bat-

tery system is very dangerous

and can cause severe burns

and electric shock. This may

result in serious injury or death.

• For your safety, never touch,

replace, dismantle or remove

any portion of the hybrid bat-

tery system including compo-

nents, cables and connectors.

WARNING - Use of Water

or Liquids

If water or liquids come into

contact with the hybrid system

components, and you are also

in contact with the water, severe

injury or death due to electrocu-

tion may occur.

WARNING - Hot

Components

When the hybrid battery system

operates, the HEV battery system

can be hot. Heat burns may result

from touching even insulated

components of the HEV system.

CAUTION - Cleaning

Engine

When you clean the engine com-

partment, do not wash using

water. Water may cause electric

arcing to occur and damage elec-

tronic parts and components.

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H43

Safety plug

Some Special Features of the

Hybrid Vehicle.

Hybrid vehicles sound different than

gasoline engine vehicles. When the

hybrid system operates, you may

hear a sound from the hybrid battery

system behind the rear seat. If you

apply the accelerator pedal rapidly,

you may hear a sound. When you

apply the brake pedal, you may hear

a sound from the regenerative brake

system. When the hybrid system is

turned off or on, you may hear a

sound in the engine compartment. If

you depress the brake pedal repeat-

edly when the hybrid system is

turned on, you may hear a sound in

the engine compartment. None of

these sounds indicate a problem.

They are characteristics of hybrid

vehicles.

When the hybrid system is turned on,

the engine may run. This does not

indicate a malfunction. If the " "

symbol is on, the hybrid system is

operating. Even if the gasoline engine

is off, you can operate the vehicle.

WARNING - Safety Plug

Never touch the safety plug.

Safety plug is attached to high

voltage hybrid battery system.

Touching safety plug may result

in death or serious injury.

Service personnel should follow

the appropriate procedures in

the service manual.

ODEQ016006

■ Hybrid

ODEPQ017038

■ Plug-in Hybrid

H44

The HEV system may emit electro-

magnetic waves which can affect the

performance of electronic devices

appliances, such as laptop comput-

ers, which are not part of the vehicle

design.

If you park the vehicle for a long time,

the hybrid system will discharge. You

need to drive the vehicle approximate-

ly once every 2 months, more than 9

miles (15 km) is recommended.

When you start the hybrid system in

the "P" transmission position, the

" " symbol is illuminated in the

cluster. The driver can drive the vehi-

cle even if the engine is stopped.

Virtual Engine Sound System

(VESS)

The Virtual Engine Sound System

generates engine sound for pedestri-

ans to hear vehicle sound because

there is limited sound while electric

motor power is used.

• If the vehicle is moving at low

speed, the VESS will operate.

• When the gear is shifted to R

(Reverse), an additional warning

sound will be heard.

WARNING - Turning off

HEV system

When you leave the vehicle, you

should turn off the hybrid sys-

tem. If you depress the acceler-

ator pedal by mistake and the

vehicle is not in the "P" posi-

tion, the vehicle will accelerate.

This may result in serious injury

or death.

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H45

High Voltage Battery Air Intake

The hybrid battery air intake is locat-

ed on bottom and side of the rear

seats. The air intake cools down the

hybrid battery. When the hybrid bat-

tery air intake is blocked, the hybrid

battery may be overheated. Do not

obstruct the air intake with any other

objects.

If An Accident Occurs

• Avoid the engine compartment.

• Avoid making contact with any

orange or high voltage wires,

cables, or components.

• Assume that a high voltage compo-

nent is exposed and move away from

the vehicle as promptly as possible.

• Refer to Chapter 7 for towing infor-

mation.

WARNING - Air Intake

• Blocking the air intake behind

the rear seats may damage

the HEV battery.

• Do not allow any water into

the air intake even when

cleaning. If any water enters

the air intake, the Hybrid bat-

tery may cause an electric

shock which can cause seri-

ous injury or death due to

electrocution.

ODEQ016007

WARNING

Interference with electron-

ic medical devices

Electromagnetic waves that are

generated from the charger can

impact medical electric devices

such as an implantable cardiac

pacemaker. When using such

medical electric devices, ask

your medical professional and

the device manufacturer

whether charging your electric

vehicle will impact the operation

of the medical electric devices.

H46

• After parking the vehicle, shift the

transmission into "P" position. Turn

off the hybrid system by pushing

the Engine Start/Stop button.

• For your safety, do not touch high

voltage cables, connectors and

package modules. High Voltage

components are orange in color.

• Exposed cables or wires may be

visible inside or outside of the vehi-

cle. Never touch the wires or

cables, because an electrical

shock may occur causing injury or

death.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If a small scale fire occurs, use a

fire extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is

meant for electrical fires.

If it is impossible to extinguish the

fire in the early stage, remain a

safe distance from the vehicle and

immediately call your local fire

emergency responders. Also,

advise them that a hybrid vehicle

is involved.

If the fire spreads to the high volt-

age battery, large amount of water

is needed to put out the fire.

Using small amount of water or

fire extinguishers not meant for

electrical fires could cause serious

injury or death from electrical

shocks.

• If you need towing, refer to chap-

ter 7.

If a vehicle accident occurs:

1.Stop the vehicle and shift the trans-

mission into "P" position and then

depress the parking brake.

2.Turn off the Hybrid system by

pushing the Engine Start/Stop

Button.

3.Step away from the vehicle and go

to a safe place.

4.Call emergency services for help

and let them know the vehicle is a

Hybrid vehicle.

Do not touch high voltage cables,

connectors and package modules.

High voltage components are

orange in color.

Exposed cables or wires may be vis-

ible inside or outside of the vehicle.

Never touch the wires or cables,

because an electrical shock may

occur causing injury or death.

COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

H47

When the hybrid vehicle shuts

off

When the high voltage battery or 12-

volt battery discharges, or fuel tank is

empty, the hybrid system may not

operate.

If the Hybrid system stops operating

while the vehicle is moving, reduce

the vehicle speed gradually, pull your

vehicle off the road to a safe area,

and shift the transmission in to Park

(P) position and;

1. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

2. Set the start button at OFF, and try

to start the Hybrid system by

applying the brake pedal and

pushing the start button.

3. If the Hybrid system will not oper-

ate, refer to "EMERGENCY

STARTING" in chapter 7.

Before you try to jump start the vehi-

cle, confirm the fuel level. If the fuel

level is low add more fuel before

attempting as emergency start.

WARNING

If a submersion in water occurs:

If your vehicle was flooded and

has soaked carpeting or water

on the flooring, you should not

try to start the Hybrid system.

Never touch the high voltage

cables, connectors and pack-

age modules, because an elec-

trical shock may occur causing

injury or death. High Voltage

cables are orange in color.

In this case, have the vehicle

towed to and inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Vehicle

Accident

Never touch electric wires or

cable. If exposed electric wires

or cables are visible inside or

outside of your vehicle, an elec-

tric shock may occur.

WARNING - Putting out

fire

Never use a small quantity of

water to put out a fire in your

vehicle. If a fire occurs, evacu-

ate the car immediately and

contact the fire department.

Introduction

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol. . . . . . . . . 1-2

• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

• Fuel additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

• Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

HEV/PHEV powertrain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Vehicle data collection and event data recorders. . 1-6

Introduction

Your new vehicle is designed to use

only unleaded fuel having a pump

octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87

(Research Octane Number 91) or

higher. (Do not use methanol blend-

ed fuels.)

Your new vehicle is designed to

obtain maximum performance with

UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-

mize exhaust emissions and spark

plug fouling.

Never add any fuel system cleaning

agents to the fuel tank other than

what has been specified. (Consult an

authorized Kia dealer for details.)

• Tighten the cap until it clicks one

time, otherwise the Check Engine

light will illuminate.

Gasoline containing alcohol and

methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and

ethanol (also known as grain alco-

hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-

taining methanol (also known as

wood alcohol) are being marketed

along with or instead of leaded or

unleaded gasoline.

Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol

may be used in your vehicle.

Do not use gasohol containing more

than 15% ethanol, and do not use

gasoline or gasohol containing any

methanol. Ethanol provides less

energy than gasoline and it attracts

water, and it is thus likely to reduce

your fuel efficiency and could lower

your MPG results.

Methanol may cause drivability prob-

lems and damage to the fuel system,

engine control system and emission

control system.

Discontinue using gasohol of any

kind if drivability problems occur.

Vehicle damage or drivability prob-

lems may not be covered by the

manufacturer’s warranty if they result

from the use of:

1. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.

2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

3. Gasohol containing more than

15% ethanol.

WARNING - Refueling

• Do not “top off” after the noz-

zle automatically shuts off.

Attempts to force more fuel

into the tank can cause fuel

overflow onto you and the

ground causing a risk of fire.

• Always check that the fuel cap

is installed securely to pre-

vent fuel spillage, especially

in the event of an accident.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-

prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15

percent gasoline, and is manufac-

tured exclusively for use in Flexible

Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-

ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”

may result in poor engine perform-

ance and damage to your vehicle's

engine and fuel system. Kia recom-

mends that customers do not use

fuel with an ethanol content exceed-

ing 15 percent.

✽✽

NOTICE

Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty

does not cover damage to the fuel sys-

tem or any performance problems

caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

✽

NOTICE

Never use any fuel containing

methanol. Discontinue use of any

methanol containing product which

may inhibit proper drivability.

Other fuels

Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),

MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene

(Fe), and Other metalic additives,

may cause vehicle and engine dam-

age or cause misfiring, poor acceler-

ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt-

ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion,

life cycle reduction, etc.

Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) may illuminate.

✽✽

NOTICE

Damage to the fuel system or per-

formance problem caused by the use

of these fuels may not be covered by

your New Vehicle Limited

Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful man-

ganese-based fuel additives Such as

MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl

Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not

recommend the use of gasoline con-

taining MMT. This type of fuel can

reduce vehicle performance and affect

your emission control system. The

Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the

cluster may come on.

Do not use methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood

alcohol) should not be used in your

vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce

vehicle performance and damage

components of the fuel system,

engine control system and emission

control system.

Introduction

Fuel Additives

Kia recommends that you use good

quality gasolines treated with deter-

gent additives such as TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-

vent deposit formation in the engine.

These gasolines will help the engine

run cleaner and enhance perform-

ance of the Emission Control System.

For more information on TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, please go to the

website (www.toptiergas.com)

For customers who do not use TOP

TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,

and have problems starting or the

engine does not run smoothly, addi-

tives that can be purchased sepa-

rately may be added to the gasoline.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is

not available, one bottle of additive

should be added to the fuel tank at

every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or

every engine oil change is recom-

mended. Additives are available from

your authorized Kia dealer along with

information on how to use them. Do

not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle

in another country, be sure to:

• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.

• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

Introduction

No special break-in period is needed.

By following a few simple precautions

for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you

may add to the performance, econo-

my and life of your vehicle.

• Do not race the engine.

• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions per

minute) between 2,000 rpm and

4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for

long periods of time, either fast or

slow. Varying engine speed is

needed to properly break-in the

engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-

gencies, to allow the brakes to seat

properly.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first

1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera-

tion.

By following a few simple precautions

for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you

may add to the performance, econo-

my and life of your vehicle.

• Do not race the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-

gencies, to allow the brakes to seat

properly.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN

PROCESS

HEV/PHEV POWERTRAIN

Introduction

This vehicle is equipped with an

event data recorder (EDR). The

main purpose of an EDR is to

record, in certain crash or near

crash-like situations, such as an

air bag deployment or hitting a

road obstacle, data that will assist

in understanding how a vehicle's

systems performed. The EDR is

designed to record data related to

vehicle dynamics and safety sys-

tems for a short period of time,

typically 30 seconds or less. The

EDR in this vehicle is designed to

record such data as:

• How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;

• Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts were

buckled/ fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver was

depressing the accelerator

and/or brake pedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was travel-

ing.

These data can help provide a bet-

ter understanding of the circum-

stances in which crashes and

injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data

are recorded by your vehicle only

if a non-trivial crash situation

occurs; no data are recorded by

the EDR under normal driving

conditions and no personal data

(e.g., name, gender, age, and

crash location) are recorded.

However, other parties, such as

law enforcement, could combine

the EDR data with the type of per-

sonally identifying data routinely

acquired during a crash investiga-

tion.

To read data recorded by an EDR,

special equipment is required, and

access to the vehicle or the EDR is

needed. In addition to the vehicle

manufacturer, other parties, such

as law enforcement, that have the

special equipment, can read the

information if they have access to

the vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Hood......................................................4-32

2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) ...4-116

Head lamp (Maintenance).....................8-87

3. Day time running light (D.R.L).............4-116

4. Fog lamp ....................................4-120, 8-90

5. Wheel and tire................................8-41, 9-4

6. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-50

7. Sunroof..................................................4-39

8. Front windshield wiper blades

(Features of your vehicle)....................4-121

Front windshield wiper blades

(Maintenance) .......................................8-36

9. Windows ................................................4-27

10. Parking assist system .......................4-110

11. Roof rack...........................................4-165

12. Charging door (plug-in).......................Intro

ODEP017001

■ Front view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Door locks .............................................4-20

2. Fuel filler lid..................................4-34, 4-35

3. Rear combination lamp

(Maintenance) .......................................8-86

4. High mounted stop lamp

(Maintenance) .......................................8-86

5. Liftgate...................................................4-25

6. Antenna ...................................................5-2

7. Rear wiper and Rearview

camera .....................................4-123, 4-115

8. Parking assist system (Rear) ...4-107, 4-110

ODEP017002

■ Rear view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle.................................4-21

2. Power window switch ............................4-28

3. Central door lock switch ........................4-22

4. Power window lock button.....................4-30

5. Outside rearview mirror control.............4-51

6. Outside rearview mirror folding .............4-52

7. Instrument panel illumination control ....4-56

8. BSD On/Off button ................................6-69

9. LKAS On/Off button ..............................6-77

10. 12V battery reset switch........................7-5

11. ESC Off button ....................................6-29

12. Fuel filler lid open button............4-34, 4-35

13. Auto Lock mode button (plug-in) .........Intro

14. Scheduled charging deactivation button

(plug-in) ...............................................Intro

15. Steering wheel ....................................4-44

16. Tilt and telescopic steering control

lever.....................................................4-45

17. Inner fuse panel .........................8-62, 8-63

18. Brake pedal .........................................6-23

19. Parking brake pedal ...................6-25, 8-30

20. Hood release lever ..............................4-32

21. Seat .......................................................3-4

ODEP017003N

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

■ Plug-in Hybrid

■ Hybrid

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Steering wheel audio controls ...............5-7

2. Driver`s front air bag ...........................3-58

3. Horn.....................................................4-47

4. Instrument cluster................................4-53

5. Wiper and washer control lever

(Right)................................................4-121

Turn signal / headlamp control lever

(Left) ..................................................4-119

6. Engine start/stop button ........................6-9

7. Cruise control ......................................6-48

Smart cruise control ............................6-52

8. Audio .....................................................5-5

9. Hazard warning flasher .........................7-2

10. Climate control system....................4-130

11. Shift lever DCT ..................................6-14

12. Front seat warmer ...........................4-152

Front air ventilation seat ..................4-154

13. Heated steering wheel button ...........4-46

14. Parking assist system On/Off button.4-110

15. Smart phone wireless charger ........4-158

16. Center console storage box ............4-149

17. Power outlet.....................................4-155

18. USB charger....................................4-156

19. Glove box ........................................4-149

20. Passenger`s front air bag.................3-58

21. AC 115V inverter .............................4-157

ODE016004

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ODE076001

■■

Hybrid (Kappa 1.6 GDI)

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir...................8-22

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................8-19

3. Engine oil dipstick .............................8-19

4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................8-26

5. Inverter coolant reservoir..................8-22

6. Fuse box ...........................................8-56

7. Engine clutch actuator reservoir tank.8-27

8. Air cleaner.........................................8-31

9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....8-29

Your vehicle at a glance

ODEP077001

■■

Plug-in Hybrid (Kappa 1.6 GDI)

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir...................8-22

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................8-19

3. Engine oil dipstick .............................8-19

4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................8-26

5. Inverter coolant reservoir..................8-22

6. Fuse box ...........................................8-56

7. Engine clutch actuator reservoir tank .8-27

8. Air cleaner.........................................8-31

9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....8-29

Safety features of your vehicle

Important safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Always wear your seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Restrain all children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Air bag hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Driver distraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

• Control your speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

• Keep your vehicle in safe condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

• Front seat adjustment - manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

• Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

• Driver position memory system (For power seat) . . . 3-9

• Headrest (For front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

• Children always in the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

• Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . 3-33

• Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS). . . . . . . . 3-36

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint

system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

• How does the air bag system operate? . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44

• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47

• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50

• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58

• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61

• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63

• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67

• Adding equipment to or modifying your

air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68

• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68

Safety features of your vehicle

You will find many safety precautions

and recommendations throughout

this section, and throughout this man-

ual.The safety precautions in this sec-

tion are among the most important.

Always wear your seat belt

A seat belt is your best protection in

all types of accidents. Air bags are

designed to supplement seat belts,

not replace them. So even though

your vehicle is equipped with air

bags, ALWAYS make sure you and

your passengers wear your seat

belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain all children

All children under age 13 should ride

in your vehicle properly restrained in

a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants

and small children should be

restrained in an appropriate child

restraint. Larger children should use

a booster seat with the lap/shoulder

belt until they can use the seat belt

properly without a booster seat.

Air bag hazards

While air bags can save lives, they

can also cause serious or fatal

injuries to occupants who sit too

close to them, or who are not prop-

erly restrained. Infants, young chil-

dren, and shorter adults are at the

greatest risk of being injured by an

inflating air bag. Follow all instruc-

tions and warnings in this manual.

Driver distraction

Driver distraction presents a serious

and potentially deadly danger, espe-

cially for inexperienced drivers.

Safety should be the first concern

when behind the wheel and drivers

need to be aware of the wide array of

potential distractions, such as drowsi-

ness, reaching for objects, eating,

personal grooming, other passen-

gers, and using cellular phones.

Drivers can become distracted when

they take their eyes and attention off

the road or their hands off the wheel

to focus on activities other than driv-

ing. To reduce your risk of distraction

or getting into an accident:

• ALWAYS set up your mobile

devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,

navigation units, etc.) when your

vehicle is parked or safely stopped.

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Safety features of your vehicle

• ONLY use your mobile device

when allowed by laws and when

conditions permit safe use. NEVER

text or email while driving. Most

states have laws prohibiting drivers

from texting. Some states and

cities also prohibit drivers from

using handheld phones.

• NEVER let the use of a mobile

device distract you from driving.

You have a responsibility to your

passengers and others on the road

to always drive safely, with your

hands on the wheel as well as your

eyes and attention on the road.

Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in

crash injuries and deaths. Generally,

the higher the speed, the greater the

risk, but serious injuries can also

occur at lower speeds. Never drive

faster than is safe for current condi-

tions, regardless of the maximum

speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe con-

dition

Having a tire blowout or a mechani-

cal failure can be extremely haz-

ardous. To reduce the possibility of

such problems, check your tire pres-

sures and condition frequently, and

perform all regularly scheduled

maintenance.

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat

(1) Forward and backward

(2) Seatback angle

(3) Seat cushion height

(Driver`s seat)

(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*

(5) Head rest

Rear seat

(6) Seatback folding

(7) Headrest

(8) Armrest*

* : if equipped

SEAT

ODE036001L

■ Manual seat

■ Power seat

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Uprighting

seat

Do not press the release lever

on a manual seatback without

holding and controlling the

seatback. The seatback will

spring upright possibly impact-

ing you or other passengers.

WARNING - Loose

objects

Do not place anything in the dri-

ver's foot well or under the front

seats. Loose objects in the dri-

ver's foot area could interfere

with the operation of the foot

pedals.

WARNING - Driver respon-

sibility for passengers

The driver must advise the pas-

sengers to keep the seatback in

an upright position whenever

the vehicle is in motion. If a seat

is reclined during an accident,

the restraint system's ability to

restrain will be greatly reduced.

1KMN3662

WARNING - Seat cushion

Occupants should never sit on

aftermarket seat cushions or sit-

ting cushions. The passenger's

hips may slide under the lap por-

tion of the seat belt during an

accident or a sudden stop.

WARNING - Driver’s seat

• Never attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-

ing. This could result in loss

of control of your vehicle.

• Do not allow anything to inter-

fere with the normal position

of the seatback. Storing items

against the seatback could

result in serious or fatal injury

in a sudden stop or collision.

• Sit as far back as possible from

the steering wheel while still

maintaining comfortable con-

trol of the your vehicle. A dis-

tance of at least 10 in (25 cm)

from your chest to the steering

wheel is recommended. Failure

to do so can result in air bag

inflation injuries to the driver.

Safety features of your vehicle

Feature of Seat Leather

• Leather is made from the outer

skin of an animal, which goes

through a special process to be

available for use. Since it is a nat-

ural substance, each part differs in

thickness or density.

Wrinkles may appear as a natural

result of stretching and shrinking

depending on the temperature and

humidity.

• The seat is made of stretchable

fabric to improve comfort.

• The parts contacting the body are

curved and the side supporting

area is high which provides driving

comfort and stability.

• Wrinkles may appear naturally

from usage. It is not a fault of the

product.

WARNING - Unexpected

Seat Movement

After adjusting a manual seat,

always check that it is locked by

shifting your weight to the front

and back. Sudden or unexpect-

ed movement of the driver's

seat could cause you to lose

control of the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear seatbacks

Always lock the rear seatback

before driving. Failure to do so

could result in passengers or

objects being thrown forward

injuring vehicle occupants.

WARNING - Seat

adjustment

• Do not adjust the seat while

wearing seat belts. Moving the

seat forward will cause strong

pressure on the abdomen.

• Do not place your hand near

the seat bottom or seat track

while adjusting the seat. Your

hand could get caught in the

seat mechanism.

WARNING - Small

Objects

Use extreme caution when pick-

ing up small objects trapped

under the seats or between the

seat and the center console.

Your hands might be cut or

injured by the sharp edges of

the seats mechanism.

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

Wrinkles or abrasions which appear

naturally from usage are not cov-

ered by warranty.

Front seat adjustment - manual

Forward and backward (1)

To move the seat forward or backward:

1. Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and

make sure the seat is locked securely

by trying to move forward and back-

ward without using the lever. If the

seat moves, it is not locked properly.

Seatback angle (2)

To recline the seatback:

1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback of the

seat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure

the seatback is locked in place. (The

lever MUST return to its original

position for the seatback to lock.)

Reclining seatback

Sitting in a reclined position when

the vehicle is in motion can be dan-

gerous. Even when buckled up, the

protections of your restraint system

(seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly

reduced by reclining your seatback.

ODE036062

CAUTION

• Belts with metallic acces-

sories, zippers or keys inside

the back pocket may damage

the seat fabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat.

It may change the nature of

natural leather.

• Jeans or clothes which could

bleach may contaminate the

surface of the seat covering

fabric.

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts must be snug against your

hips and chest to work properly.

When the seatback is reclined, the

shoulder belt cannot do its job

because it will not be snug against

your chest. Instead, it will be in front

of you. During an accident, you could

be thrown into the seat belt, causing

neck or other injuries.

The more the seatback is reclined,

the greater chance the passenger’s

hips will slide under the lap belt or

the passenger’s neck will strike the

shoulder belt.

Seat height (3)

To change the height of the seat, push

the lever upwards or downwards.

• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.

• To raise the seat cushion, pull the

lever up several times.

Front seat adjustment - power

(if equipped)

The front seat can be adjusted by

using the control switches located on

the outside of the seat cushion.

Before driving, adjust the seat to the

proper position so you can easily con-

trol the steering wheel, pedals and

switches on the instrument panel.

WARNING - Unattended

children

Do not leave children unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Children might

operate features of the vehicle

that could injure them.

ODEP037061N

Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward (1)

Push the control switch forward or

backward to move the seat to the

desired position. Release the switch

once the seat reaches the desired

position.

Seatback angle (2)

Push the control switch forward or

backward to move the seatback to

the desired angle. Release the

switch once the seat reaches the

desired position.

Seat height (3)

Pull the front portion of the control

switch up to raise or press down to

lower the front part of the seat cush-

ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-

trol switch up to raise or press down

to lower the seat cushion. Release

the switch once the seat reaches the

desired position.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat,

if equipped) (4)

The lumbar support can be adjusted

by pressing the lumbar support

switch on the side of the seat.

1. Press the front portion of the

switch to increase support, or the

rear portion of the switch, to

decrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reach-

es the desired position.

Driver position memory system

(if equipped, for power seat)

A driver position memory system is

provided to store and recall the driv-

er seat and outside rearview mirror

position with a simple button opera-

tion. By saving the desired position

into the system memory, different

drivers can reposition the driver seat

based upon their driving preference.

If the battery is disconnected, the

desired seat position memory will

need to be re-saved.

ODE036023

Safety features of your vehicle

103

Storing positions into memory

using the buttons on the door

Storing driver’s seat positions

1. Shift the shift lever into P while the

engine start/stop button is ON or

ignition switch is ON.

2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out-

side rearview mirror comfortable

for the driver.

3. Press SET button on the control

panel. The system will beep once.

4. Press one of the memory buttons

(1 or 2) within 4 seconds after

pressing the SET button. The sys-

tem will beep twice when memory

has been successfully stored.

When recalling an adjustment mem-

ory button while sitting in the vehicle,

you can be surprised by the setting

chosen if the memory has been

adjusted by someone else. If that

occurs, immediately push the seat

position control knob in the direction

of the desired position to stop further

undesired movement.

Recalling positions from memory

1. Shift the shift lever into P.

2. To recall the position in the memo-

ry, press the desired memory but-

ton (1 or 2). The system will beep

once, then the driver’s seat will

automatically adjust to the stored

position.

Adjusting the control switch for the

driver’s seat while the system is

recalling the stored position will

cause the movement to stop and

move in the direction that the control

switch is moved.

WARNING - Driver

Position Memory System

Never attempt to operate the

driver position memory system

while the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of con-

trol, and an accident causing

death or serious injury.

311

Safety features of your vehicle

Easy access function (if equipped)

The system will move the driver's

seat automatically as follows:

• Without smart key system

- It will move the driver’s seat rear-

ward when the ignition key is

removed and front driver’s door is

opened.

- It will move the driver’s seat forward

when the ignition key is inserted.

• With smart key system

- It will move the driver’s seat rear-

ward when the engine start/stop

button is changed to the OFF

position.

- It will move the driver’s seat for-

ward when the engine start/stop

button is changed to the ACC or

START position.

- It will move the driver's seat for-

ward when you get in your vehicle

with the smart key after closing

the driver's door.

You can activate or deactivate this

feature. Refer to "User settings" in

chapter 4.

Headrest (for front seat)

The driver's and front passenger's

seats are equipped with a headrest

for the occupant's safety and comfort.

The headrest not only provides com-

fort for the driver and front passenger,

but also helps protect the head and

neck in the event of a rear collision.

For maximum effectiveness in case

of an accident, the headrest should

be adjusted so the middle of the

headrest is at the same height of the

center of gravity of an occupant's

head. Generally, the center of gravity

of most people's head is similar with

the height of the top of their eyes.

Also, adjust the headrest as close to

your head as possible. For this rea-

son, the use of a cushion that holds

the body away from the seatback is

not recommended.

WARNING - Headrest

removal/adjustment

• Do not operate the vehicle

with the headrests removed.

Headrests can provide critical

neck and head support in a

crash.

• Do not adjust the headrest

height while the vehicle is in

motion. Driver may lose con-

trol of the vehicle.

ODE036074L

Safety features of your vehicle

123

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to the

desired position (1). To lower the

headrest, push and hold the release

button (2) on the headrest support

and lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

✽✽

NOTICE

If you recline the seatback towards

the front with the headrest and seat

cushion raised, the headrest may

come in contact with the sunvisor or

other parts of the vehicle.

Removal and reinstallation

ODE036009

ODEP037011N

ODEP037012N

■ Type B

■ Type A

OYFH034205

313

Safety features of your vehicle

To remove the headrest:

1. Recline the seatback (2) with the

recline lever or switch (1).

2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.

3. Press the headrest release button

(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).

To reinstall the headrest :

1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the

holes while pressing the release

button (1).

2. Recline the seatback (4) with the

recline lever or switch (3).

3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-

priate height.

WARNING - Headrest

Removal

NEVER allow anyone to ride in a

seat with the headrest removed

or reserved. Headrests can pro-

vide critical neck and head sup-

port in a crash.

ODEP037062N

ODEP037063N

■ Type B

■ Type A

WARNING - Headrest

Reinstallation

To reduce the risk of injury to

the head or neck, always make

sure the headrest is locked into

position and adjusted properly

after reinstalling.

Safety features of your vehicle

143

Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided on

the back of the front passenger’s and

driver’s seatbacks.

Rear seat adjustment

Headrest

The rear seat is equipped with head-

rests in all the seating positions for

the occupant's safety and comfort.

The headrest not only provides com-

fort for passengers, but also helps

protect the head and neck in the

event of a collision.

For maximum effectiveness in case

of an accident, the headrest should

be adjusted so the middle of the

headrest is at the same height of the

center of gravity of an occupant's

head. Generally, the center of gravity

of most people's heads is similar with

the height as the top of their eyes.

Also, adjust the headrest as close to

your head as possible. For this rea-

son, the use of a cushion that holds

the body away from the seatback is

not recommended.

ODE036015

WARNING - Seatback

pockets

Do not put heavy or sharp

objects in the seatback pockets.

In an accident they could come

loose from the pocket and

injure vehicle occupants.

ODE036075L

315

Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to the

desired position (1). To lower the

headrest, push and hold the release

button (2) on the headrest support

and lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

Removal and reinstallation

To remove the headrest, raise it as

far as it can go then press the

release button (1) while pulling the

headrest upward (2).

To reinstall the headrest, put the

headrest poles (3) into the holes

while pressing the release button (1).

Then adjust it to the appropriate

height and ensure that it locks in

position.

Armrest (if equipped)

To use the armrest, pull it forward

from the seatback.

ODE036016 ODE036017

ODE036018

Safety features of your vehicle

163

Folding the rear seat

The rear seatbacks may be folded to

facilitate carrying long items or to

increase the luggage capacity of the

vehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback

1. Set the front seatback to the

upright position and if necessary,

slide the front seat forward.

2. Lower the rear headrests to the

lowest position as above the pic-

ture.

WARNING - Folded

Seatback

The purpose of the fold-down

rear seatbacks is to allow you to

carry longer objects than could

not otherwise be accommodated.

• Never allow a passenger to sit

on top of the folded down

seatback while the car is mov-

ing. This is not a proper seat-

ing position since no seat

belts are available for use.

• To reduce the risk of injury

caused by sliding cargo within

the passenger compartment

of the vehicle, objects carried

on the folded down seatback

should not extend higher than

the top of the front seats.

CAUTION

Blocked Hybrid battery

duct

Do not put objects on the left

side of rear seats. This could

block the battery cooling duct

causing battery degradation.

ODEQ016007

WARNING - Objects

Objects carried on the folded

down seatback should not

extend higher than the top of

the front seatbacks. This could

allow cargo to slide forward and

cause injury or damage during

sudden stops.

ODE036019

317

Safety features of your vehicle

3. When folding the seat back, insert

the rear seat belt buckle in the

pocket between the rear seatback

and cushion then make sure both

seatbelts do not interfere with

stowed luggage and cargo. Then,

insert the seat belt into the two

holes located on both sides.

4. Pull on the seatback folding lever,

then fold the seat toward the front

of the vehicle. When you return the

seatback to its upright position,

always be sure it has locked into

position by pushing on the top of

the seatback.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the

seatback backward by lifting up

seat back. Pull the seatback firmly

until it clicks into place. Make sure

the seatback is locked in place.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the

proper position.

ODE036020

ODE036029L

ODE036022LODE036021

Safety features of your vehicle

183

When returning the rear seatbacks to

the upright position, remember to

return the rear shoulder belts to their

proper position.

CAUTION - Damaging

rear seat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seat-

back, insert the buckle between

the rear seatback and cushion.

Doing so can prevent the buckle

from being damaged by the rear

seatback.

WARNING - Rear

Seatback

To ensure maximum protection

in the event of an accident or

sudden stop, when returning the

rear seat to the upright position:

• Be careful not to damage the

seat belt webbing or buckle.

• Do not allow the seat belt

webbing or buckle to become

pinched or caught in the rear

seat.

• Ensure the seatback is com-

pletely locked into its upright

position by pushing on the

top of the seatback.

Failure to adhere to any of

these instructions could

result in serious injury or

death in the event of a crash.

WARNING - Uprighting

seat

When you return the seatback

to its upright position, hold the

seatback and return it slowly. If

the seatback is returned with-

out holding it, the back of the

seat could spring forward,

resulting in injury caused by

being struck by the seatback.

319

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Cargo loading

Make sure the engine is off, the

dual clutch transmission is in P

(Park) and the parking brake is

securely applied whenever load-

ing or unloading cargo. Failure

to take these steps may allow

the vehicle to move if the shift

lever is inadvertently moved to

another position.

WARNING - Cargo

Cargo should always be

secured to prevent it from being

thrown about the vehicle in a

collision and causing injury to

the vehicle occupants. Do not

place objects in the rear seats,

since they cannot be properly

secured and may hit the front

seat occupants in a collision.

Safety features of your vehicle

203

SEAT BELTS

Seat belt restraint system

• For maximum restraint system pro-

tection, the seat belts must always

be used whenever the vehicle is

moving. A properly positioned

shoulder belt should be positioned

midway over your shoulder across

your collarbone.

• Never allow children to ride in the

front passenger seat. See child

restraint system section for further

discussion.

Seat belts are designed to bear upon

the bony structure of the body, and

should be worn low across the front

of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as

applicable; wearing the lap section of

the belt across the abdominal area

must be avoided.

Seat belts should be adjusted as

firmly as possible, consistent with

comfort, to provide the protection for

which they have been designed.

A slack belt will greatly reduce the

protection afforded to the wearer.

Care should be taken to avoid con-

tamination of the webbing with pol-

ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-

ularly battery acid. Cleaning may

safely be carried out using mild soap

and water. The belt should be

replaced if webbing becomes frayed,

contaminated or damaged.

WARNING - Damaged

seat belt

Replace the entire seat belt

assembly if any part of the web-

bing or hardware is damaged as

you can no longer be sure that a

damaged seat belt will provide

protection in a crash.

WARNING - Twisted seat

belt

Make sure your seat belt is not

twisted when worn. A twisted

seat belt may not properly pro-

tect you in an accident and

could even cut into your body.

WARNING - Shoulder Belt

• Never wear the shoulder belt

under your arm or behind

your back. An improperly

positioned shoulder belt can-

not protect the occupant in a

crash.

• Always wear both the shoul-

der portion and lap portion of

the lap/shoulder belt.

321

Safety features of your vehicle

• No modifications or additions

should be made by the user which

would either prevent the seat belt

adjusting devices from operating to

remove slack, or prevent the seat

belt assembly from being adjusted

to remove slack.

• When you fasten the seat belt, be

careful not to latch the seat belt in

buckles of other seat. It's very dan-

gerous and you may not be pro-

tected by the seat belt properly.

• Do not unfasten the seat belt and

do not fasten and unfasten the seat

belt repeatedly while driving. This

could result in loss of control, and

an accident causing death, serious

injury, or property damage.

• When fastening the seat belt,

make sure that the seat belt does

not pass over objects that are hard

or can break easily.

WARNING - Seat belt

buckle

Do not allow foreign material

(gum, crumbs, coins, liquids,

etc.) to obstruct the seat belt

buckle. This may prevent the

seat belt from fastening securely.

Safety features of your vehicle

223

Front seat belt warning

Driving

conditions

Conditions Warning pattern

Seat belt Vehicle speed Light Sound

While

parked

(Ignition

switch ON)

Buckled

0 mph (0 km/h)

Illuminates

(for 6 seconds)

No sound

Unbuckled

- Sounds

(for 6 seconds, driver`s seat)

- No sound

(for passenger’s seat)

While

driven

Unbuckled

6 mph (9 km/h) or more but

less than 12mph (20 km/h)

Continuously Illuminates No sound

When the seatbelt is

unbuckled after use

Less than 12 mph (20km/h) Continuously Illuminates No sound

12 mph (20 km/hr) or more Blinks continuously Alarm sounds for 100 seconds

ODE036083N

■ Type B■ Type A

ODE036084L

323

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system

with emergency locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of

the retractor and insert the metal tab

(1) into the buckle (2). There will be

an audible "click" when the tab locks

into the buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to

the proper length only after the lap

belt portion is adjusted manually so

that it fits snugly around your hips. If

you lean forward in a slow, easy

motion, the belt will extend and let

you move around. If there is a sud-

den stop or impact, however, the belt

will lock into position. It will also lock

if you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you are not able to pull out the

seat belt from the retractor, firmly

pull the belt out and release it. Then

you will be able to pull the belt out

smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the shoul-

der belt anchor to one of the 4 posi-

tions for maximum comfort and safety.

The height of the adjusting seat belt

should not be too close to your neck.

The shoulder portion should be

adjusted so that it lies across your

chest and midway over your shoulder

near the door and not your neck.

To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height

adjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up

(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while

pressing the height adjuster button (2).

B180A01NF-1

B200A02NF

OJF035031

Front seat

Safety features of your vehicle

243

Release the button to lock the

anchor into position. Try sliding the

height adjuster to make sure that it

has locked into position.

Improperly positioned seat belts can

cause serious injuries in an accident.

Seat belts - Front passenger and

rear seat 3-point system with

combination locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:

Combination retractor type seat belts

are installed in the rear seat posi-

tions to help accommodate the

installation of child restraint systems.

Although a combination retractor is

also installed in the front passenger

seat position, it is strongly recom-

mended that children always be

seated in the rear seat. NEVER

place any infant restraint system in

the front seat of the vehicle.

This type of seat belt combines the

features of both an emergency lock-

ing retractor seat belt and an auto-

matic locking retractor seat belt. To

fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the

retractor and insert the metal tab into

the buckle. There will be an audible

"click" when the tab locks into the

buckle. When not securing a child

restraint, the seat belt operates in the

same way as the driver's seat belt

(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).

It automatically adjusts to the proper

length only after the lap belt portion

of the seat belt is adjusted manually

so that it fits snugly around your hips.

When the seat belt is fully extended

from the retractor to allow the instal-

lation of a child restraint system, the

seat belt operation changes to allow

the belt to retract, but not to extend

(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).

Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-

tem” in this section.

✽✽

NOTICE

Although the combination retractor

provides the same level of protection

for seated passengers in either emer-

gency or automatic locking modes,

have the seated passengers use the

emergency locking feature for improv-

ed convenience. The automatic locking

function is intended to facilitate child

restraint installation. To convert from

the automatic locking feature to the

emergency locking operation mode,

allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully

retract.

WARNING - Shoulder belt

positioning

Verify the shoulder belt anchor

is locked into position at the

appropriate height. Never posi-

tion the shoulder belt across

your neck or face. Improperly

positioned seat belts can cause

serious injuries in an accident.

WARNING - Seat belt

replacement

Replace your seat belts after

being in an accident. Failure to

replace seat belts after an acci-

dent could leave you with dam-

aged seat belts that will not pro-

vide protection in the event of

another collision.

325

Safety features of your vehicle

The seat belt should be locked into

the buckle on each seat cushion to

be properly fastened.

❈ A : Rear right seat belt fastening

buckle

B : Rear center seat belt fastening

buckle

C : Rear left seat belt fastening

buckle

CAUTION

Do NOT fold down the left por-

tion of the rear seat back when

the rear center seat belt is buck-

led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the

rear center seat belt before fold-

ing down the left portion of the

rear seat back. If the rear center

seat belt is buckled when the

left portion of the rear seat back

is folded down, distortion and

damage to the top portion of the

seat back and seat belt garnish

may result, causing the seat

back to lock into the folded

down position.

ODEP037091L

WARNING

Prior to fastening the rear seat

belts, ensure the latch matches

the seat belt buckle. Forcefully

fastening the left or right seat

belt to the center buckle can

result in an improper fastening

scenario that will not protect

you in an accident..

Safety features of your vehicle

263

When using the rear center seat belt,

the buckle with the “CENTER” mark

must be used.

To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing

the release button (1) on the locking

buckle. When it is released, the belt

should automatically draw back into

the retractor.

If this does not happen, check the

belt to be sure it is not twisted, then

try again.

Stowing the rear seat belt

• If the center seat belt is not in use,

always lock the latch plate into the

buckle as above illustration.

B210A01NF-1

ODE036028

■ Outboard belt

ODE036027L

■ Center belt

ODEP037092L

327

Safety features of your vehicle

• The rear seat belt buckles can be

stowed in the pocket between the

rear seatback and cushion when

not in use.

• Insert the seat belt into the two

holes (A) located on both sides. It

will help keep the belts from being

trapped behind or under the seats.

After inserting the seat belt, tighten

the belt webbing by pulling it up.

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's

and front passenger's pre-tensioner

seat belts (retractor pretensioner and

EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)).

The pre-tensioner seat belts may be

activated, when a frontal collision is

severe enough, together with the air

bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

if the occupant tries to lean forward

too quickly, the seat belt retractor

may lock into position. In certain

frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner

will activate and pull the seat belt into

tighter contact against the occu-

pant's body.

(1) Retractor Pretensioner

The purpose of the retractor pre-

tensioner is to make sure that the

shoulder belts fit in tightly against

the occupant's upper body in cer-

tain frontal collisions.

(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)

The purpose of the EFD is to

make sure that the pelvis belts fit

in tightly against the occupant's

lower body in certain frontal colli-

sions.

If the system senses excessive ten-

sion on the driver or passenger's

seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-

tem activates, the load limiter inside

the retractor pre-tensioner will release

some of the pressure on the affected

seat belt.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the pre-tensioner seat belts

are activated, a loud noise may be

heard and fine dust, which may

appear to be smoke, may be visible

in the passenger compartment.

These are normal operating condi-

tions and are not hazardous.

OQL035065

Safety features of your vehicle

283

❈ The actual position of seat belt pre-

tensioner system components may dif-

fer from the illustration.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system

consists mainly of the following com-

ponents.Their locations are shown in

the illustration:

(1) SRS air bag warning light

(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly

(3) SRS control module

(4) Emergency fastening device (EFD)

✽✽

NOTICE

• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys-

tem may be activated not only in

certain frontal collision, but also in

certain side collisions or rollovers,

if the vehicle is equipped with a

side or curtain air bag.

• Because the sensor that activates

the SRS air bag is connected with

the pre-tensioner seat belt, the

SRS air bag warning light on

the instrument panel will illumi-

nate for approximately 6 seconds

after engine start/stop button has

been changed to ON position, and

then it should turn off.

If the pre-tensioner seat belt system

is not working properly, this warning

light will illuminate even if there is not

a malfunction with the SRS air bag. If

the SRS air bag warning light does

not illuminate when engine start/stop

button has been changed to ON, or if

it remains illuminated after illuminat-

ing for approximately 6 seconds, or if

it illuminates while the vehicle is

being driven, have an authorized Kia

dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat

belt and SRS air bag system as soon

as possible.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not attempt to service or repair

the pre-tensioner seat belt system in

any manner. Do not attempt to

inspect or replace the pre-tensioner

seat belts yourself. This must be

done by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Skin Irritation

Wash all exposed skin areas

thoroughly after an accident in

which the pre-tensioner seat

belts were activated. The fine

dust from the pre-tensioner

activation may cause skin irrita-

tion and should not be breathed

for prolonged periods.

ODMESA2024

329

Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioners are designed to oper-

ate only one time. After activation,

pre-tensioner seat belts must be

replaced. If the pre-tensioner must

be replaced, contact an authorized

Kia dealer.

Seat belt precautions

Infant or small child

All 50 states have child restraint laws.

You should be aware of the specific

requirements in your state. Child

and/or infant seats must be properly

placed and installed in the rear seat.

For more information about the use of

these restraints, refer to “Child

restraint system” in this section.

✽✽

NOTICE

Small children are best protected

from injury in an accident when

properly restrained in the rear seat

by a child restraint system that meets

the requirements of the Federal

Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

Before buying any child restraint sys-

tem, make sure that it has a label cer-

tifying that it meets Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The

restraint must be appropriate for

your child's height and weight.

Check the label on the child restraint

for this information. Refer to “Child

restraint system” in this section.

Larger children

Children who are too large for child

restraint systems should always

occupy the rear seat and use the

available lap/shoulder belts. The lap

portion should be fastened and

snugged on the hips as low as possi-

ble. Check periodically to insure that

the belt fits. A child's squirming could

put the belt out of position. Children

are given the most safety in the event

of an accident when they are

restrained by a proper restraint sys-

tem in the rear seat. If a larger child

(over age 12) must be seated in the

front seat, the child should be

securely restrained by the available

lap/shoulder belt and the seat should

be placed in the rearmost position.

Children age 12 and under should be

restrained securely in the rear seat.

NEVER place a child age 12 and

under in the front seat. NEVER place

a rear facing child seat in the front

seat of a vehicle.

WARNING - Hot preten-

sioner

Do not touch the pre-tensioner

seat belt assemblies for several

minutes after they have been

activated. When the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt mechanism

fires during a collision the pre-

tensioner becomes hot and can

burn you.

Safety features of your vehicle

303

If the shoulder belt portion slightly

touches the child’s neck or face, try

placing the child closer to the center of

the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still

touches their face or neck they need to

be returned to a child restraint system.

Restraint of pregnant women

Pregnant women should wear

lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-

ever possible according to specific

recommendations by their doctors.

The lap portion of the belt should be

worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS

POSSIBLE.

Injured person

A seat belt should be used when an

injured person is being transported.

When this is necessary, you should

consult a physician for recommenda-

tions.

One person per belt

Two people (including children)

should never attempt to use a single

seat belt. This could increase the

severity of injuries in case of an acci-

dent.

WARNING - Pregnant

women

Pregnant women must never

place the lap portion of the seat

belt above or on the abdomen

where the fetus is located. The

force of the seat belt during a

collision will crush the fetus.

WARNING - Small children

Do not allow small children to

ride in the vehicle without an

appropriate child restraint sys-

tem. If the shoulder belt comes

in contact with your child's neck

or face your child is too small to

ride in the vehicle. In a crash the

seat belt will inflict injury to your

child's neck, throat and face.

331

Safety features of your vehicle

Do not lie down

To reduce the chance of injuries in

the event of an accident and to

achieve maximum effectiveness of

the restraint system, all passengers

should be sitting up and the front and

rear seats should be in an upright

position when the vehicle is moving.

A seat belt cannot provide proper

protection if the person is lying down

in the rear seat or if the front and rear

seats are in a reclined position.

Care of seat belts

Seat belt systems should never be

disassembled or modified. In addi-

tion, care should be taken to assure

that seat belts and belt hardware are

not damaged by seat hinges, doors

or other abuse.

Periodic inspection

All seat belts should be inspected

periodically for wear or damage of

any kind. Any damaged parts should

be replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and

dry. If belts become dirty, they can be

cleaned by using a mild soap solu-

tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,

strong detergents or abrasives

should not be used because they

may damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts

The entire in-use seat belt assembly

or assemblies should be replaced if

the vehicle has been involved in an

accident. This should be done even if

no damage is visible. Additional

questions concerning seat belt oper-

ation should be directed to an

authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Pinched seat

belt

Make sure that the webbing

and/or buckle does not get

caught or pinched in the rear

seat when returning the rear

seatback to its upright position.

A caught or pinched webbing/

buckle may become damaged

and could fail during a collision

or sudden stop.

WARNING

Seatbelts can become hot in a

vehicle that has been closed up

in sunny weather. They could

burn infants and children.

Safety features of your vehicle

323

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Children Always in the Rear

Children under age 13 must always

ride in the rear seats and must always

be properly restrained to minimize the

risk of injury in an accident, sudden

stop or sudden maneuver. According

to accident statistics, children are

safer when properly restrained in the

rear seats than in the front seat. Even

with air bags, children can be serious-

ly injured or killed. Children too large

for a child restraint must use the seat

belts provided.

All 50 states have child restraint laws

which require children to travel in

approved child restraint devices. The

laws governing the age or

height/weight restrictions at which

seat belts can be used instead of

child restraints differs among states,

so you should be aware of the spe-

cific requirements in your state, and

where you are travelling.

Child restraint systems must be

properly placed and installed in the

rear seat. You must use a commer-

cially available child restraint system

that meets the requirements of the

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS).

Child restraint systems are generally

designed to be secured in a vehicle

seat by lap belt portion of a

lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-

tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.

WARNING - Restraint

Location

Never install a child or infant

seat on the front passenger's

seat. A child riding in the front

passenger seat can be forceful-

ly struck by an inflating airbag

and seriously injured.

WARNING - Hot Child

Restraint

A child restraint system can

become very hot if it is left in a

closed vehicle on a sunny day.

Be sure to check the seat cover,

buckles and latches before

placing a child in the restraint

system.

333

Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system (CRS)

Infants and younger children must be

restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-

ing or forward-facing CRS that has

first been properly secured to the

rear seat of the vehicle. Read and

comply with the instructions for

installation and use provided by the

manufacturer of the child restraint.

✽✽

NOTICE

After an accident, have a Kia dealer

check the child restraint system, seat

belts, tether anchors and lower

anchors.

Selecting a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

When selecting a CRS for your child,

always:

• Make sure the CRS has a label

certifying that it meets applicable

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS 213).

• Select a child restraint based on

your child’s height and weight. The

required label or the instructions

for use typically provide this infor-

mation.

• Select a child restraint that fits the

vehicle seating position where it

will be used.

• Read and comply with the warn-

ings and instructions for installation

and use provided with the child

restraint system.

WARNING

Child Restraint Installation

An improperly secured child

restraint can increase the risk

of serious injury or death in an

accident. Always take the fol-

lowing precautions when using

a child restraint system:

• Always follow the child

restraint system manufactur-

er’s instructions for installa-

tion and use.

(Continued)

• Always properly restrain your

child in the child restraint.

• If the vehicle head restraint

prevents proper installation of

a child seat (as described in

the child restraint system

manual), the head restraint of

the respective seating posi-

tion shall be readjusted or

entirely removed.

• Do not use an infant carrier or

a child safety seat that

"hooks" over a seatback, it

may not provide adequate

protection in an accident.

Safety features of your vehicle

343

Child restraint system types

There are three main types of child

restraint systems: rear-facing seats,

forward-facing seats, and booster

seats. They are classified according

to the child’s age, height and weight.

WARNING - Holding

Children

Never hold a child in your arms

or lap when riding in a vehicle.

The violent forces created dur-

ing a crash will tear the child

from your arms and throw the

child against the car’s interior.

Always use a child restraint

system which is appropriate for

your child's height and weight.

WARNING - Unattended

Children

Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle. The car can heat up

very quickly, resulting in injuries

to the child in the vehicle.

WARNING - Seat Belt Use

Do not use one seat belt for two

occupants at the same time.

This will eliminate any safety

benefit provided by the seat belt

to the occupants.

335

Safety features of your vehicle

Rear-facing child seats

A rear-facing child seat provides

restraint with the seating surface

against the back of the child. The

harness system holds the child in

place, and in an accident, acts to

keep the child positioned in the seat

and reduces the stress to the neck

and spinal cord.

All children under age one must

always ride in a rear-facing infant

child restraint.

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats

typically have higher height and

weight limits for the rear-facing posi-

tion, allowing you to keep your child

rear-facing for a longer period of time.

Continue to use a rear-facing child

seat for as long as your child will fit

within the height and weight limits

allowed by the child seat manufactur-

er. It’s the best way to keep them

safe. Once your child has outgrown

the rear-facing child restraint, your

child is ready for a forward-facing

child restraint with a harness.

Forward-facing child restraints

A forward-facing child seat provides

restraint for the child’s body with a

harness. Keep children in a forward-

facing child seat with a harness until

they reach the top height or weight

limit allowed by your child restraint’s

manufacturer.

Once your child outgrows the for-

ward-facing child restraint, your child

is ready for a booster seat.

ODE036031 ODE026007

Safety features of your vehicle

363

Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint designed

to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat

belt system. A booster seat positions

the seat belt so that it fits properly

over the lap of your child.

Keep your child in a booster seat

until they are big enough to sit in the

seat without a booster and still have

the seat belt fit properly. For a seat

belt to fit properly, the lap belt must

lie snugly across the upper thighs,

not the stomach. The shoulder belt

should lie snug across the shoulder

and chest and not across the neck or

face. Children under age 13 must

always ride in the rear seats and

must always be properly restrained

to minimize the risk of injury.

Installing a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

After selecting a proper child seat for

your child, check to make sure it fits

properly in your vehicle. Follow the

instructions provided by the manu-

facturer when installing the child

seat. Note these general steps when

installing the seat to your vehicle:

• Properly secure the child

restraint to the vehicle. All child

restraints must be secured to the

vehicle with the lap part of a

lap/shoulder belt or with the

LATCH system.

• Make sure the child restraint is

firmly secured. After installing a

child restraint to the vehicle, push

and pull the seat forward and from

side-to-side to verify that it is

securely attached to the seat. A

child restraint secured with a seat

belt should be installed as firmly as

possible. However, some side-to-

side movement can be expected.

• Secure the child in the child

restraint. Make sure the child is

properly strapped in the child

restraint according to the manufac-

turer instructions.

337

Safety features of your vehicle

Lower Anchors and Tether for

Children (LATCH) System

The LATCH system holds a child

restraint during driving and in an

accident. This system is designed to

make installation of the child restraint

easier and reduce the possibility of

improperly installing your child

restraint. The LATCH system uses

anchors in the vehicle and attach-

ments on the child restraint. The

LATCH system eliminates the need

to use seat belts to secure the child

restraint to the rear seats.

Lower anchors are metal bars built

into the vehicle. There are two lower

anchors for each LATCH seating

position that will accommodate a

child restraint with lower attach-

ments.

To use the LATCH system in your

vehicle, you must have a child

restraint with LATCH attachments.

The child seat manufacturer will pro-

vide you with instructions on how to

use the child seat with its attach-

ments for the LATCH lower anchors.

LATCH anchors have been provided

in the left and right outboard rear

seating positions. Their locations are

shown in the illustration. There are

no LATCH anchors provided for the

center rear seating position.

ODE036077L

WARNING - LATCH Lower

Anchors

Never attempt to attach a LATCH

equipped seat in the center

seating position. LATCH lower

anchors are only to be used in

the left and right rear outboard

seating positions.You may dam-

age the anchors or the anchors

may fail and break in a collision.

Safety features of your vehicle

383

The lower anchor position indicator

symbols are located on the left and

right rear seat backs to identify the

position of the lower anchors in your

vehicle (see arrows in illustration).

The LATCH anchors are located

between the seatback and the seat

cushion of the rear seat left and right

outboard seating positions.

To use the lower anchor, push the

upper portion of the lower anchor

cover.

❈ (1) : Lower Anchor position indicator

(2) : Lower Anchor

Securing a child restraint with

the LATCH anchors system

To install a LATCH-compatible child

restraint in either of the rear outboard

seating positions:

1. Move the seat belt buckle away

from the lower anchors.

2. Move any other objects away from

the anchors that could prevent a

secure connection between the

child restraint and the lower

anchors.

3. Place the child restraint on the

vehicle seat, then attach the seat

to the lower anchors according to

the instructions provided by the

child restraint manufacturer.

4. Follow the child restraint instruc-

tions for properly adjusting and

tightening the lower attachments

on the child restraint to the lower

anchors.

ODE036035

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using the LATCH system:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your child restraint system.

• To prevent the child from

reaching and taking hold of

unretracted seat belts, buckle

all unused rear seat belts and

retract the seat belt webbing

behind the child. Children can

be strangled if a shoulder belt

becomes wrapped around their

neck and the seat belt tightens.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single

anchor. This could cause the

anchor or attachment to come

loose or break.

• Always have the LATCH sys-

tem inspected by your author-

ized Kia dealer after an acci-

dent. An accident can damage

the LATCH system and may

not properly secure the child

restraint.

339

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

The recommended maximum

weight for the LATCH system is 65

lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper

child restraint, consider that the

maximum total weight of the child

plus the child restraint should be

less than 65 lbs (30 kg).

As a guide, the MAX child restraint

weight should be determined by the

following calculation:

Child Restraint Weight =

65 - (child's total weight in lbs.)

Securing a child restraint seat

with "Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint with

the LATCH lower anchors or the seat

belt. If the child restraint manufactur-

er recommends that the top tether

strap be attached, attach and tighten

the top tether strap to the top tether

strap anchor.

Child restraint hook holders are

located on the shelf behind the rear

seats.

ODE036032R

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when installing the tether strap:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your child restraint system.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single teth-

er anchor. This could cause

the anchor or attachment to

come loose or break.

• Do not attach the tether strap

to anything other than the cor-

rect tether anchor. It may not

work properly if attached to

something else.

• Do not use the tether anchors

for adult seat belts or harness-

es, or for attaching other items

or equipment to the vehicle.

• Always fasten the seat belts

behind the child restraint seat

when they are not used to

secure the child seat. Failure

to do so may result in child

strangulation.

Safety features of your vehicle

403

To install the tether anchor:

1. Route the child restraint tether

strap over the child restraint seat-

back. Route the tether strap under

the head restraint and between

the head restraint posts, or route

the tether strap over the top of the

vehicle seatback. Make sure the

strap is not twisted.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to

the tether anchor, then tighten the

tether strap according to the child

seat manufacturer’s instructions to

firmly secure the child restraint to

the seat.

3. Check that the child restraint is

securely attached to the seat by

pushing and pulling the seat for-

ward and from side-to-side.

Securing a child restraint with a

lap/shoulder belt

When not using the LATCH system,

all child restraints must be secured to

a vehicle rear seat with the lap part

of a lap/shoulder belt.

Automatic locking mode

Since all passenger seat belts move

freely under normal conditions and

only lock under extreme or emer-

gency conditions (emergency locking

mode), you must manually pull the

seat belt all the way out to shift the

retractor to the “Automatic Locking”

mode to secure a child restraint.

The “Automatic Locking” mode will

help prevent the normal movement

of the child in the vehicle from caus-

ing the seat belt to loosen and com-

promise the child restraint system. To

secure a child restraint system, use

the following procedure.

ODE036033 OLMB033044

341

Safety features of your vehicle

To install a child restraint system on

the rear seats, do the following:

1.Place the child restraint system on

a rear seat and route the lap/ shoul-

der belt around or through the child

restraint, following the restraint

manufacturer’s instructions.

Be sure the seat belt webbing is

not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the dis-

tinct “click” sound.

Position the release button so that

it is easy to access in case of an

emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the

seat belt all the way out. When the

shoulder portion of the seat belt is

fully extended, it will shift the

retractor to the “Automatic

Locking” (child restraint) mode.

OEN036101 OEN036102

Safety features of your vehicle

423

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion

of the seat belt to retract and listen

for an audible "clicking" or "ratchet-

ing" sound. This indicates that the

retractor is in the "Automatic

Locking" mode. If no distinct sound

is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the

belt as possible by pushing down

on the child restraint system while

feeding the shoulder belt back into

the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraint

system to confirm that the seat

belt is holding it firmly in place. If it

is not, release the seat belt and

repeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is

in the "Automatic Locking" mode

by attempting to pull more of the

seat belt out of the retractor. If you

cannot, the retractor is in the

"Automatic Locking" mode.

If your CRS manufacturer instructs or

recommends you to use a tether

anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,

refer to the previous pages for more

information.

✽✽

NOTICE

When the seat belt is allowed to

retract to its fully stowed position,

the retractor will automatically

switch from the "Automatic

Locking" mode to the emergency

lock mode for normal adult usage.

To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle and

then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of

the restraint and allow the seat belt

to retract fully.

OEN036103

WARNING - Auto lock

mode

Set the retractor to Automatic

Lock mode when installing any

child restraint system. If the

retractor is not in the Automatic

Locking mode, the child restraint

can move when your vehicle

turns or stops suddenly.

343

Safety features of your vehicle

(1) Driver’s front air bag

(2) Passenger’s front air bag

(3) Side air bag

(4) Curtain air bag

(5) Driver’s knee air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you

and your passengers must always

wear the safety belts provided in

order to minimize the risk and sever-

ity of injury in the event of a collision

or rollover.

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

ODE036036

Safety features of your vehicle

443

How does the air bag system

operate?

• Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when the

ignition switch is turned to the ON

or START position or when engine

start/stop button has been

changed to ON position.

• The appropriate air bags inflate

instantly in the event of a serious

frontal collision or side collision in

order to help protect the occupants

from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which

the air bags will inflate.

Generally, air bags are designed to

inflate based upon the severity of a

collision and its direction. These

two factors determine whether the

sensors produce an electronic

deployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on a

number of factors including vehicle

speed, angles of impact, and, the

density and stiffness of the vehi-

cles or objects which your vehicle

hits in the collision. The determin-

ing factors are not limited to those

mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completely

inflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you to

see the air bags inflate during an

accident.

It is much more likely that you will

simply see the deflated air bags

hanging out of their storage com-

partments after the collision.

• In addition to inflating in serious

side collisions, side and/or curtain

air bags will inflate if the sensing

system detects a rollover.

• When a rollover is detected, side

and/or curtain air bags will remain

inflated longer to help provide pro-

tection from ejection, especially

when used in conjunction with the

seat belts.

• In order to help provide protection,

the air bags must inflate rapidly.

The speed of the air bag inflation is

a consequence of extremely short

time in which to inflate the air bag

between the occupant and the

vehicle structures before the occu-

pant impacts those structures. This

speed of inflation reduces the risk

of serious or life-threatening

injuries and is thus a necessary

part of the air bag design.

However, air bag inflation can also

cause injuries which can include

facial abrasions, bruises and bro-

ken bones because the inflation

speed also causes the air bags to

expand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstances

under which contact with the

steering wheel or passenger air

bag can cause fatal injuries,

especially if the occupant is

positioned excessively close to

the steering wheel or passenger

air bag.

345

Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke

When inflated, the air bags make a

loud noise and leave smoke and

powder in the air inside the vehicle.

This is normal and is a result of the

ignition of the air bag inflator. After

the air bag inflates, you may feel sub-

stantial discomfort in breathing due

to the contact of your chest with both

the seat belt and the air bag, as well

as from breathing the smoke and

powder. Open your doors and/or

windows as soon as possible after

impact in order to reduce discom-

fort and prevent prolonged expo-

sure to the smoke and powder.

Though smoke and powder are non-

toxic, it may cause irritation to the

skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If

this is the case, wash and rinse with

cold water immediately and consult a

doctor if the symptom persists.

WARNING - Hot compo-

nents

Do not touch the air bag storage

area's internal components

immediately after airbag infla-

tion. The air bag related parts in

the steering wheel, instrument

panel and the roof rails above

the front and rear doors are

very hot. Hot components can

result in burn injuries.

WARNING

Do not install or place any

accessories near air bag

deployment areas, such as the

instrument panel, windows, pil-

lars, and roof rails.

WARNING - Airbag infla-

tion

Sit as far back as possible from

the steering wheel while still

maintaining comfortable con-

trol of your vehicle. A distance

of at least 10" from your chest

to the steering wheel is recom-

mended. Failure to do so can

result in airbag inflation injuries

to the driver.

Safety features of your vehicle

463

Do not install a child restraint on

the front passenger’s seat

Never place a rear-facing child

restraint in the front passenger’s

seat. If the air bag deploys, it would

impact the rear-facing child restraint,

causing serious or fatal injury.

In addition, do not place front-facing

child restraints in the front passen-

ger’s seat. If the front passenger air

bag inflates, it could cause serious or

fatal injuries to the child.

Air bag warning light

The purpose of air bag warning light

in your instrument panel is to alert

you of a potential problem with your

air bag system, which could include

your side and/or curtain air bags

used for rollover protection.

1JBH3051

W7-147

WARNING - Air bag

deployment

When children are seated in the

rear outboard seats of a vehicle

equipped with side and/or cur-

tain air bags, install the child

restraint system as far away

from the door side as possible.

Inflation of the side and/or cur-

tain air bags could impact the

child.

347

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions

❈ The actual position of SRS compo-

nents may differ from the illustration.

The SRS consists of the following

components:

1. Driver's front air bag module

2. Passenger's front air bag module

3. Side air bag modules

4. Curtain air bag modules

5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*

6. Air bag warning light

7. SRS control module (SRSCM)

8. Front impact sensors

9. Side impact sensors*

10. Side pressure sensors*

11. Occupant detection system

(Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Front passenger’s seat belt

buckle sensor

13. Retractor pre-tensioner assem-

blies*

*: if equipped

If the air bag warning light is illumi-

nated for more than 6 seconds after

engine start/stop button has been

changed to ON, or of it illuminates

during vehicle operation, an SRS

component may not be functioning

properly and you should have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

W7-147

ODE036078N

Safety features of your vehicle

483

If any of the following conditions

occur, this indicates a malfunction in

the air bag system. Have an author-

ized Kia dealer inspect the air bag

system as soon as possible.

• The light does not turn on briefly

when you change engine start/stop

button to ON.

• The light stays on after illuminating

for approximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehi-

cle is in motion.

• The light blinks when engine

start/stop button is ON position.

The front air bag modules are locat-

ed both in the center of the steering

wheel and in the front passenger's

panel above the glove box. When the

SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe

impact to the front of the vehicle, it

will automatically deploy the front air

bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-

ed directly into the pad covers will

separate under pressure from the

expansion of the air bags. Further

opening of the covers then allows full

inflation of the air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L

Driver’s front air bag (2)

349

Safety features of your vehicle

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-

tion with a properly worn seat belt,

slows the driver's or the passenger's

forward motion, reducing the risk of

head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bag

immediately starts deflating, enabling

the driver to maintain forward visibility

and the ability to steer or operate

other controls.

• If an air bag deploys, there may be

a loud noise followed by a fine dust

released in the vehicle. These con-

ditions are normal and are not haz-

ardous - the air bags are packed in

this fine powder. The dust generat-

ed during air bag deployment may

cause skin or eye irritation as well

as aggravate asthma for some per-

sons. Always wash all exposed

skin areas thoroughly with cold

water and a mild soap after an

accident in which the air bags were

deployed.

B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (3)

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING - Air bag

obstructions

Do not install or place any

accessories on the steering

wheel, instrument panel, or on

the front passenger's panel

above the glove box in a vehi-

cle. Such objects may become

dangerous projectiles if the air

bag deploys.

WARNING - Flying objects

Do not place any objects (an

umbrella, bag, etc.) between the

front door and the front seat.

Such objects may become dan-

gerous projectiles if the side

airbag inflates.

Safety features of your vehicle

503

• The SRS can function only when

engine start/stop button is ON

position. If the SRS air bag warning

light does not illuminate, or contin-

uously remains on after illuminat-

ing for about 6 seconds when

engine start/stop button is ON

position, or after the engine is

started, comes on while driving,

the SRS is not working properly. If

this occurs, have your vehicle

immediately inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

Before you replace a fuse or discon-

nect a battery terminal, change

Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF

position. Never remove or replace

the air bag related fuse(s) when

engine start/stop button is ON posi-

tion. Failure to heed this warning

will cause the SRS air bag warning

light to illuminate.

Occupant Detection System

(ODS)

Your vehicle is equipped with an

occupant detection system in the

front passenger's seat.

The occupant detection system is

designed to detect the presence of a

properly-seated front passenger and

determine if the passenger's front air

bag should be enabled (may inflate)

or not. Only the front passenger front

air bag is controlled by the Occupant

Detection System.

Do not put anything in front of the

passenger air bag indicator.

ODE036039N

351

Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu-

pant detection system

• An detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion.

• An electronic system which deter-

mines whether the passenger air

bag systems should be activated

or deactivated.

• An indicator light located on the

instrument panel which illuminates

the words PASSENGER AIR BAG

“OFF” indicates the front passen-

ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warn-

ing light is interconnected with the

occupant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occu-

pied by a person that the system

determines to be of appropriate size,

and he/she sits properly (sitting

upright with the seatback in an

upright position, centered on the

seat cushion with their seat belt on,

legs comfortably extended and their

feet on the floor), the PASSENGER

AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off

and the front passenger's air bag will

be able to inflate, if necessary, in

frontal crashes.

You will find the PASSENGER AIR

BAG “OFF” indicator on the center

facia panel. This system detects the

conditions 1~4 in the following table

and activates or deactivates the front

passenger air bag based on these

conditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehicle

occupants are seated and restrained

properly (sitting upright with the seat in

an upright position, centered on the

seat cushion, with the person’s legs

comfortably extended, feet on the

floor, and wearing the safety belt prop-

erly) for the most effective protection

by the air bag and the safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant Detection

System) may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which

can defeat the detection system.

These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.

(2) Leaning against the door or cen-

ter console.

(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.

(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locations

which reduce the passenger

weight on the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.

(6) Reclining the seat back.

Safety features of your vehicle

523

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection

system

The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in

the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending

on his/her physique and posture.

Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has

outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may rec-

ognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.

Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator may turn on or off when a child above

12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front

passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

Condition detected by the

occupant classification system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

“PASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF”

indicator light

SRS warning

light

Front passenger

air bag

1. Adult*

Off Off Activated

2. Child restraint system with

child under 12 months old

On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

CAUTION

• Do not install a child restraint

seat in the passenger seat

when the seat is heavily

soaked with any type of liquid.

• Do not alter or remodel the

ODS (Occupant Detection

System). This may damage the

system and prevent its proper

function in a collision.

353

Safety features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not use car seat cushions that

cover up the surface of the seat

and aftermarket manufactured

passenger seat heaters.

• After conducting car interior

cleaning using steam or detergent,

the seat should be dried properly.

Afterward, check for normal

operation of the PASS AIR BAG

“OFF” and air bag warning lights.

• Any service related to the passen-

ger seat and the ODS must be

done at Kia service center.

• After the passenger seat has been

removed or installed for repair

purposes, check for normal opera-

tion of the PASS AIR BAG “OFF”

and air bag warning lights with a

person seated or not seated in the

passenger seat.

✽

NOTICE

When the PASS AIR BAG “OFF”

symbol is illuminated, the passenger

air bag system will not operate. The

passenger air bag system will oper-

ate when necessary if the symbol is

not illuminated.

✽

NOTICE

Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place anything

on or attach anything such as a blan-

ket, front seat cover or after market

seat heater to the front passenger

seat. This can adversely affect the

occupant detection system.

WARNING - ODS system

Riding in an improper position or

placing items on or under the

passenger seat may interfere

with the normal operation of the

ODS (Occupant Detection

System). It is important for the

driver to instruct the passenger

as to the proper seating instruc-

tions as contained in this manual.

Safety features of your vehicle

543

OJFA035106

- Never sit with hips shifted

towards the front of the seat.

OJFA035104

- Do not place a heavy load in

the front passenger seatback

pocket or on the front passen-

ger seat.

OJFA035105

- Do not place feet on the front

passenger seatback.

WARNING - ODS System

Riding in an improper position adversely affects the Occupant Detection System and may result in the

deactivation of the front passenger airbag. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to

the proper seating instructions as contained in this manual.

(Continued)

355

Safety features of your vehicle

OJFA035109

- Never lean on the door or cen-

ter console.

- Never sit on one side of the

front passenger seat.

OJFA035107

- Never excessively recline the

front passenger seatback.

OJFA035108

- Never place feet on the dash-

board.

(Continued)

Safety features of your vehicle

563

OJFA035102

- Do not place electronic

devices such as laptops, DVD

player, or conductive materi-

als such as water bottles on

the passenger seat.

- Do not use electronic devices

such as laptops and satellite

radios which use inverter

chargers.

OJFA035103

- Wet Passenger Seat

Do not spill liquid in the pas-

senger seat. Spilled liquid on

the passenger seat may cause

the air bag warning light to illu-

minate or malfunction. If any

liquid is spilled, make sure the

seat has been completely dried

before driving the vehicle.

(Continued)

OJFA035101

- Do not use car seat acces-

sories such as thick blankets

and cushions which cover up

the car seat surface.

- Do not sit on the passenger

seat wearing heavily padded

clothes such as ski wear and

hip protector.

357

Safety features of your vehicle

When an adult is seated in the front

passenger seat, if the PASSENGER

AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on,

change Engine Start/Stop button to

the OFF position and ask the pas-

senger to sit properly (sitting upright

with the seat back in an upright posi-

tion, centered on the seat cushion

with their seat belt on, legs comfort-

ably extended and their feet on the

floor). Restart the engine and have

the person remain in that position.

This will allow the system to detect

the person and to enable the pas-

senger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”

indicator is still on, ask the passen-

ger to move to the rear seat.

✽✽

NOTICE

The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”

indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-

onds after Engine Start/Stop button

is turned to the ON position after the

engine is started. If the front passen-

ger seat is occupied, the occupant

detection sensor will then classify

the front passenger after several

more seconds.

B990A01O

Proper position

WARNING - “AIR BAG

OFF” light

Do not allow an adult passenger

to ride in the front seat when the

PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”

indicator is illuminated,

because the air bag will not

deploy in the event of a crash.

The driver must instruct the

passenger to reposition himself

in the seat. Failure to properly

position yourself may lead to air

bag deactivation resulting in air

bag non-deployment in a colli-

sion. If the PASSENGER AIR

BAG “OFF” indicator remains

illuminated after the passenger

repositions themselves proper-

ly and the car is restarted, it is

recommended that passenger

move to the rear seat because

the passenger's front air bag

will not deploy.

Safety features of your vehicle

583

• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant detec-

tion system, never install a child

restraint system in the front pas-

senger's seat. A deploying air bag

can forcefully strike a child result-

ing in serious injuries or death. Any

child age 12 and under should ride

in the rear seat. Children too large

for child restraints should use the

available lap/shoulder belts. No

matter what type of crash, children

of all ages are safer when

restrained in the rear seat.

• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG

“OFF” indicator is illuminated when

the front passenger's seat is occu-

pied by an adult and he/she sits

properly (sitting upright with the

seatback in an upright position,

centered on the seat cushion with

their seat belt on, legs comfortably

extended and their feet on the

floor), have that person sit in the

rear seat.

Any child age 12 and under should

ride in the rear seat. Children too

large for child restraints should use

the available lap/shoulder belts. No

matter what type of crash, children of

all ages are safer when restrained in

the rear seat.

If the occupant detection system is

not working properly, the SRS air

bag warning light on the instrument

panel will illuminate because the

passenger's front air bag is connect-

ed with the occupant detection sys-

tem. If there is a malfunction of the

occupant detection system, the PAS-

SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator

will not illuminate and the passen-

ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal

impact crashes even if there is no

occupant in the front passenger's

seat.

Driver's and passenger's front

air bag

ODE036063

■ Driver’s front air bag

■ Driver’s knee air bag

ODE036037

359

Safety features of your vehicle

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Advanced Supplemental Restraint

(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder

belts at both the driver and passen-

ger seating position.

The indication of the system's pres-

ence are the letters "AIR BAG" locat-

ed on the air bag pad cover on the

steering wheel and the passenger's

side front panel pad above the glove

box.

The SRS consists of air bags

installed under the pad covers in the

center of the steering wheel and the

passenger's side front panel above

the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide

the vehicle's driver and/or the front

passenger with additional protection

than that offered by the seat belt sys-

tem alone in case of a frontal impact

of sufficient severity. The SRS uses

sensors to gather information about

the driver's and front passenger's

seat belt usage and impact severity.

The seat belt buckle sensor deter-

mines if the front passenger's seat

belt is fastened.

These sensors provide the ability to

control the SRS deployment based on

whether or not the seat belts are fas-

tened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability

to control the air bag inflation with

two levels. A first stage level is pro-

vided for moderate-severity impacts.

A second stage level is provided for

more severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag is

designed to help reduce the injury of

children sitting close to the instru-

ment panel in low speed collisions.

However, children are safer if they

are restrained in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity and

seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS

Control Module) controls the air bag

inflation. Failure to properly wear

seat belts can increase the risk or

severity of injury in an accident.

ODE036038

■ Passenger’s front air bag

Safety features of your vehicle

603

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped

with an occupant detection system in

the front passenger's seat. The occu-

pant detection system detects the

presence of a passenger in the front

passenger's seat and will turn off the

front passenger's air bag under cer-

tain conditions. For more detail, see

"Occupant detection system" in this

chapter.

Modification to the seat structure can

cause the air bag to deploy at a dif-

ferent level than should be provided.

Manufacturers are required by gov-

ernment regulations to provide a

contact point concerning modifica-

tions to the vehicle for persons with

disabilities, which modifications may

affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag

system. That contact is Kia’s toll-free

Customer Assistance center at 1-

800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does

not endorse nor will it support any

changes to any part or structure of

the vehicle that could affect the

advanced air bag system, including

the occupant detection system.

Advanced air bags are combined with

pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-

vide enhanced occupant protection in

frontal crashes. Front air bags are not

intended to deploy in collisions in

which sufficient protection can be pro-

vided by the pre-tensioner seat belt.

✽✽

NOTICE

Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized Kia dealer

replace the air bag immediately

after deployment.

Front air bags are not intended to

deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or

rollover crashes. However, when

frontal deployment threshold is satis-

fied at side-impact, front air bags

may deploy. In addition, front air bags

will not deploy in frontal crashes

below the deployment threshold.

WARNING - Replacement /

modifications

The front passenger seat, dash-

board or door should not be

replaced except by an author-

ized Kia dealer using original

Kia parts designed for this vehi-

cle and model. Any other such

replacement or modification

could adversely affect the oper-

ation of the occupant detection

system and your advanced air

bags.

WARNING - SRS Wiring

Do not tamper with or discon-

nect SRS wiring or other com-

ponents of the SRS system.

Doing so could result in injury,

due to accidental deployment of

the air bags or by rendering the

SRS inoperative.

361

Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

Your vehicle is equipped with a side

air bag in each front seat.

The purpose of the air bag is to pro-

vide the vehicle's driver and/or the

front passenger with additional pro-

tection than that offered by the seat

belt alone.

• The side air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side-impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity, angle, speed and point of

impact. However, when side deploy-

ment threshold is satisfied at front-

impact, side air bags may deploy.

• The side air bags may deploy on the

side of the impact or on both sides.

• The side and/or curtain air bags on

both sides of the vehicle will deploy

if a rollover or possible rollover is

detected.

• The side air bags are not designed

to deploy in all side impact or

rollover situations.

ODE036041

ODE036040

WARNING - No attaching

objects

No objects (such as crash pad

cover, cellular phone holder,

cup holder, perfume or stickers)

should be placed over or near

the air bag modules on the

steering wheel, instrument

panel, windshield glass, and the

front passenger's panel above

the glove box. Such objects

could cause harm if the vehicle

is in a crash severe enough to

cause the air bags to deploy.

Do not place any objects over

the air bag or between the air

bag and yourself.

WARNING - Unexpected

deployment

Avoid impact to the side impact

airbag sensor when Engine

Start/Stop button is ON to pre-

vent unexpected deployment of

the side air bag.

Safety features of your vehicle

623

• The side air bag is supplemental to

the driver's and the passenger's

seat belt systems and is not a sub-

stitute for them. Therefore your

seat belts must be worn at all times

while the vehicle is in operation.

• For best protection from the side

air bag system and to avoid being

injured by the deploying side air

bag, both front seat occupants

should sit in an upright position

with the seat belt properly fas-

tened. The driver's hands should

be placed on the steering wheel at

the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The

passenger's arms and hands

should be placed on their laps.

• If seat or seat cover is damaged,

have the vehicle checked and

repaired by an authorized Kia deal-

er. Inform the dealer that your vehi-

cle is equipped with side air bags

and an occupant detection system.

WARNING - Flying objects

Do not place any objects (an

umbrella, bag, etc.) between the

front door and the front seat.

Such objects may become dan-

gerous projectiles if the side

airbag inflates.

WARNING - Deployment

Do not install any accessories

including seat covers, on the

side or near the side air bag as

this may affect the deployment

of the side air bags.

WARNING - No attaching

objects

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag or between the air

bag and yourself. Also, do not

attach any objects around the

area the air bag inflates such

as the door, side door glass,

front and rear pillar.

• Do not put any objects

between the side airbag label

and seat cushion. It could

cause harm if the vehicle is in

a crash severe enough to

cause the air bags to deploy.

• Never place or insert any

object into any small opening

near side airbag labels

attached to the vehicle seats.

When the air bag deploys, the

object may affect the deploy-

ment and result in unexpected

accident or bodily harm.

• Do not install any accessories

on the side or near the side air

bags.

363

Safety features of your vehicle

Curtain air bag

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

Curtain air bags are located along

both sides of the roof rails above the

front and rear doors.

They are designed to help protect

occupants in certain side impacts

and to help prevent them from eject-

ing out of the vehicle as a result of a

rollover, especially when the seat-

belts are also in use.

• The curtain air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity, angle, speed and point of

impact. However, when side deploy-

ment threshold is satisfied at front-

impact, side air bags may deploy.

• The curtain air bags may deploy on

the side of the impact or on both

sides.

• Also, the curtain air bags on both

sides of the vehicle will deploy in

certain rollover situations.

• The curtain air bags are not

designed to deploy in all side

impact or rollover situations.

Do not allow the passengers to lean

their heads or bodies against the

doors, put their arms on the doors,

stretch their arms out of the window

or place objects between the doors

and passengers when they are seat-

ed on seats equipped with side

impact and/or curtain air bags.

✽✽

NOTICE

Never try to open or repair any com-

ponents of the side and curtain air

bag system. This should only be

done by an authorized Kia dealer.

ODE036042

ODE036043

WARNING - No attaching

objects

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag. Also, do not attach

any objects around the area

the air bag inflates such as the

door, side door glass, front

and rear pillar, roof side rail.

• Do not hang hard, breakable,

or heavy objects on the coat

hooks for safety reasons.

Safety features of your vehicle

643

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a

collision? (Inflation and non-infla-

tion conditions of the air bag)

There are many types of accidents in

which the air bag would not be

expected to provide additional pro-

tection.

These include rear impacts, second

or third collisions in multiple impact

accidents, as well as low speed

impacts.

Air bag collision sensors

(1) SRS control module/

Rollover sensor

(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side pressure sensor

(4) Side impact sensor

ODE036044/ODE036045/ODE036046/ODE036047/ODE036048

❈ The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.

365

Safety features of your vehicle

Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changed due

to the deformation of the front

bumper, front end module, body or

front doors where side collision sen-

sors are installed. Have the vehicle

checked and repaired by an author-

ized Kia dealer.

Installing bumper guards (or side

step or running board) or replacing a

bumper (or front door module) with

non-genuine parts may adversely

affect your vehicle’s collision and air

bag deployment performance.

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate

in a frontal collision depending on

the severity of impact of the front col-

lision.

Side and/or curtain air bags

Side and/or curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when an impact is

detected by side collision sensors

depending on the severity of impact

resulting from a side impact collision.

Also, the side and curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when a rollover is

detected by a rollover sensor.

Although the front air bags (driver’s

and front passenger’s air bags) are

designed to inflate in frontal collisions,

they also may inflate in other types of

collisions if the front impact sensors

detect a sufficient frontal force in

another type of impact. Side and cur-

tain air bags are designed to inflate in

certain side impact collisions.

WARNING - Air bag sen-

sors

• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations where

air bags or sensors are

installed.

This may cause unexpected

air bag deployment, which

could result in serious per-

sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location or

angle of the sensors is altered

in any way, the air bags may

deploy when they should not

or they may not deploy when

they should.

Therefore, do not try to per-

form maintenance on or

around the air bag sensors.

Have the vehicle checked and

repaired by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Safety features of your vehicle

663

They may inflate in other types of

collisions where a side force is

detected by the sensors. Side air bag

and/or curtain air bags may also

inflate where rollover sensors indi-

cate the possibility of a rollover

occurring (even if none actually

occurs) or in other situations, includ-

ing when the vehicle is tilted while

being towed.

Even where side and/or curtain air

bags would not provide impact pro-

tection in a rollover, however, they

will deploy to prevent ejection of

occupants, especially those who are

restrained with seat belts.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted by

bumps or objects on unimproved

roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive

carefully on unimproved roads or on

surfaces not designed for vehicle

traffic to prevent unintended air bag

deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions

• In certain low-speed collisions the

air bags may not deploy. The air

bags are designed not to deploy in

such cases because they may not

provide benefits beyond the pro-

tection of the seat belts in such col-

lisions.

• Air bags are not designed to inflate

in rear collisions, because occu-

pants are moved backward by the

force of the impact. In this case,

inflated air bags would not be able

to provide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in

side impact collisions, because

occupants move to the direction of

the collision, and thus in side

impacts, frontal air bag deployment

would not provide additional occu-

pant protection.

• In an angled collision, the force of

impact may direct the occupants in

a direction where the air bags would

not be able to provide any addition-

al benefit, and thus the sensors may

not deploy any air bags.

• Just before impact, drivers often

brake heavily. Such heavy braking

lowers the front portion of the vehi-

cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-

cle with a higher ground clearance.

Air bags may not inflate in this

"under-ride" situation because

deceleration forces that are detect-

ed by sensors may be significantly

reduced by such “under-ride” colli-

sions.

• Front air bags may not inflate in all

rollover accidents where the

SRSCM indicates that the front air

bag deployment would not provide

additional occupant protection.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-

cle collides with objects such as util-

ity poles or trees, where the point of

impact is concentrated to one area

and the full force of the impact is not

delivered to the sensors.

367

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-

free and so there are no parts you can

safely service by yourself. If the SRS

air bag warning light does not illumi-

nate, or continuously remains on, have

your vehicle immediately inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such

as removing, installing, repairing, or

any work on the steering wheel, the

front passenger’s panel, front seats

and roof rails must be performed by

an authorized Kia dealer. Improper

handling of the SRS system may

result in serious personal injury.

For cleaning the air bag pad covers,

use only a soft, dry cloth or one which

has been moistened with plain water.

Solvents or cleaners could adversely

affect the air bag covers and proper

deployment of the system.

If components of the air bag system

must be discarded, or if the vehicle

must be scrapped, certain safety

precautions must be observed. An

authorized Kia dealer knows these

precautions and can give you the

necessary information. Failure to fol-

low these precautions and proce-

dures could increase the risk of per-

sonal injury.

WARNING - Tampering

with SRS

Do not tamper with or discon-

nect SRS wiring, or other com-

ponents of the SRS system.

Doing so could result in the

accidental inflation of the air

bags or render the SRS inoper-

ative.

WARNING - Towing Vehicle

Always have the ignition off

when your vehicle is being

towed. The side air bags may

inflate if the vehicle is tilted

such as when being towed

because of the rollover sensors

in the vehicle.

Adding equipment to or modi-

fying your air bag-equipped

vehicle

If you modify your vehicle by chang-

ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-

tem, front end or side sheet metal or

ride height, this may affect the opera-

tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning label

Air bag warning labels, some

required by the U.S. National

Highway Traffic Safety Administration

(NHTSA), are attached to the sunvi-

sor to alert the driver and passen-

gers of potential risks of the air bag

system.

ODE036090N

368

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-20

• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-21

• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

• Opening the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

• Closing the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

• Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

• Hood open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Fuel filler lid lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Fuel filler lid (Plug-in Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39

• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

• Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

• Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

• Electronic power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53

• Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

• LCD window control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

• Dual clutch transmission shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . 4-63

LCD windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

• Over view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

• Trip information (Trip computer, for Hybrid) . . . . . 4-64

• Digital speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67

• One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68

• Energy flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69

• Trip information (Trip computer,

for Plug-in Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71

• Energy flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

• LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77

Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94

• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94

• Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102

Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107

• Operation of the rear parking assist system. . . . . . 4-107

• Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist

system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

• Rear parking assist system precautions . . . . . . . . . 4-109

• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109

Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110

• Operation of the parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . 4-110

• Non-operational conditions of parking assist

system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112

• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114

Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

• Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118

• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

• Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

• Front windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122

• Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-123

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125

• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125

• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125

• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126

• Liftgate room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127

• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127

Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128

• Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . 4-128

• Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128

• Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128

Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129

• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129

Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130

• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-131

• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133

• Automatic ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139

• Sunroof inside air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and

compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143

• Air Conditioning refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-145

• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145

• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146

Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150

• Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

• Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155

• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155

• USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156

• AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157

• Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . 4-158

• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

• Floor mat anchor (s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163

• Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164

Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165

• Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165

Features of your vehicle

Record your key number

The key code num-

ber is stamped on

the key code tag

attached to the key

set. Should you

lose your keys, this number will

enable an authorized Kia dealer to

duplicate the keys easily. Remove

the key code tag and store it in a safe

place. Also, record the key code

number and keep it in a safe place,

but not in the vehicle.

Key operations

• Used to start the engine.

• Used to lock and unlock the doors.

• To unfold the key, press the release

button then the key will unfold auto-

matically. To fold the key, fold the

key manually while pressing the

release button.

FOLDING KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

ODE046037N

CAUTION

Do not fold the key without

pressing the release button.

This may damage the key.

WARNING - Aftermarket

key

Use only Kia original parts for

the ignition key in your vehicle.

If an aftermarket key is used,

the ignition switch may not

return to ON after START. If this

happens, the starter will contin-

ue to operate causing damage

to the starter motor and possi-

ble fire due to excessive current

in the wiring.

Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1)

1. Close all doors, engine hood and

liftgate.

2. Press the lock button(1).

3. All doors and liftgate will lock. The

hazard warning lights will blink

once.

4. If the lock button is pressed once

more within 4 seconds, the hazard

warning lights will blink and the

horn will sound once.

5. Make sure that doors are locked by

checking the door lock button inside

or pulling the outside door handle.

Door Unlock (2)

1. Press the unlock button(2).

2. The driver's door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink two

times.

3. Press the unlock button(2) twice

within 4 seconds and all doors and

liftgate will unlock. The hazard

warning lights will blink two times.

✽✽

NOTICE

You can activate or deactivate the

Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to

“User settings” in this chapter.

WARNING - Ignition key

(smart key)

Never leave the keys in your

vehicle with unsupervised chil-

dren. Leaving children unat-

tended in a vehicle with a man-

ual ignition key or a smart key

is dangerous. Children copy

adults and they could place the

key in the ignition switch or

press the start button. The key

would enable children to oper-

ate power windows or other

controls, or even make the vehi-

cle move, which could result in

serious bodily injury or death.

OXMA043317

Features of your vehicle

Liftgate unlock (3)

The liftgate is unlocked if the button

is pressed for more than 1 second.

Also, once the liftgate is opened and

then closed, the liftgate will be locked

automatically.

Panic (4)

The horn sounds and hazard warn-

ing lights flash for about 27 seconds

if this button is pressed for more than

0.5 seconds. To stop the horn and

lights, press any button on the trans-

mitter.

Transmitter precautions

• The transmitter will not work if any

of following occur:

- The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.

- You exceed the operating dis-

tance limit (about 30 feet [10 m]).

- The battery in the transmitter is

weak.

- Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.

- The weather is extremely cold.

- The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sub-

station or an airport which can

interfere with normal operation of

the transmitter.

Features of your vehicle

• When the transmitter does not work

correctly, open and close the door

with the ignition key. If you have a

problem with the transmitter, con-

tact an authorized Kia dealer.

• If the transmitter is in close proxim-

ity to your mobile phone, the signal

could be blocked by your mobile

phones normal operational signals.

This is especially important when

the phone is active such as making

and receiving calls, text messag-

ing, and/or sending/receiving

emails. Avoid placing the transmit-

ter and your mobile phone in the

same pants or jacket pocket and

always try to maintain an adequate

distance between the two devices.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the keyless entry system is inoper-

ative due to exposure to water or liq-

uids, it will not be covered by your

manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

Battery replacement

The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium

battery which will normally last for

several years. When replacement is

necessary, use the following proce-

dure.

1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently pry open the transmitter

center cover.

2. Replace the battery with a new

battery (CR2032). When replacing

the battery, make sure the battery

is positioned correctly.

3. Install the battery in the reverse

order of removal.

OYDDCO2005

CAUTION - Transmitter

Keep the transmitter away from

water or any liquid as it can

become damaged and not func-

tion properly if wet.

Features of your vehicle

For replacement transmitters, see an

authorized Kia dealer for transmitter

reprogramming.

• The transmitter is designed to give

you years of trouble-free use.

However it can malfunction if

exposed to moisture or static elec-

tricity. If you are unsure how to use

your transmitter or replace the bat-

tery, contact an authorized Kia

dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can cause

the transmitter to malfunction. Be

sure to use the correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the transmitter,

don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it

to heat or sunlight.

• An inappropriately dis-

posed battery can be

harmful to the environment

and may cause harm to

human health. Dispose the

battery according to your

local law(s) or regulation.

Immobilizer system

Your vehicle is equipped with an

electronic engine immobilizer system

to reduce the risk of unauthorized

vehicle use.

Your immobilizer system is com-

prised of a small transponder in the

ignition key and electronic devices

inside the vehicle.

With the immobilizer system, when-

ever you insert your ignition key into

the ignition switch and turn it to ON,

verifies if the ignition key is valid.

If the key is determined to be valid,

the engine will start.

If the key is determined to be invalid,

the engine will not start.

CAUTION - Transmitter

damage

Do not drop, wet or expose the

keyless entry system transmit-

ter to heat or sunlight.

Features of your vehicle

To activate the immobilizer sys-

tem:

Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-

tion. The immobilizer system acti-

vates automatically. Without a valid

ignition key for your vehicle, the

engine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer

system:

Insert the ignition key into the key

cylinder and turn it to the ON position.

In order to prevent theft of your vehi-

cle, do not leave spare keys anywhere

in your vehicle.Your Immobilizer pass-

word is a customer unique password

and should be kept confidential. Do

not leave this number anywhere in

your vehicle.

✽✽

NOTICE

When starting the engine, do not use

the key with other immobilizer keys

around. Otherwise the engine may

not start or may stop soon after it

starts. Keep each key separate in

order to avoid a starting malfunction.

Do not put metal accessories near

the ignition switch.

Metal accessories may interrupt the

transponder signal and may prevent

the engine from being started.

✽✽

NOTICE

If you need additional keys or lose

your keys, contact an authorized

Kia dealer.

✽

NOTICE - Immobilizer

alterations

Do not change, alter or adjust the

immobilizer system because it could

cause the immobilizer system to

malfunction.

CAUTION - Immobilizer

damage

Do not expose your immobilizer

system to moisture, static elec-

tricity or rough handling. This

may damage your immobilizer.

Features of your vehicle

104

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

✽✽

NOTICE

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user’s authority to operate

the equipment. If the keyless entry

system is inoperative due to changes

or modifications not approved by

the party responsible for compli-

ance, it will not be covered by your

manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

411

Features of your vehicle

Record your key number

The key code number

is stamped on the bar

code tag attached to

the key set. Should

you lose your keys,

this number will enable an author-

ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys

easily. Remove the bar code tag and

store it in a safe place. Also, record

the code number and keep it in a

safe and handy place, but not in the

vehicle.

Smart key function

To remove the mechanical key, press

and hold the release button(1) and

remove the mechanical key (2).

To reinstall the mechanical key, put

the key into the hole and push it until

a click sound is heard.

With a smart key, you can lock or

unlock a door (and liftgate) and start

the engine.

Refer to the following for more details.

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OJF045325L

WARNING - Smart key

Never leave the keys in your

vehicle with unsupervised chil-

dren. Leaving children unat-

tended in a vehicle with a man-

ual a smart key is dangerous.

Children copy adults and they

could press the start button.

The key would enable children

to operate power windows or

other controls, or even make

the vehicle move, which could

result in serious bodily injury or

death.

Features of your vehicle

124

Locking

Pressing the button of the front out-

side door handles with all doors (and

liftgate) closed and any door

unlocked, locks all the doors (and lift-

gate).

The hazard warning lights will blink

once to indicate that all doors (and

liftgate) are locked. The button will

only operate when the smart key is

within 28 ~ 40 in (0.7 ~ 1 m) from the

outside door handle. If you want to

make sure that a door has locked or

not, you should check the door lock

button inside the vehicle or pull the

outside door handle.

Even though you press the button,

the doors will not lock and an audible

chime will sound if any of the follow-

ing occurs:

• The smart key is in the vehicle.

• The ENGINE START/STOP button

is in the ACC or ON position.

• Any door except the liftgate is

opened.

Unlocking

Pressing the button of the front out-

side door handles with all doors (and

liftgate) closed and locked, unlocks

all the doors (and liftgate). The haz-

ard warning lights will blink twice to

indicate that all doors (and liftgate)

are unlocked. The button will only

operate when the smart key is within

28 ~ 40 in (0.7 ~ 1 m) from the out-

side door handle.

When Two press unlock function is

activated,

- If you press the Door Unlock but-

ton(2) on the smart key, driver`s

door will unlock.

- If you press Door Unlock button(2)

on the smart key within four sec-

onds again, then all the doors will

unlock.

- If you press the driver's outside

door handle button, driver`s door

will unlock.

- If you press the driver's outside

door handle button within four sec-

onds again, then all the doors will

unlock.

OYDDCO2004

ODE046001

413

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

You can activate or deactivate the

Two Press Unlock function. Refer to

“User settings” in this chapter.

Liftgate unlocking

If you are within 28 ~ 40 in (0.7 ~ 1 m)

from the outside liftgate handle, with

your smart key in possession, the lift-

gate will unlock and open when you

press the liftgate handle switch.

The hazard warning lights will blink

twice to indicate that the liftgate is

unlocked.

Also, once the liftgate is opened and

then closed, the liftgate will lock

automatically.

Panic

1. Press the panic button (4) for more

than 1 second.

2. The horn sounds and hazard

warning light flash for about 27

seconds.

✽✽

NOTICE

To stop the horn and lights, press

any button on the smart key.

Engine start

You can start the engine without

inserting the key. For detailed infor-

mation refer to the “Engine start/stop

button” in chapter 6.

Features of your vehicle

144

Loss of the smart key

A maximum of 2 smart keys can be

registered to a single vehicle.

If you happen to lose your smart key,

you will not be able to start the

engine. You should immediately take

the vehicle and remaining key to your

authorized Kia dealer (tow the vehi-

cle, if necessary) to protect it from

potential theft.

Smart key precautions

• The smart key will not work if any

of the following occur:

- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-

tion or an airport which can inter-

fere with normal operation of the

smart key.

- The smart key is near a mobile

two way radio system or a cellu-

lar phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is

being operated close to your

vehicle.

• When the smart key does not work

correctly, open and close the door

with the mechanical key and contact

an authorized Kia dealer.

• If the smart key is in close proximi-

ty to your cell phone or smart

phone, the signal from the smart

key could be blocked by normal

operation of your cell phone or

smart phone. This is especially

important when the phone is active

such as making a call, receiving

calls, text messaging, and/or send-

ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing

the smart key and your cell phone

or smart phone in the same pants

or jacket pocket and maintain ade-

quate distance between the two

devices.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the keyless entry system is inoper-

ative due to exposure to water or liq-

uids, it will not be covered by your

manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTION - Transmitter

Keep the transmitter away from

water or any liquid, as it can

become damaged and not func-

tion properly if wet.

415

Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement

A smart key battery should last for

several years, but if the smart key is

not working properly, try replacing

the battery with a new one. If you are

unsure how to use your smart key or

replace the battery, contact an

authorized Kia dealer.

1. Remove the mechanical key.

2. Pry open the rear cover.

3. Replace the battery with a new

battery (CR2032). When replacing

the battery, make sure the battery

is in the correct position.

4. Install the battery in the reverse

order of removal.

• The smart key is designed to give

you years of trouble-free use, how-

ever it can malfunction if exposed

to moisture or static electricity. If

you are unsure how to use or

replace the battery, contact an

authorized Kia dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can cause

the smart key to malfunction. Be

sure to use the correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the smart key,

don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it

to heat or sunlight.

• An inappropriately dis-

posed battery can be harm-

ful to the environment and

human health. Dispose the

battery according to your

local law(s) or regulations.

Smart key immobilizer system

Your vehicle is equipped with an

electronic engine immobilizer system

to reduce the risk of unauthorized

vehicle use.

Your immobilizer system is com-

prised of a small transponder in the

smart key and electronic devices

inside the vehicle.

With the immobilizer system, when-

ever you turn the engine start/stop

button to the ON position by pressing

the button while carrying the smart

key, it verifies if the smart key is valid.

If the key is determined to be valid,

the engine will start.

If the key is determined to be invalid,

the engine will not start.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not put metal accessories near

the ignition switch.

Metal accessories may interrupt the

transponder signal and may prevent

the engine from being started.

OJF045400L

CAUTION - Smart key

damage

Do not drop, get wet or expose

the smart key to heat or sun-

light, or it will be damaged.

Features of your vehicle

164

To deactivate the immobilizer

system:

Turn the engine start/stop button to

the ON position by pressing the but-

ton while carrying the smart key.

In order to prevent theft of your vehi-

cle, do not leave spare keys any-

where in your vehicle.

To activate the immobilizer system:

Turn the engine start/stop button to

the OFF position. The immobilizer

system activates automatically.

Without a valid smart key for your

vehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽

NOTICE

When starting the engine, do not use

the key with other immobilizer keys

around. Otherwise the engine may

not start or may stop soon after it

starts. Keep each key separate in

order to avoid a starting malfunction.

✽

NOTICE

If you need additional keys or lose

your keys, contact an authorized

Kia dealer.

✽

NOTICE - Immobilizer alter-

ations

Do not change, alter or adjust the

immobilizer system because it could

cause the immobilizer system to

malfunction.

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

✽✽

NOTICE

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user’s authority to operate

the equipment. If the keyless entry

system is inoperative due to changes

or modifications not expressly

approved by the party responsible

for compliance, it will not be cov-

ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle

warranty.

CAUTION - Immobilizer

damage

Do not expose your immobilizer

system to moisture, static elec-

tricity or rough handling. This

may damage your immobilizer.

417

Features of your vehicle

This system is designed to provide

protection from unauthorized entry

into the vehicle. This system is oper-

ated in three stages: the first is the

“Armed” stage, the second is the

“Theft-alarm” stage, and the third is

the “Disarmed” stage. If triggered,

the system provides an audible

alarm with blinking of the hazard

warning lights.

Armed stage

Park the vehicle and stop the engine.

Arm the system as described below.

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Make sure that all doors (and lift-

gate) and engine hood are closed

and latched.

3. Lock the doors by depressing the

door lock button on the smart key.

After completion of the steps above,

the hazard warning lights will blink

(for smart key, the chime also

sounds) once to indicate that the

system is armed.

If any door (or liftgate) or engine

hood remains open, the hazard

warning lights and the chime will not

operate and the theft-alarm will not

arm. If all doors and liftgate and

engine hood are closed after the lock

button is pressed, the hazard warn-

ing lights blink once.

The system can also be armed by

locking the doors with the key from

the front doors; however, the hazard

warning lights will not blink using this

method.

✽✽

NOTICE

The theft-alarm system can be deac-

tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.

If you want this feature, consult an

authorized Kia dealer.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stage

Disarmed

stage

Features of your vehicle

184

Do not arm the system until all

passengers have left the vehicle. If

the system is armed while a pas-

senger(s) remains in the vehicle,

the alarm may be activated when

the remaining passenger(s) leave

the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate)

or engine hood is opened within

30 seconds after the system

enters the armed stage, the sys-

tem is disarmed to prevent an

unnecessary alarm.

Theft-alarm stage

The alarm will be activated if any of

the following occurs while the system

is armed.

• A front or rear door is opened with-

out using the smart key.

• The liftgate is opened without using

smart key.

• The engine hood is opened.

The horn will sound and the hazard

warning lights will blink continuously

for approximately 27 seconds, and

repeat the horn 3 times unless the

system is disarmed. To turn off the

system, unlock the doors with the

smart key.

Disarmed stage

The system will be disarmed when

• The doors (and liftgate) are

unlocked with the smart key.

After depressing the unlock button,

the hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound twice (in

smart key) to indicate that the sys-

tem is disarmed.

After depressing the unlock button, if

any door (or liftgate) is not opened

within 30 seconds, the system will be

rearmed.

419

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• Avoid trying to start the engine

while the alarm is activated. The

vehicle starting motor is disabled

during the theft-alarm stage.

If the system is not disarmed with

the smart key, open the doors by

using the mechanical key and start

the engine by directly pressing the

Engine Start/Stop button with the

smart key.

• If you lose your keys, consult your

authorized Kia dealer.

✽

NOTICE

Malfunctions caused by improper

alterations, adjustments or modifi-

cations to the theft-alarm system are

not covered by your vehicle manu-

facturer warranty.

CAUTION - Adjusting

alarm system

Do not change, alter or adjust

the theft alarm system in your

vehicle. Improper installation of

the alarm system could damage

the vehicle or cause the system

to malfunction.

Features of your vehicle

204

DOOR LOCKS

Operating door locks from

outside the vehicle

• Turn the key clockwise (1) to lock

and counterclockwise (2) to unlock.

• If you lock the driver’s door with a

key, all vehicle doors will lock auto-

matically.

• Doors can also be locked and

unlocked with the transmitter.

• Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

• When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure the doors

are closed securely.

✽✽

NOTICE

• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not

work properly due to freezing con-

ditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked

multiple times in rapid succession

with either the vehicle key or door

lock switch, the system may stop

operating temporarily in order to

protect the circuit and prevent

damage to system components.

ODEP047002N

WARNING

• Securely close your door

before you begin driving.

Failure to fully close your door

may cause it to open during

vehicle operation.

• Keep your body out of the way

of the closing door to prevent

injuries.

CAUTION

Do not unnecessarily open and

close the door repeatedly or

with excessive force. Such

action can damage the vehicle

door.

WARNING

If adult passengers must remain

in the vehicle while it is very hot

or cold outside, there is risk of

injuries or danger to life. Do not

lock the vehicle from the out-

side when there are adult pas-

sengers in the vehicle.

421

Features of your vehicle

• To lock a door without the key,

push the inside door lock button (1)

or central door lock switch (2) to

the “Lock” position and close the

door (3).

• If you lock the door with the central

door lock switch (2), all vehicle

doors will lock automatically.

✽✽

NOTICE

Always turn the Engine Start/Stop

button to OFF position, engage the

parking brake, close all windows,

and lock all doors when leaving your

vehicle unattended.

Operating door locks from

inside the vehicle

With the door lock button

• To unlock a door, pull the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position.

The red mark on the button will be

visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Lock” position. If

the door is locked properly, the red

mark on the door lock button will

not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle

(2) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the dri-

ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is

pulled when the door lock button is

in the lock position, the button will

unlock and the door will open.

• Doors cannot be locked if the

smart key is in the vehicle and a

door is open.

If a power door lock ever fails to func-

tion while you are in the vehicle, try

one or more of the following tech-

niques to exit:

• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic and

manual) while simultaneously

pulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks and

handles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use the

key to unlock the door from out-

side.

ODE046004

ODE046040N

Features of your vehicle

224

With central door lock switch

Operate by pressing the central door

lock switch.

• When pressing the right portion(1)

for driver side or the upper por-

tion(1) for passenger side of the

switch, all vehicle doors will lock.

• When pressing the left portion(2)

for driver side or the lower por-

tion(2) for passenger side of the

switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.

• If the smart key is in the vehicle

and any door is opened, the doors

will not lock even though the right

portion(1) for driver side or upper

portion(1) for passenger side of the

central door lock switch is pressed.

WARNING - Doors

• The doors should always be

fully closed and locked while

the vehicle is in motion to pre-

vent accidental opening of the

door.

• Be careful when opening doors

and watch for vehicles, motor-

cycles, bicycles or pedestrians

approaching the vehicle in the

path of the door. Opening a

door when something is

approaching can cause injury.

ODE046005

ODE046041N

■ Driver side

■ Passenger side

WARNING

Do not pull the inner door han-

dle of driver’s(or passenger’s)

door while the vehicle is mov-

ing.

423

Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock

system

In the event of air bag deployment

resulting from a vehicle impact, all

doors will automatically unlock.

Speed sensing door lock system

All doors will automatically lock after

the vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph

(15 km/h).

✽✽

NOTICE

You can select some auto door

lock/unlock features in “User Settings”

For more information, refer to

“User Settings” in this chapter.

Child-protector rear door lock

The child safety lock is provided to

help prevent children from acciden-

tally opening the rear doors from

inside the vehicle. The rear door

safety locks should be used whenev-

er children are in the vehicle.

1. Open the rear door.

2. Turn the child safety lock (1) locat-

ed on the rear edge of the door to

the lock ( ) position. When the

child safety lock is in the lock posi-

tion, the rear door will not open

even when the inner door handle

is pulled.

WARNING - Unattended

children/animals

Never leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle. An

enclosed vehicle can become

extremely hot, causing death or

severe injury to unattended

children or animals who cannot

escape the vehicle.

ODE046006L

Features of your vehicle

244

3. Close the rear door.

To open the rear door, pull the out-

side door handle (2).

Even though the doors may be

unlocked, the rear door will not open

by pulling the inner door handle until

the rear door child safety lock is

unlocked.

WARNING - Rear door

locks

Use the rear door safety locks

whenever children are in the

vehicle. If a child accidently

opens the rear doors while the

vehicle is moving, they may fall

out.

425

Features of your vehicle

Opening the liftgate

• The liftgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or

unlocked with the key, transmitter

(or smart key) or central door lock

switch.

• If unlocked, the liftgate can be

opened by pressing the handle

switch and then pulling the handle

up.

• Only the liftgate is unlocked if the

liftgate unlock button on the smart

key is pressed (if equipped). Once

the liftgate is opened and then

closed, the liftgate is locked auto-

matically.

✽✽

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the liftgate

To close the liftgate, lower and push

down the liftgate firmly. Make sure

that the liftgate is securely latched.

Make sure your hands, feet and other

parts of your body are safely out of

the way before closing the liftgate.

LIFTGATE

ODE046007 ODE046008N

CAUTION - Liftgate lift

Make certain that you close the

liftgate before driving your vehi-

cle. Possible damage may occur

to the liftgate lift cylinders and

attached hardware if the liftgate

is not closed prior to driving.

WARNING

The liftgate swings upward.

Make sure no objects or people

are near the rear of the vehicle

when opening the liftgate.

Features of your vehicle

264

Emergency liftgate safety

release

Your vehicle is equipped with the

emergency liftgate safety release

lever located on the bottom of the lift-

gate. When someone is inadvertent-

ly locked in the luggage compart-

ment. The liftgate can be opened by

doing as follows:

1. Input the mechanical key into the

hole.

2. Push the mechanical key to the

right (1).

3. Push up the liftgate.

WARNING - Rear cargo

area

Occupants should never ride in

the rear cargo area where no

restraints are available.

Occupants should always be

properly restrained.

WARNING - Exhaust

fumes

The liftgate should always be

kept completely closed while

the vehicle is in motion. If it is

left open or ajar, poisonous

exhaust gases may enter the

vehicle and serious illness or

death may result.

WARNING

• No one should be allowed to

occupy the cargo area of the

vehicle at any time. The cargo

area is a very dangerous loca-

tion in the event of a crash.

• Use the release lever for

emergencies only. Use with

extreme caution, especially

while the vehicle is in motion.

ODE046009N

CAUTION

Make sure nothing is near the

liftgate latch and striker while

closing the liftgate. It may dam-

age the liftgate's latch.

427

Features of your vehicle

(1) Driver’s door power window

switch

(2) Front passenger’s door power

window switch

(3) Rear door (left) power window

switch

(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch

(5) Window opening and closing*

(6) Automatic power window

up/down* (Driver's and

Passenger's window)

(7) Power window lock button

* if equipped

In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

WINDOWS

ODE046010N

■■

Front

■■

Rear

Features of your vehicle

284

Power windows

The ignition switch or Engine

Star/Stop button must be in the ON

position for power windows to oper-

ate.

Each door has a power window

switch that controls the door's win-

dow. The driver has a power window

lock button which can block the oper-

ation of rear passenger windows.

The power windows can be operated

for approximately 30 seconds after

the engine is turned off.

However, if the front doors are

opened, the power windows cannot

be operated even within the 30 sec-

ond period.

If the window cannot be closed

because it is blocked by objects,

remove the objects and close the

window.

✽✽

NOTICE

While driving with the rear windows

down or with the sunroof (if

equipped) in an open (or partially

open) position, your vehicle may

demonstrate a wind buffeting or

pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-

mal occurrence and can be reduced

or eliminated by taking the follow-

ing actions. If the noise occurs with

one or both of the rear windows

down, partially lower both front

windows approximately one inch. If

you experience the noise with the

sunroof open, slightly reduce the

size of the sunroof opening.

Window opening and closing

The driver’s door has a master power

window switch that controls all the

windows in the vehicle.

To open or close a window, press

down or pull up the front portion of

the corresponding switch to the first

detent position (5).

OJF045016

CAUTION

Do not install any accessories

in the vehicle that extend into

the open window area. Such

objects will impact the proper

function of the Automatic rever-

sal “jam protection” feature.

429

Features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window (if equipped)

Pressing or pulling up the power win-

dow switch momentarily to the second

detent position (6) completely lowers

or raises the window even when the

switch is released. To stop the window

at the desired position while the win-

dow is in operation, pull up or press

down and release the switch.

If the power window does not operate

normally, the automatic power win-

dow system must be reset as follows:

1. Turn to the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton ON position.

2. Close the driver's and passenger's

window and continue pulling up

the driver’s power window switch

for at least 1 second after the win-

dow is completely closed.

Automatic reversal

(for Auto up/down window)

If the upward movement of the win-

dow is blocked by an object or part of

the body, the window will detect the

resistance and will stop upward

movement. The window will then

lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm)

to allow the object to be cleared.

The distance may vary based on the

size or position of the window. If the

window detects the resistance while

the power window switch is pulled up

continuously, the window will stop

upward movement then lower

approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).

OUN026013

OJF045017L

Features of your vehicle

304

If the power window switch is pulled

up continuously again within 5 sec-

onds after the window is lowered by

the automatic window reversal fea-

ture, the automatic window reversal

will not operate.

The automatic reverse feature for the

driver’s window is only active when

the “auto up” feature is used by fully

pulling up the switch. The automatic

reverse feature will not operate if the

window is raised using the halfway

position on the power window switch.

Power window lock button

• The driver can disable the power

window switches on the rear pas-

senger doors by pressing the

power window lock button located

on the driver’s door to the LOCK

position (pressed).

ODE046013

WARNING

Always check for obstructions

before raising any window to

avoid injuries or vehicle dam-

age. If an object less than 0.16

in. (4 mm) in diameter is caught

between the window glass and

the upper window channel, the

automatic reverse window may

not detect the resistance and

will not stop and reverse direc-

tion.

WARNING

The automatic reverse feature

doesn’t activate while resetting

power window system. Make

sure body parts or other objects

are safely out of the way before

closing the windows to avoid

injuries.

WARNING

Do not install any accessories

in the vehicle that extend into

the open window area. Such

objects could prevent the auto-

matic reverse feature from func-

tioning.

431

Features of your vehicle

• When the power window lock

button is pressed :

- The driver's master control can

operate all the power windows.

- The front passenger's control can

operate the front passenger's

power window.

- The rear passenger's control can-

not operate the rear passenger's

power window.

Always double check to make sure

all arms, hands, head and other

obstructions are safely out of the way

before closing a window.

If the window cannot be close

because it is blocked by objects,

remove the objects and close the

window.

CAUTION - Opening /clos-

ing Window

To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do

not open or close two windows

or more at the same time. This

will also ensure the longevity of

the fuse.

WARNING - Power win-

dows

• Do not allow children to play

with the power windows. Keep

the power window lock button

(on the driver's door) in the

LOCK (pressed) position.

• Do not extend a face or arms

outside through the window

opening while driving.

Features of your vehicle

324

Opening the hood

1. Pull the release lever to unlatch

the hood. The hood should pop

open slightly.

Open the hood after turning off the

engine on a flat surface, shifting the

shift lever to the P (Park) position

and setting the parking brake.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise

the hood slightly, push the second-

ary latch (1) upward inside of the

hood center and lift the hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will completely

rise by itself after it has been

raised about halfway.

4. Pull out the stay rod.

5. Hold the hood opened with the

stay rod (1).

HOOD

ODE046014

ODE046015 ODE046016

WARNING - Stay Rod

• To prevent injuries from being

burned by hot metal, grab the

stay rod in the area wrapped in

rubber.

• Ensure that the stay rod is

completely inserted into the

hole on the hood whenever you

inspect the engine compart-

ment. This will prevent the

hood from falling and possibly

injuring you.

433

Features of your vehicle

Hood open warning

The warning message will appear on

the LCD display when hood is open.

The warning chime will operate when

the vehicle is being driven at or

above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the hood

open.

Closing the hood

1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:

• All filler caps in the engine com-

partment must be correctly

installed.

• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be

removed from the engine com-

partment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and push

down to securely lock in place.

• Then double check to be sure the

hood is secure.

• If the hood can be lifted with a

slight force, open the hood again

and close it more firmly.

WARNING - Fire risk

Do not leave gloves, rags or any

other combustible material in the

engine compartment. Doing so

may cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING - Unsecured

engine hood

Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latched

before driving away. If it is not

latched, the hood could fly open

while the vehicle is being driv-

en, causing a total loss of visi-

bility, which might result in an

accident.

CAUTION - Hood obstruc-

tion

Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are

removed from the hood open-

ing. Closing the hood with an

obstruction present in the hood

opening may result in property

damage.

ODE046118N

Features of your vehicle

344

Opening the fuel filler lid

The fuel filler lid must be opened

from inside the vehicle by pressing

the fuel filler lid opener button.

If the fuel filler lid does not open

because ice has formed around it,

tap lightly or push on the lid to break

the ice and release the lid. Do not pry

on the lid. If necessary, spray around

the lid with an approved de-icer fluid

(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or

move the vehicle to a warm place

and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.

2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the

fuel filler lid opener button.

3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).

4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel

filler cap (2) counterclockwise.

5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid

1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it “clicks” once. This indicates

that the cap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it

in lightly making sure that it is

securely closed.

✽✽

NOTICE

• There may be an intermittent

noise near the refueling hole while

the engine is idling if the fuel cap is

not closed securely. This occurs

normally with the OBD system.

• When refueling on unlevel

ground, the fuel gauge may not

point to the F position.

It is not a malfunction. If you

move your vehicle to a level

ground, the fuel gauge will move

to the full position.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks once,

otherwise the fuel cap open warn-

ing indicator light will illumi-

nate.

FUEL FILLER LID (HYBRID)

ODE046017

ODE046018

435

Features of your vehicle

Opening the fuel filler lid

The fuel filler lid must be opened

from inside the vehicle by pushing

the fuel filler lid button.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the fuel filler lid does not open

because ice has formed around it,

tap lightly or push on the lid to break

the ice and release the lid. Do not pry

on the lid. If necessary, spray around

the lid with an approved de-icer fluid

(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or

move the vehicle to a warm place

and allow the ice to melt.

Wait until the fuel tank is depressur-

ized.The message is displayed when

the fuel filler lid opens after the fuel

tank is depressurized.

✽✽

NOTICE

• It may take up to 20 seconds to

open fuel filler door.

• When the fuel filler door is frozen

and does not open after 20 seconds

at freezing temperature, slightly

tap the fuel filler door and then

attempt to open it.

FUEL FILLER LID (PLUG-IN HYBRID)

ODEP047017

ODEP047180L

ODEP047181L

Features of your vehicle

364

1. Stop the engine.

2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the

fuel filler lid opener button.

3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).

4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel

filler cap (2) counterclockwise.

5. Refuel as needed.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Add fuel into the fuel tank within

20 minutes after opening the fuel

filler lid. After 20 minutes, the fuel

tank may shut off, causing fuel to

overflow. In this case, re-press the

fuel filler lid opening button.

• Do not leave the fuel filler door

opened for an extended period of

time. It may discharge the battery.

• Close the fuel filler lid after fuel-

ing the vehicle. If you start the

vehicle with the fuel filler lid

opened, the message, “Check fuel

door”, illuminates on the LCD dis-

play.

Closing the fuel filler lid

1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it “clicks”. This indicates that

the cap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it

lightly and make sure that it is

securely closed.

Always check that the fuel cap is

installed securely to prevent fuel

spillage in the event of an accident.

✽✽

NOTICE

• There may be an intermittent

noise near the refueling hole while

the engine is idling if the fuel cap is

not closed securely. This occurs

normally with the OBD system.

• When refueling on unlevel

ground, the fuel gauge may not

point to the F position.

It is not a malfunction. If you

move your vehicle to a level

ground, the fuel gauge will move

to the full position.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks once,

otherwise the fuel cap open warn-

ing indicator light will illumi-

nate.

WARNING - For Plug-in

Hybrid

Avoid refueling the vehicle

while charging the (high-volt-

age) hybrid battery. It may

cause a fire or an explosion due

to static electricity.

ODEP047474N

437

Features of your vehicle

Always check that the fuel cap is

installed securely to prevent fuel

spillage in the event of an accident.

WARNING - Fire/explo-

sion risk

Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facili-

ty. Failure to follow all warnings

may result in severe personal

injury, severe burns or death

due to fire or explosion.

WARNING - Static

electricity

• Before touching the fuel noz-

zle, you should eliminate

potentially dangerous static

electricity discharge by touch-

ing another metal part of the

vehicle, a safe distance away

from the fuel filler neck, noz-

zle, or other gas source.

• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refueling

since you can generate static

electricity by touching, rubbing

or sliding against any item or

fabric (polyester, satin, nylon,

etc.) capable of producing stat-

ic electricity. Static electricity

discharge can ignite fuel

vapors resulting in rapid burn-

ing. If you must reenter the

vehicle, you should once again

eliminate potentially danger-

ous static electricity discharge

by touching a metal part of the

vehicle, away from the fuel filler

neck, nozzle or other gasoline

source.

WARNING - Refueling

Always remove the fuel cap

carefully and slowly. If the cap

is venting fuel or if you hear a

hissing sound, wait until the

condition stops before com-

pletely removing the cap. If

pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skin

and subject you to the risk of

fire and burns.

Features of your vehicle

384

Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the “Fuel requirements”

suggested in chapter 1.

If the fuel filler cap requires replace-

ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or

the equivalent specified for your vehi-

cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can

result in a serious malfunction of the

fuel system or emission control sys-

tem.

WARNING - Cell phone

fires

Do not use cellular phones

while refueling. Electric current

and/or electronic interference

from cellular phones can poten-

tially ignite fuel vapors causing

a fire.

WARNING - Smoking

DO NOT use matches or a

lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or

leave a lit cigarette in your vehi-

cle while at a gas station espe-

cially during refueling.

Automotive fuel is highly flam-

mable and can, when ignited,

result in fire.

WARNING - Refueling &

Vehicle fires

When refueling, always shut the

engine off. Sparks produced by

electrical components related

to the engine can ignite fuel

vapors causing a fire. Once

refueling is complete, check to

make sure the filler cap and

filler door are securely closed,

before starting the engine.

CAUTION - Exterior paint

Do not spill fuel on the exterior

surfaces of the vehicle. Any

type of fuel spilled on painted

surfaces may damage the paint.

WARNING - Portable fuel

container

When using an approved

portable fuel container, be sure

to place the container on the

ground prior to refueling. Static

electricity discharge from the

container can ignite fuel vapors

causing a fire. Once refueling

has begun, contact with the

vehicle should be maintained

until the filling is complete. Use

only approved portable plastic

fuel containers designed to

carry and store gasoline.

439

Features of your vehicle

If your vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, you can slide or tilt your

sunroof with the sunroof control lever

located on the overhead console.

The sunroof can only be opened,

closed, or tilted when the ignition

switch is in the ON position.

The sunroof can be operated for

approximately 30 seconds after the

ignition key is removed or turned to

the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position.

However, if the front door is opened,

the sunroof cannot be operated even

within the 30 seconds period.

In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-

ing conditions.

After the vehicle is washed or in a

rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any

water that is on the sunroof before

operating it.

The sunroof cannot slide when it is in

the tilt position nor can it be tilted

while in an open or slide position.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

ODE046035L

CAUTION - Sunroof

control lever

Do not continue to press the sun-

roof control lever after the sun-

roof is fully opened, closed, or

tilted. Damage to the motor or

system components could occur.

CAUTION

Make sure the sunroof is fully

closed when leaving your vehi-

cle. If the sunroof is opened,

rain or snow may leak through

the sunroof and wet the interior.

WARNING - Sunroof

operation

When closing the sunroof, make

sure there are no body parts in

the movement range of the slid-

ing roof. Parts of the body could

become trapped or crushed.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the sun-

roof, periodically remove any

dirt that may accumulate on the

guide rail.

WARNING

Never adjust the sunroof or

sunshade while driving. This

could result in loss of control

and an accident that may cause

death, serious injury, or proper-

ty damage.

Features of your vehicle

404

Sunroof open warning

(if equipped)

If the driver removes the ignition key

(smart key: turns off the engine)

when the sunroof is not fully closed,

the warning chime will sound for a

few seconds and a warning image

will appear on the LCD window.

Close the sunroof securely when

leaving your vehicle.

Sliding the sunroof

To open or close the sunroof (manu-

al slide feature), push the sunroof

control lever backward or forward to

the first detent position.

To open the sunroof (autoslide fea-

ture), push the sunroof control switch

backward to the second detent posi-

tion.

The sunroof will slide to the recom-

mended open position (about 3 in.(7

cm) before the maximum slide open

position).

To stop the sunroof sliding at any

point, push the sunroof control

switch briefly.

ODE046020

ODE046119

WARNING

To avoid accidental injury, do

not let children operate the sun-

roof without adult supervision.

CAUTION

Do not extend any luggage out-

side the sunroof while driving.

WARNING - Roof cargo

Do not operate the sun roof

while using the roof rack to

transport cargo. This may cause

the cargo to come loose and

distract the driver.

441

Features of your vehicle

To open the sunroof to the maximum

slide open position, press the switch

towards the rear of the vehicle once

again and hold it until the sunroof

slides all the way open.

✽✽

NOTICE

To reduce wind noise while driving,

we recommend you to drive at the

recommended position (about 3

in.(7 cm) before the maximum slide

open position).

To close the sunroof (autoslide fea-

ture), move the sunroof control

switch forward to the second detent

position.

The sunroof will close all the way. To

stop the sunroof sliding at any point,

pull or push the sunroof control

switch briefly.

Automatic reversal

If an object or part of the body is

detected while the sunroof is closing

automatically, it will reverse the direc-

tion, and then stop.

The auto reverse function does not

work if a tiny obstacle is between the

sliding glass and the sunroof sash.

You should always check that all pas-

sengers and objects are away from

the sunroof before closing it.

OYF049215

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the sun-

roof, periodically remove any

dirt that may accumulate on the

guide rail.

WARNING - Sunroof

operation

When closing the sunroof, make

sure there are no body parts in

the movement range of the slid-

ing glass. Parts of the body

could become trapped or

crushed.

Features of your vehicle

424

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt open the sunroof, push the

sunroof control lever upward until the

sunroof moves to the desired posi-

tion.

To close the sunroof, push the sun-

roof lever forward until the sunroof

moves to the desired position.

Sunshade

When opening the sunroof, the sun-

shade will also open. Once the sun-

roof is closed, the sunshade can be

manually closed.

OBK049019

CAUTION - Sunroof

motor damage

If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is below

freezing or when the sunroof is

covered with snow or ice, the

glass or the motor could be

damaged.

WARNING - Sunroof

Do not extend the face, neck,

arms or body outside through

the sunroof opening while driv-

ing or operating the sunroof.

ODE046021L

443

Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof

Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-

connected or discharged, or related

fuse is blown, you must reset your

sunroof system as follows:

1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position or start the engine. We

recommend resetting the sunroof

while the engine is running.

2.Close the sunroof completely if

opened.

3.Release the sunroof control lever.

4.Move the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close until

the sunroof moves tilt up. Then,

release the lever.

5.Move the sunroof control lever for-

ward in the direction of close, until

the sunroof operates as follows

again:

Tilt down → Slide Open → Slide

Close.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not release the lever until the

operation is completed.

If you release the lever during oper-

ation, try again from step 2.

6. Release the sunroof control lever

after all operation has completed.

(The sunroof system has been

reset.)

❈ For more detailed information,

contact an authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the sunroof is not reset when the

vehicle battery is disconnected or

discharged, or related fuse is blown,

the sunroof may operate improper-

ly.

Features of your vehicle

444

Electronic power steering

(EPS)

The power steering uses a motor to

assist you in steering the vehicle. If

the engine is off or if the power steer-

ing system becomes inoperative, the

vehicle may still be steered, but it will

require increased steering effort.

The EPS is controlled by a power

steering control unit which senses

the steering wheel torque and vehi-

cle speed to command the motor.

The steering becomes heavier as the

vehicle’s speed increases and

becomes lighter as the vehicle’s

speed decreases for optimum steer-

ing control.

Should you notice any change in the

effort required to steer during normal

vehicle operation, have the power

steering checked by an authorized

Kia dealer.

• If the Electronic Power Steering

System does not operate normally,

the warning light will illuminate on

the instrument cluster. The steering

wheel may require increased

steering effort. Take your vehicle to

an authorized Kia dealer and have

the vehicle checked as soon as

possible.

• When you operate the steering

wheel in low temperature, noise

may occur. If temperature rises, the

noise will likely disappear. This is a

normal condition.

• When the vehicle is stationary, and

the steering wheel is turned all the

way to the left or right continuous-

ly, the steering wheel becomes

harder to turn. The power assist is

limited to protect the motor from

overheating.

As time passes, the steering wheel

will return to its normal condition.

✽✽

NOTICE

The following symptoms may occur

during normal vehicle operation:

• The EPS warning light does not

illuminate.

• The steering gets heavy immedi-

ately after turning the Engine

Start/Stop button is ON position.

This happens as the system per-

forms the EPS system diagnostics.

When the diagnostics are complet-

ed, the steering wheel will return

to its normal condition.

• A click noise may be heard from

the EPS relay after turning the

Engine Start/Stop button is ON or

OFF position.

• A motor noise may be heard when

the vehicle is at a stop or at a low

driving speed.

• If the Electronic Power Steering

System does not operate normally,

the warning light will illuminate on

the instrument cluster. The steer-

ing wheel may become difficult to

control or operate abnormally.

Take your vehicle to an authorized

Kia dealer and have the vehicle

checked as soon as possible.

(Continued)

STEERING WHEEL

445

Features of your vehicle

(Continued)

• When the charging system warning

light comes on due to the low volt-

age (When the alternator or bat-

tery) does not operate normally or

malfunctions), the steering wheel

may require increased steering

effort.

Tilt and telescopic steering

Tilt and telescopic steering allows

you to adjust the steering wheel

before you drive.You can also raise it

to give your legs more room when

you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi-

tioned so that it is comfortable for

you to drive, while permitting you to

see the instrument panel warning

lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle,

pull down the lock-release lever (1),

adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and height (3) then

pull up the lock-release lever to lock

(4) the steering wheel in place. Be

sure to adjust the steering wheel to

the desired position before driving.

✽✽

NOTICE

After adjustment, sometimes the

lock release lever may not lock the

steering wheel. It is not a malfunc-

tion. This occurs when two gears are

not engaged correctly. In this case,

adjust the steering wheel again and

then lock the steering wheel.

WARNING - Steering

wheel adjustment

Never adjust the angle and

height of the steering wheel

while driving. You may lose

steering control.

ODE046022

Features of your vehicle

464

Heated steering wheel

(if equipped)

With the Engine Start/Stop button is

ON position, pressing the heated

steering wheel button warms the

steering wheel. The indicator on the

button will illuminate.

To turn the heated steering wheel off,

press the button once again. The

indicator on the button will turn off.

✽✽

NOTICE

The heated steering wheel will turn

off automatically approximately 30

minutes after the heated steering

wheel is turned on.

CAUTION

• Do not install any type of grip

cover for the steering wheel, it

may impair the function of the

heated steering wheel system.

• When cleaning the heated

steering wheel, do not use an

organic solvent such as paint

thinner, benzene, alcohol and

gasoline. Doing so may dam-

age the surface of the steering

wheel.

• If the surface of steering

wheel is damaged by sharp

object, damage to the heated

steering wheel components

could occur.

ODE046023

WARNING

If the steering wheel becomes

too warm, turn the system off.

The heated steering wheel may

cause burns even at low tem-

peratures, especially if used for

long periods of time.

447

Features of your vehicle

Horn

To sound the horn, press the horn

symbols on your steering wheel.

Check the horn regularly to be sure it

operates properly.

✽✽

NOTICE

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on

your steering wheel (see illustra-

tion). The horn will operate only

when this area is pressed.

ODE046024

Features of your vehicle

484

MIRRORS

Inside rearview mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror so that the

center view through the rear window

is seen. Make this adjustment before

you start driving.

Do not place objects in the rear seat

or cargo area which would interfere

with your vision through the rear win-

dow.

Day/night rearview mirror

(if equipped)

Make this adjustment before you

start driving and while the day/night

lever (3) is in the day position.

Pull the day/night lever (3) toward

you to reduce the glare from the

headlights of the vehicles behind you

during night driving.

Remember that you lose some

rearview clarity in the night position.

❈(1) : Day, (2) : Night

WARNING - Mirror adjust-

ment

Do not adjust the rearview mir-

ror while the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of con-

trol.

WARNING

Do not modify the inside mirror

and don’t install a wide mirror. It

could result in injury during an

accident or deployment of the

air bag.

ODE046025L

449

Features of your vehicle

Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)

(if equipped)

The electric rearview mirror automat-

ically controls the glare from the

headlights of the vehicles behind you

in nighttime or low light driving condi-

tions.The sensor mounted in the mir-

ror senses the light level around the

vehicle and automatically controls

the headlight glare from the vehicles

behind you.

When the engine is running, the

glare is automatically controlled by

the sensor mounted in the rearview

mirror.

Whenever the shift lever is shifted

into reverse (R), the mirror will auto-

matically go to the brightest setting in

order to improve the driver's view

behind the vehicle.

To operate the electric rearview mirror:

• The mirror defaults to the ON posi-

tion whenever the ignition switch is

turned on.

• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to

turn the automatic dimming func-

tion off. The mirror indicator light

(2) will turn off.

Press the ON/OFF button (1) to

turn the automatic dimming func-

tion on. The mirror indicator light

(2) will illuminate.

❈(2) : Indicator, (3) : Sensor

CAUTION - Cleaning

mirror

When cleaning the mirror, use a

paper towel or similar material

dampened with glass cleaner.

Do not spray glass cleaner

directly on the mirror. It may

cause the liquid cleaner to enter

the mirror housing.

ODE046036L

Features of your vehicle

504

Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)

with UVO service (if equipped)

The electric rearview mirror automat-

ically controls the glare from the

headlights of the vehicles behind you

in nighttime or low light driving condi-

tions. The sensor (4) mounted in the

mirror senses the light level around

the vehicle, and automatically con-

rols the headlight glare from the vehi-

cles behind you.

When the engine is running, the

glare is automatically controlled by

the sensor mounted in the rearview

mirror.

Telematics buttons are also located

on the mirror.

1) eService guide button

2) UVO(Voice local search) button

3) Roadside assist button

Outside rearview mirror

Be sure to adjust the mirror angles

before driving.

Your vehicle is equipped with both

left-hand and right-hand outside

rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be

adjusted remotely with the remote

switch. The mirror heads can be fold-

ed back to prevent damage during an

automatic vehicle wash or when

passing through a narrow street.

The right outside rearview mirror is

convex. Objects seen in the mirror

are closer than they appear.

Use your interior rearview mirror or

direct observation to determine the

actual distance of following vehicles

when changing lanes.

ODEP047475N

451

Features of your vehicle

If the mirror is jammed with ice, do

not adjust the mirror by force. Use an

approved spray de-icer (not radiator

antifreeze) to release the frozen

mechanism or move the vehicle to a

warm place and allow the ice to melt.

Adjusting outside rearview mirror

The electric remote control mirror

switch allows you to adjust the posi-

tion of the left and right outside

rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi-

tion of either mirror, press the R or L

button (1) to select the right side mir-

ror or the left side mirror, then press a

corresponding point ( ) on the mir-

ror adjustment control to position the

selected mirror up, down, left or right.

After adjustment, press the R or L

button again to prevent the inadver-

tent adjustment.

CAUTION - Outside mirror

• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum

adjusting angles, but the

motor continues to operate

while the switch is pressed.

Do not press the switch longer

than necessary, the motor

may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the

outside rearview mirror by

hand. Doing so may damage

the parts.

ODE046028L

WARNING - Mirror

adjustment

Do not adjust or fold the outside

rearview mirrors while the vehi-

cle is moving. This could result

in loss of control.

CAUTION - Rearview

mirror

Do not scrape ice off the mirror

face; this may damage the sur-

face of the glass. If ice should

restrict the movement of the mir-

ror, do not force the mirror for

adjustment. To remove ice, use a

deicer spray, a sponge or soft

cloth with very warm water.

Features of your vehicle

524

Folding the outside rearview mirror

(if equipped)

Electric type

The outside rearview mirror can be

folded or unfolded by pressing the

switch when the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position as below.

Left : The mirror will unfold.

Right : The mirror will fold.

Center (AUTO) :

The mirror will fold or unfold automat-

ically as follows:

• The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked by

the folding key or smart key.

• The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked by the

button on the outside door handle.

• The mirror will unfold when you

approach the vehicle (all doors

closed and locked) with a smart

key in possession. (if equipped)

Manual type

To fold the outside rearview mirror,

grasp the housing of the mirror and

then fold it toward the rear of the

vehicle.

ODE046029

CAUTION - Electric type

outside rearview mirror

The electric type outside rearview

mirror operates even though the

engine start/stop button is in the

OFF position. However, to prevent

unnecessary battery discharge,

do not adjust the mirrors longer

than necessary while the engine

is not running.

Do not fold an electric type out-

side rearview mirror by hand as

this could cause motor failure.

ODE046030

453

Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

ODEP048168N

1. Hybrid system gauge

2. Fuel gauge

3. Speedometer

4. Warning and indicator lights

5. LCD display (including Trip computer)

6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge

7. Distance to empty

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in

this chapter.

■■

For Hybrid

Features of your vehicle

544

1. Hybrid system gauge

2. Fuel gauge

3. Speedometer

4. Warning and indicator lights

5. LCD window

6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge

7. Distance To Empty

ODEP047168N/ODEP047183N

■■

Type A for Plug-in Hybrid

❈ For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in

this chapter.

■■

Type B for Plug-in Hybrid

❈ The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

455

Features of your vehicle

ODEP047184N

■■

Type B Sport mode for Plug-in Hybrid

1. Hybrid system gauge

2. Fuel gauge

3. Speedometer

4. Warning and indicator lights

5. LCD window

6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge

❈ For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in

this chapter.

❈ The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Features of your vehicle

564

Instrument Cluster Control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster

Illumination

The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is changed by

pressing the illumination control but-

ton (“+” or “-”) when Engine

Start/Stop button is ON, or the tail-

lights are turned on.

• If you hold the illumination control

button (“+” or “-”), the brightness

will be changed continuously.

• If the brightness reaches to the

maximum or minimum level, an

alarm will sound.

LCD window control

The LCD window modes can be

changed by using the control buttons

on the steering wheel.

ODE047102N

OQLE045233

ODE046103

ODE046104

■ Type A

■ Type B

457

Features of your vehicle

(1) : MODE button for change the

LCD MODES

(2) / : MOVE scroll switch for

select the items

(3) OK : SET/RESET button for set

the items or reset the items

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.

Gauges

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the

speed of the vehicle and is calibrated

in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-

meters per hour (km/h).

Tachometer (if equipped)

The tachometer indicates the

approximate number of engine revo-

lutions per minute (rpm).

When moving the shift lever to the

“S” (SPORT) mode, the engine

tachometer is displayed while switch-

ing to SPORT mode.

Use the tachometer to select the cor-

rect shift points and to prevent lug-

ging and/or over-revving the engine.

ODEP047105N

ODEP047215N

■ Type B Sport mode for Plug-in Hybrid

Features of your vehicle

584

Hybrid System Gauge

The hybrid system gauge indicates

whether the current driving condition

is fuel efficient or not.

• CHARGE : Shows that the energy

made by the vehicle is

being converted to

electrical energy.

(Regenerated energy)

• ECO : Shows that the vehicle is

being driven in an Eco-

friendly manner.

• POWER : Shows that the vehicle is

exceeding the Eco-

friendly range.

✽✽

NOTICE

Accordance to the hybrid system

gauge area the “EV” indicator

comes on or off.

- “EV” indicator ON : Vehicle is

driven using the electric motor or

the gasoline engine is stopped

except for an engine can remain

idle for automatic heating and air

conditioning operation in winter.

- “EV” indicator OFF : Vehicle is

driven using the gasoline engine.

CAUTION

Do not operate the engine with-

in the tachometer's RED ZONE.

This may cause severe engine

damage.

ODE046106N

ODEP047186

■ Type A

■ Type B

459

Features of your vehicle

Hybrid Battery SOC

(State of Charge) Gauge

This gauge indicates the remaining

hybrid battery power. If the SOC is

near the “L (Low)” level, the vehicle

automatically operates the engine to

charge the battery.

However, if the Service Indicator ( )

and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is

near the “L (Low)” level, have your

vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

Never try to start the vehicle if the

fuel tank is empty. In this condition,

the engine cannot charge the high

voltage battery of the hybrid system.

If you try to start the vehicle when

the fuel is empty, the high voltage

battery will become discharged and

be damaged.

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-

mate amount of fuel remaining in the

fuel tank.

ODE046107

ODEPQ017037N

■ Type B for Plug-in Hybrid

■ Type A

ODE046108

ODEPQ047188N

■ Type B for Plug-in Hybrid

■ Type A

Features of your vehicle

604

✽✽

NOTICE

• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 9.

• The fuel gauge is supplemented by

a low fuel warning light which will

illuminate when the fuel tank is

nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel

gauge pointer may fluctuate or the

low fuel warning light may come

on earlier than usual due to the

movement of fuel in the tank.

✽

NOTICE - Fuel gauge

Running out of fuel can expose vehi-

cle occupants to danger. You must

top and obtain additional fuel as

soon as possible after the warning

light comes on or when the gauge

indicator comes close to the “E

(Empty)” level.

✽

NOTICE

Fuel display may not be accurate if

you are filling in sloping places.

Distance to empty

CAUTION - Low fuel

Avoid driving with an extremely

low fuel level. Running out of

fuel could cause the engine to

misfire damaging the catalytic

converter.

ODE046142N

ODEP047192N

ODEP047193N

■ Hybrid

■ Type A for Plug-in Hybrid

■ Type B for Plug-in Hybrid

461

Features of your vehicle

Distance To Empty (1)

• The distance to empty is the esti-

mated distance the vehicle can be

driven with the remaining fuel.

- Distance range : 1 ~ 9,999 mi. or

1 ~ 9,999 km

• If the estimated distance is below 1

mi.(1 km), the trip computer will

display “----” as distance to empty.

• If the level of the remaining fuel is

more than three-quarters, more

than 3 liters of fuel must be refilled

for the fuel gauge to change. In

other cases, more than 6 liters of

fuel must be refilled for the vehicle

to change the fuel gauge.

- For plug-in hybrid

• Electric range (1)

The distance to empty is the estimat-

ed distance the vehicle can be driven

with the remaining high voltage bat-

tery.

• Gasoline range (2)

The distance to empty is the esti-

mated distance the vehicle can be

driven with the remaining fuel.

• Total range (3)

Electric distance to empty(1) +

Gasoline distance to empty(2)

✽✽

NOTICE

• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been

interrupted, the distance to empty

function may not operate correct-

ly.

• The distance to empty may differ

from the actual driving distance as

it is an estimate of the available

driving distance.

• The fuel economy and distance to

empty may vary significantly

based on driving conditions, driv-

ing habits, and condition of the

vehicle.

Features of your vehicle

624

Odometer

The odometer Indicates the total dis-

tance that the vehicle has been driv-

en and should be used to determine

when periodic maintenance should

be performed.

- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999,999

miles or 1,599,999 kilometers.

Outside Temperature Gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-

side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).

- Temperature range : -40 ~ 140°F (-40

~ 60°C)

OJFA045135

ODEP047194N

■ Type A

■ Type B

ODEP047214N

ODEP047211N

■ Type A

■ Type B

463

Features of your vehicle

The outside temperature on the dis-

play may not change immediately

like a general thermometer to pre-

vent the driver from being distracted.

To change the temperature unit (from

°C to °F or from °F to °C)

The temperature unit can be

changed by using the “User Settings”

mode of the LCD window.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD

window” in this chapter.

■ Type A-Drive mode

■ Type B-Drive mode

■ Type A-Sport mode

■ Type B-Sport mode

ODE046141L/ODEP047191/ODE046140L/ODEP047215N

This indicator displays which shift lever is selected.

Dual clutch transmission shift indicator

•Park :P

• Reverse : R

• Neutral : N

•Drive :D

• Sports mode (if equipped) : S

Features of your vehicle

644

Over view

LCD displays show the following var-

ious information to drivers.

- Trip information

- LCD modes

- Warning messages

Trip information (Trip computer,

for Hybrid)

The trip computer is a microcomput-

er-controlled driver information sys-

tem that displays information related

to driving.

✽✽

NOTICE

Some driving information stored in

the trip computer (for example

Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the

battery is disconnected.

Trip Modes

LCD DISPLAYS (IF EQUIPPED)

ODE046099N

ODEP047220N

■ Type A

■ Type B

To change the trip mode, scroll the

MOVE scroll switch ( / ) in the

trip computer mode.

• Tripmeter [A/B]

• Average Vehicle Speed [A/B]

• Elapsed Time [A/B]

TRIP A/B

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

Driving style

Energy flow

FUEL ECONOMY

465

Features of your vehicle

Fuel Economy

Average Fuel Economy (1)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distance

and fuel consumption since the last

average fuel economy reset.

- Fuel economy range : 0.0 ~ 99.9

km/L, L/100Km or MPG (for

Hybrid) or 0.0 ~ 99.9, 100 ~ 999

km/L, L/100 Km or MPG (for

Plug-in Hybrid)

• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-

cally.

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economy

manually, press the OK button

(reset) on the steering wheel for

more than 1 second when the aver-

age fuel economy is displayed.

Automatic reset

To make the average fuel economy

be reset automatically whenever

refueling, select the “Fuel economy

auto reset” mode in User Setting

menu of the LCD display (User

Settings Mode).

• OFF - You may set to default man-

ually by using the trip switch reset

button.

• After ignition - The vehicle will

automatically set to default once 4

hours pass after the Engine

start/stop button is turned to the

OFF position.

• After refueling - After refueling

more than 6 liters and driving over

1mph (1km/h), the vehicle will

reset to default automatically.

✽✽

NOTICE

The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played, when the vehicle drives

shorter than 0.2 miles(300 meters)

or less than 10 seconds after turning

ON the Engine Start/Stop button.

ODE046172N

Features of your vehicle

664

Instant Fuel Economy (2)

• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-

onds when the vehicle speed is

more than 6 mph (10 km/h).

- Fuel economy range : 0.0 ~ 50.0

MPG or 0.0 ~ 30 L/100km

Trip A/B

Tripmeter (1)

• The tripmeter is the total driving

distance since the last tripmeter

reset.

- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 mi

or km.

• To reset the tripmeter, press the

OK button (reset) on the steering

wheel for more than 1 second

when the tripmeter is displayed.

Average Vehicle Speed (2)

• The average vehicle speed is cal-

culated by the total driving dis-

tance and driving time since the

last average vehicle speed reset.

- Speed range: 0 ~ 999 mph or

km/h.

• To reset the average vehicle

speed, press the OK button (reset)

on the steering wheel for more

than 1 second when the average

vehicle speed is displayed.

OJFH046368N

467

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

• The average vehicle speed is not

displayed if the driving distance

has been less than 0.03 miles(500

meters) or the driving time has

been less than 10 seconds since the

ignition switch or Engine

Start/Stop button was turned to

ON.

• Even if the vehicle is not in

motion, the average vehicle speed

keeps going while the engine is

running.

Elapsed Time (3)

• The elapsed time is the total driv-

ing time since the last elapsed time

reset.

- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~

99:59

• To reset the elapsed time, press

the OK button (reset) on the steer-

ing wheel for more than 1 second

when the elapsed time is dis-

played.

✽✽

NOTICE

Even if the vehicle is not in motion,

the elapsed time keeps going while

the engine is running.

Digital speedometer

This mode displays the current

speed of the vehicle.

ODE047229N

Features of your vehicle

684

Driving style

The driving style is displayed when

you are driving in ECO mode.

When you drive in SPORT mode,

each driving category will be dis-

played with “---”

One time driving information

mode

This display shows trip distance (1),

average fuel economy (2) and the

approximate distance the vehicle can

be driven with the remaining fuel (3).

This information is displayed for a

few seconds when you turn off the

engine and then goes off automati-

cally. The information provided is cal-

culated according to each trip.

If the estimated distance is below

1mi. (1km), the range (3) will display

as “----”.

When low fuel warning light ( ) illu-

minates in the cluster, the refuel

message will appear(4).

OJFA045285

ODEP047199L

469

Features of your vehicle

Energy flow

Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers

of energy flow in various operating

modes. Eleven Modes show drivers

the current operating condition.

Vehicle Stop

This mode means the vehicle has

stopped.

(There is no energy flow.)

EV Propulsion

Electric power is used to move the

vehicle. (Battery ➞ Wheel)

Power Assist

Electric and Engine power are used

to move the vehicle.

(Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Only Propulsion

Engine power is used to move the

vehicle. (Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation

Vehicle is stopped with the Engine

charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Battery)

ODE046123N

ODE046124N

ODE046121N

ODE046122NODE046120N

Features of your vehicle

704

Regeneration

Hybrid battery is being charged by

regenerative braking.

(Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake

The vehicle is being slowed down by

engine compression.

(Wheel ➞ Engine)

Power Reserve

Engine is both driving the vehicle

and charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery)

Engine Generation/Motor Drive

The vehicle is being slowed down by

engine compression and regenerative

braking. The hybrid battery is being

charged by regenerative braking.

(Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation/Regeneration

The engine and regenerative braking

system charge the hybrid battery

driving deceleration.

(Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake/Regeneration

The engine compression can be

used to slow down the vehicle. The

regenerative braking system can be

used to charge the hybrid system.

(Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)

ODE046128N

ODE046122N

ODE046127N

ODE046128N

ODE046121N

ODE046126N

471

Features of your vehicle

Trip information (Trip computer,

for Plug-in Hybrid)

The trip computer is a microcomput-

er-controlled driver information sys-

tem that displays information related

to driving.

✽✽

NOTICE

Some driving information stored in

the trip computer (for example

Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the

battery is disconnected.

Trip Modes Fuel Economy

Average Fuel Economy (1)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distance

and fuel consumption since the last

average fuel economy reset.

- Fuel economy range : 0 ~ 99.9,

100 ~ 999 MPG, km/L or

L/100km

• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-

cally.

ODEP047196N

• Tripmeter [A/B]

• Average Vehicle Speed [A/B]

• Elapsed Time [A/B]

TRIP A/B

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

Driving style

Energy flow

FUEL ECONOMY

Engine temperature

Features of your vehicle

724

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economy

manually, press the OK button

(reset) on the steering wheel for

more than 1 second when the aver-

age fuel economy is displayed.

Automatic reset

To make the average fuel economy

be reset automatically whenever

refueling, select the “Fuel economy

auto reset” mode in User Setting

menu of the LCD display (Refer to

“LCD window”).

• OFF - You may set to default man-

ually by using the trip switch reset

button.

• After ignition - The vehicle will

automatically set to default once 4

hours pass after the Engine

start/stop button is turned to the

OFF position.

• After refueling - After refueling

more than 1.5 gallons (6 liters) and

driving over 1 mph (1 km/h), the

vehicle will reset to default auto-

matically.

✽✽

NOTICE

The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played, when the vehicle drives

shorter than 0.19 miles (300 meters)

or less than 10 seconds after turning

ON the Engine Start/Stop button.

Instant Fuel Economy (2)

• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-

onds when the vehicle speed is

more than 6.2 MPH (10 km/h).

- Fuel economy range : 0.0 ~ 50.0

MPG or 0.0 ~ 30L/100km

473

Features of your vehicle

Accumulated driving information

mode

Displays accumulated information

starting from mileage/fuel

efficiency/time default point.

• Accumulated information is calcu-

lated after the vehicle has run for

more than miles (300 meters).

• If you press “OK” button for more

than 1 second after the Cumulative

Information is displayed, the infor-

mation will be reset.

• If the engine is running, even when

the vehicle is not in motion, the

information will be accumulated.

One time driving information mode

The vehicle will display Driving

Information once per one ignition cycle.

- Fuel efficiency is calculated after the

vehicle has run for more than 0.2

miles (300 meters).

- The Driving Information will be reset

4 hours after ignition has been turned

off. So, when the vehicle ignition is

turned on within 4 hours, the informa-

tion will not be reset.

- If you press “OK” button for more

than 1 second after the Driving

Information is displayed, the informa-

tion will be reset.

- If the engine is running, even when

the vehicle is not in motion, the infor-

mation will be accumulated.

ODEP047197N

ODEP047198N

Features of your vehicle

744

Digital speedometer

This mode displays the current

speed of the vehicle.

Driving style

The driving style is displayed when

you are driving in ECO mode.

When you drive in SPORT mode,

each driving category will be dis-

played with “---”

ODEP047199LODEP047218N

475

Features of your vehicle

Energy flow

Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers

of energy flow in various operating

modes. Eleven Modes show drivers

the current operating condition.

Vehicle Stop

This mode means the vehicle has

stopped.

(There is no energy flow.)

EV Propulsion

Electric power is used to move the

vehicle.

(Battery ➞ Wheel)

Power Assist

Electric and Engine power are used

to move the vehicle.

(Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Only Propulsion

Engine power is used to move the

vehicle.

(Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation

Vehicle is stopped with the Engine

charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Battery)

ODEP047202N

ODEP047203N

ODEP047204N

ODEP047205NODEP047201N

Features of your vehicle

764

Regeneration

Hybrid battery is being charged by

regenerative braking.

(Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake

The vehicle is being slowed down by

engine compression.

(Wheel ➞ Engine)

Power Reserve

Engine is both driving the vehicle

and charging the hybrid battery.

(Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery)

Engine Generation/Motor Drive

The vehicle is being slowed down by

engine compression and regenerative

braking. The hybrid battery is being

charged by regenerative braking.

(Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation/Regeneration

The engine and regenerative braking

system charge the hybrid battery

driving deceleration.

(Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake/Regeneration

The engine compression can be

used to slow down the vehicle. The

regenerative braking system can be

used to charge the hybrid system.

(Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)

ODEP047207N

ODEP047209N

ODEP047207N

ODEP047210N

ODEP047206N

ODEP047208N

477

Features of your vehicle

Engine coolant temperature

This gauge indicates the tempera-

ture of the engine coolant when the

engine is running.

LCD Modes

(1) Trip Computer mode

This mode displays driving informa-

tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy,

and so on.

❈ For more details, refer to “Trip

Computer” in this chapter.

(2) Turn By Turn mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

(3) Assist mode(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS),

Driver Attention Alert (DAA) and

Smart Cruise Control (SCC).

(4) Audio mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

A/V system.

(5) Service mode

This mode informs of service interval

(mileage or days) and pressure sta-

tus of each tire.

(6) Master warning mode

This mode informs of warning mes-

sages related to lamp failure or mal-

function of Blind Spot Detection sys-

tem (BSD) and so on.

ODEP047200L ODE046136N

■ For Hybrid

CAUTION

When the gauge indicator gets

out of the normal range, toward

the “H (Hot)” position, it indi-

cates overheating of the engine.

It may damage the engine.

Do not continue driving with the

overheated engine.

For further information, refer to

“If the Engine Overheats” in the

chapter 7.

Features of your vehicle

784

(7) Door open mode

When the any door is not closed

securely, this symbol illuminated.

(8) User settings mode

On this mode, you can change set-

ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes,

refer to “LCD window Control” in

this chapter.

(1) Trip Computer mode

This mode displays driving informa-

tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy,

and so on.

❈ For more details, refer to “Trip

Computer” in this chapter.

(2) Turn By Turn mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

(3) Assist mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS),

Driver Attention Alert (DAA) and

Smart Cruise Control (SCC).

(4) User settings mode

On this mode, you can change set-

ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes,

refer to “LCD window Control” in

this chapter.

(5) Master warning mode

This mode informs of warning mes-

sages related to any system prob-

lems, such as lamp failure or mal-

function of Blind Spot Detection sys-

tem (BSD).

ODEP047219L

■ For Plug-in Hybrid

479

Features of your vehicle

Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

A/V Mode (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the

A/V system.

Tire Pressure

This mode displays the pressure sta-

tus of each tire.

You can change the tire pressure unit

in “User settings” mode.

❈ For more details, refer to “User

Settings mode” in this chapter.

OJF045142LOJFA045223 ODE067054L

Features of your vehicle

804

Service Mode

Service in

This mode calculates and displays

when you need a scheduled mainte-

nance service (mileage or days).

If the remaining mileage or time

reaches 900 mi (1,500 km) or 30

days, respectively, “Service in” mes-

sage is displayed for several sec-

onds each time you set the ignition

switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to

the ON position.

Service required

If you do not have your vehicle serv-

iced according to the already

inputted service interval, “Service

required” message is displayed for

several seconds each time you set

the ignition switch or Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON position.

To reset the service interval to the

mileage and days you inputted

before:

- Press the OK button (reset) for

more than 1 second.

Service interval OFF

If the service interval is not set,

“Service interval OFF” message is

displayed on the LCD window.

✽✽

NOTICE

If any of the following conditions

occurs, the mileage and days may be

incorrect.

- The battery cable is disconnected.

- The fuse switch is turned off.

- The battery is discharged.

OJFA045294

ODE047231N

ODE046169N

481

Features of your vehicle

User Settings Mode

On this mode, you can change set-

ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

Edit settings after shifting to P

This warning message appears if

you try to adjust the User Settings

while driving.

- Dual clutch transmission

For your safety, change the User

Settings after parking the vehicle,

applying the parking brake and mov-

ing the shift lever to P (Park).

Driving Assist (if equipped)

• Lane Keeping Assist System

(if equipped)

- Lane Departure Warning : To acti-

vate the lane departure warning

function.

- Standard LKA : To activate the

standard LKA mode of LKAS

function.

- Active LKA : To activate the active

LKA mode of LKAS function.

❈For more details, refer to “LKAS

(Lane Keeping Assist System)” in

chapter 6.

• Driver Attention Alert (DAA, if

equipped) : You can enable or dis-

able the this function. Also this

function can be selected the alarm

point in two steps.

Off/Normal/Early

❈For more details, refer to “Driver

Attention Alert System” in chapter 6.

ODEP047216L

WARNING

Do not adjust the User Setting

while driving.You may lose your

steering control and cause

severe personal injury or acci-

dents.

Features of your vehicle

824

• Smart Cruise Control Response (if

equipped) : Choose the sensitivi-

ty(Slow/Normal/Fast) of the smart

cruise control.

❈For more details, refer to “Smart

Cruise Control System” in chapter

• Autonomous Emergency Braking

(if equipped) : If this item is

checked, the AEB function will be

activated.

❈For more details, refer to

“Autonomous Emergency Braking

(AEB)” in chapter 6.

• Forward Collision Warning (if

equipped) : Choose the sensitivity

of the forward collision warning.

- Late/Normal/Early

❈For more details, refer to

“Autonomous Emergency Braking

(AEB)” in chapter 6.

• BSD (Blind Spot Detection) Sound

(if equipped) : If this item is

checked, the blind spot detection

sound will be activated.

❈For more details, refer to “Blind Spot

Detection System” in chapter 6.

• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (if

equipped) : If this item is checked,

the rear cross traffic alert function

will be activate

❈For more details, refer to “Blind Spot

Detection System” in chapter 6.

• Coasting Guide (if equipped) : To

activate or deactivate the Coasting

Guide system and sound.

❈For more information, refer to

“Coasting Guide” in this chapter.

• Start Coasting (if equipped) : To

adjust the

sensitivity(Late/Normal/Early) of

the Coasting Guide.

❈For more information, refer to

“Coasting Guide” in this chapter.

Door

• Automatic Lock

- Enable on Speed : All doors will

be automatically locked when the

vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph

(15 km/h).

- Enable on Shift: All doors will be

automatically locked if the trans-

mission shift lever is shifted from

the P (Park) position to the R

(Reverse), N (Neutral), or D

(Drive) position.

• Automatic Unlock

- Disable : The auto door unlock

operation will be canceled.

- Vehicle Off : All doors will be auto-

matically unlocked when the

Engine Start/Stop button is set to

the OFF position.

- On Shift to P : All doors will be auto-

matically unlocked if the shift lever

is shifted to the P (Park) position.

• Two Press Unlock : If this item is

checked, the two press unlock will

be activated.

483

Features of your vehicle

Lights

• One Touch Turn Signal

- Off : The one touch turn signal

function will be deactivated.

- 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change

signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times

when the turn signal lever is

moved slightly.

❈For more details, refer to “Light” in

this chapter.

• Head Lamp Delay (if equipped)

If this item is checked, the head

lamp delay function will be activat-

ed.

• Welcome Light (if equipped)

If this item is checked, the wel-

come light function will be activat-

ed.

Sound

• Park Assist System Vol. (if

equipped) : Adjust the Park Assist

System volume. (Level 1 ~ 3)

Convenience

• Seat Easy Access (if equipped)

- None : The seat easy access

function will be deactivated.

- Normal/Extended : When you

turn off the engine, the driver's

seat will automatically move rear-

ward short (Normal) or long

(Extended) for you to enter or exit

the vehicle more comfortably.

❈For more details, refer to “Driver

Position Memory System” in chap-

ter 3.

• Wireless charging system (if

equipped) : If this item is checked,

the Wireless smart phone will be

activated.

• Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) :

If this item is checked, the Wiper/

Light Display will be activated.

• Gear Position Pop-up (if equipped)

: To activate or deactivate the gear

position pop-up. When activated,

the gear position will be displayed

on the LCD display.

Service interval

• Service Interval

To activate or deactivate the serv-

ice interval function.

• Adjust Interval

If the service interval menu is acti-

vated, you may adjust the time and

distance.

• Reset : To reset the service interval

func-tion.

If the service interval is activated

and the time and distance is

adjusted, messages are displayed

in the following situations each

time the vehicle is turned on.

- Service in : Displayed to inform

the driver the remaining mileage

and days to service.

- Service required : Displayed

when the mileage and days to

service has been reached or

passed.

Features of your vehicle

844

✽✽

NOTICE

If any of the following conditions

occur, the mileage and number of

days to service may be incorrect.

- The battery cable is disconnected.

- The fuse switch is turned off.

- The battery is discharged.

Other Features

• Instrument Cluster layout (if

equipped)

Selecting the mode

Simple/Normal/Detailed changes

the LCD screen of the instrument

cluster. (For Type B cluster of Plug-

in Hybrid)

• Aux. Battery Saver + (if equipped)

: If this item is checked, the Aux.

Battery Saver + function will be

activated.

❈For more details, refer to “Aux.

Battery Saver +” in chapter Intro.

• Fuel Economy Auto Reset

- Off : The average fuel economy

will not reset automatically when-

ever refueling.

- After Ignition : The average fuel

economy will reset automatically

whenever it has passed 4 hours

after turning OFF the engine.

- After Refueling : The average fuel

economy will reset automatically

when refueling.

❈For more details, refer to “Trip

Computer” in this chapter.

• Fuel Economy Unit : Choose the

fuel economy unit. (US gallon, UK

gallon)

• Temperature Unit : Choose the

temperature unit. (°C, °F)

• Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped) :

Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi,

kPa, bar)

Reset

You can reset the menus in the User

Settings Mode. All menus in the User

Settings Mode are initialized, except

service interval.

485

Features of your vehicle

Coasting guide (if equipped)

A chime will sound and the coasting

guide indicator will blink four times to

inform the driver when to take the

foot off from the accelerator by antic-

ipating a decelerating event* based

on the analysis of driving routes and

road conditions of the navigation. It

encourages the driver to remove foot

from the pedal and allow coasting

down the road with EV motor only.

This helps prevent unnecessary fuel

consumption and increases fuel effi-

ciency.

❈ Example of a deceleration event is

going down an extended hill, slow-

ing down approaching a toll booth,

and approaching reduced speed

zones.

• User settings

Press the Engine Start/Stop button

and put the shift lever in P(Park). In

the User Settings Mode, select

Driving Assist, Coasting Guide, and

then On to turn on the system.

Cancel the selection of coasting

guide to turn off the system. For the

explanation of the system, press and

hold the [OK] button.

• Operation conditions

To activate the system, take the fol-

lowing procedures. Enter your desti-

nation information on the navigation

and select the driving route. Select

the ECO mode in the Integrated

Driving Control System. Then, satisfy

the following.

- The driving speed should be

between 37 mph (60 km/h) and 99

mph (160 km/h).

❈ The operating speed may vary due

to difference between instrument

cluster and navigation effected by

tire inflation level.

Warning messages

Warning messages appear on the

LCD to warn the driver. It is located in

the center of the instrument cluster.

The warning message may appear

differently depending on the type of

instrument cluster and some may not

show the warning message at all.

The warning message is shown in

either symbol, symbol and text, or

text type only. You can choose the

preferred language by selecting the

User setting menu in LCD mode.

Features of your vehicle

864

Door Open

• It means that any door is open.

Liftgate Open

• It means that the liftgate is open.

Hood Open

• It means that hood is open.

ODE046117ODE046116 ODE046118

487

Features of your vehicle

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

• This warning is displayed if you

turn off the engine when the sun-

roof is open.

Turn on FUSE SWITCH (if equipped)

• This warning message illuminates

if the fuse switch under the steer-

ing wheel is OFF.

• It means that you should turn the

fuse switch on.

❈ For more details, refer to “Fuses”

in chapter 8.

Engine has overheated

This warning message illuminates

when the engine coolant tempera-

ture is above 248°F (120°C). This

means that the engine is overheated

and may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, refer to

“Overheating” in chapter 7.

OJF045166LODE046119 ODE046137L

Features of your vehicle

884

Shift to P (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you try to turn off the engine with-

out the shift lever in P (Park) posi-

tion.

• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop

Button turns to the ACC position (If

you press the Engine Start/Stop

Button once more, it will turn to the

ON position).

Low Key Battery

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the battery of the smart key is

discharged when the Engine

Start/Stop Button changes to the

OFF position.

Press START button while turn steer-

ing (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the steering wheel does not

unlock normally when the Engine

Start/Stop Button is pressed.

• It means that you should press the

Engine Start/Stop Button while

turning the steering wheel right

and left.

Steering wheel unlocked

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the steering wheel does not lock

when the Engine Start/Stop Button

changes to the OFF position.

Check Steering Wheel Lock System

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the steering wheel does not lock

normally when the Engine

Start/Stop Button changes to the

OFF position.

Press brake pedal to start engine

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the Engine Start/Stop Button

changes to the ACC position twice

by pressing the button repeatedly

without depressing the brake pedal.

• It means that you should depress

the brake pedal to start the engine.

Key not in vehicle (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the smart key is not in the vehicle

when you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button.

• It means that you should always

have the smart key with you.

Key not detected (for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the smart key is not detected

when you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button.

489

Features of your vehicle

Press START button again

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you can not operate the Engine

Start/Stop Button when there is a

problem with the Engine Start/Stop

Button system.

• It means that you could start the

engine by pressing the Engine

Start/ Stop Button once more.

• If the warning illuminates each

time you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button, have your vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Press START button with smart key

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you press the Engine Start/Stop

Button while the warning message

“Key not detected” is illuminating.

• At this time, the immobilizer indica-

tor light blinks.

Check fuse “BRAKE SWITCH”

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if the brake switch fuse is discon-

nected.

• It means that you should replace

the fuse with a new one. If that is

not possible, you can start the

engine by pressing the Engine

Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in

the ACC position.

Shift to P or N to start engine

(for smart key system)

• This warning message illuminates

if you try to start the engine with

the shift lever not in the P (Park) or

N (Neutral) position.

✽✽

NOTICE

You can start the engine with the

shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-

tion. But, for your safety, we recom-

mend that you start the engine with

the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-

tion.

Low Washer Fluid

• This warning message illuminates

on the service reminder mode if

the washer fluid level in the reser-

voir is nearly empty.

• It means that you should refill the

washer fluid.

Low Fuel

• This warning message illuminates

if the fuel tank is nearly empty.

- When the low fuel level warning

light is illuminates.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Features of your vehicle

904

Device in wireless charger

(if equipped)

If a smart phone is still left on the

wireless charging pad unattended,

even when the Engine start/stop but-

ton is turned to the ACC or OFF posi-

tion. And the instrument panel's one

time driving information mode has

finished, a warning message will lit

up on the instrument panel.

❈ For more details, refer to “Smart

Phone Wireless Charger” in this

chapter.

Check Hybrid system

This warning message illuminates

when there is a problem with the

hybrid control system.

Refrain from driving when the warn-

ing message is displayed.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

Check Hybrid system. Turn off engine.

This warning message illuminates

when there is a problem with the

hybrid system. The “ ” indicator

will blink and a warning chime will

sound until the problem is solved.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine.

This warning message illuminates

when the hybrid battery power

(SOC) level is low. A warning chime

will sound until the problem is solved.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

Stop vehicle and check power supply

This warning message illuminates

when a failure occurs in the power

supply system.

In this case, park the vehicle in a

safe location and tow your vehicle to

the nearest authorized Kia dealer

and have the vehicle inspected.

491

Features of your vehicle

Stop vehicle to charge battery

This warning message illuminates

when the hybrid battery power

(SOC) level is low.

In this case, park the vehicle in a

safe location and wait until the hybrid

battery is charged.

Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery dam-

age

This warning message illuminates

when the fuel tank is nearly empty.

You should refill the fuel tank to pre-

vent hybrid battery damage.

Refill inverter coolant

This warning message illuminates

when the inverter coolant is nearly

empty.

You should refill the inverter coolant.

Check brakes

This warning message illuminates

when the brake performance is low

or the regenerative brake does not

work properly due to a failure in the

brake system.

In this case, it may take longer for the

brake pedal to operate and the brak-

ing distance may become longer.

Stop vehicle and check brakes

This warning message is displayed

when a failure occurs in the brake

system.

In this case, park the vehicle in a

safe location and tow your vehicle to

the nearest authorized Kia dealer

and have the vehicle inspected.

Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed when you

start the engine without unplugging

the charging cable. Unplug the

charging cable, and then start the

vehicle.

Remaining charge time

(Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed to notify

the remaining time to fully charge the

battery.

Shift to P to charge (Plug-in hybrid)

The message is displayed when the

charging connector is plugged with

the shift lever in R (Reverse), N

(Neutral) or D (Drive). Move the shift

lever to P (Park) and re-start the

charging process.

Features of your vehicle

924

EV/HEV modes (Plug-in hybrid)

A corresponding message is dis-

played when a mode is selected by

pressing the HEV button.

Low battery. Maintaining Hybrid

(Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when

unable to convert to EV mode even

when pressing the HEV button dur-

ing HEV mode driving due to insuffi-

cient high-voltage (hybrid) battery

level.

Low/High System Temp. Switching to

Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when the

temperature of the high-voltage

(hybrid) battery is too low or high.

This warning message is to protect

the battery and the hybrid system.

Low/High System Temp. Maintaining

Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when the

temperature of the high-voltage

(hybrid) battery is too low or too high.

This warning message is to protect

the battery and the hybrid system.

Wait until fuel door opens

(Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when you

attempt to open the fuel filler door

with the fuel tank pressurized. Wait

until the fuel tank is depressurized.

Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when the

fuel filler door opens after the fuel

tank is depressurized. If this mes-

sage is displayed, you can refuel the

fuel tank.

Charger Error! (Plug-in hybrid)

This message is displayed when

there is a problem with the charger.

Charging Door Open (Plug-in hybrid)

This message indicates that the

charging door is open while in driv-

ing-ready state to encourage you to

inspect and close the door.(Driving

with the charging door open may

result in moisture inflow or damage.

This message is used to prevent

such occurrences.)

493

Features of your vehicle

Switching to Hybrid mode to allow

heating (Plug-in hybrid)

• When the coolant temperature is

lower than 57°F (-14°C), and you

turn the climate control On for

heating, the above message will be

displayed in the cluster. Then, the

vehicle will automatically switch to

HEV mode.

• When the coolant temperature is

higher than 57°F (-14°C), or you

turn the climate control Off, the

vehicle will automatically return to

EV mode.

Switching to Hybrid mode for selfdiag-

nosis (Plug-in hybrid)

• This message is displayed for self-

diagnosis of the hybrid mode sys-

tem.

Features of your vehicle

944

Warning lights

✽✽

NOTICE - Warning lights

Make sure that all warning lights

are OFF after starting the engine. If

any light is still ON, this indicates a

situation that needs attention.

Hybrid system warning

light

This warning light illuminates:

when there is a malfunction with the

hybrid system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia deal-

er.

Air bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driver

that the seat belt is not fastened.

❈ For more details, refer to the “Seat

Belts” in chapter 3.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

495

Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake

Fluid Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds

- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.

• When the parking brake is applied.

• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.

- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, it

indicates the brake fluid level in

reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reservoir

is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check

the brake fluid level immediately

and add fluid as required (For

more details, refer to “Brake Fluid”

in chapter 8).

Then check all brake components

for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the

brake system are still found, the

warning light remains on, or the

brakes do not operate properly, do

not drive the vehicle.

In this case, have your vehicle

towed to an authorized Kia dealer

and inspected.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-

diagonal braking systems. This

means you still have braking on two

wheels even if one of the dual sys-

tems should fail.

With only one of the dual systems

working, more than normal pedal

travel and greater pedal pressure are

required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as

short a distance with only a portion

of the brake system working.

If the brakes fail while you are driv-

ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-

al engine braking and stop the vehi-

cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Driving the vehicle with a warning

light ON is dangerous. If the Parking

Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light

illuminate with the parking brake

released, it indicates that the brake

fluid level is low.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia deal-

er.

Features of your vehicle

964

Anti-lock Brake System

(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the ABS (The normal braking sys-

tem will still be operational without

the assistance of the anti-lock

brake system).

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Electronic

Brake force

Distribution

(EBD) System

Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminate at

the same time while driving:

• When the ABS and regular brake

system may not work normally.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

WARNING - Electronic

Brake force Distribution

(EBD) System Warning Light

When both ABS and Parking

Brake & Brake Fluid Warning

Lights are on, the brake system

will not work normally and you

may experience an unexpected

and dangerous situation during

sudden braking thereby

increasing the risk of a crash

and injury. In this case, avoid

high speed driving and abrupt

braking. Have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

497

Features of your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

- Electronic Brake

force Distribution (EBD)

System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on

or both ABS and Parking Brake &

Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,

the speedometer, odometer, or trip-

meter may not work. Also, the EPS

Warning Light may illuminate and

the steering effort may increase or

decrease.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer as

soon as possible.

Regenerative Brake

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates :

When the regenerative brake does

not operate and the brake does not

perform well. This causes the Brake

Warning light (red) and Regenerative

Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illu-

minate simultaneously.

In this case, drive safely and have

your vehicle inspected by an author-

ized Kia dealer.

Electronic Power

Steering (EPS) Warning

Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

the EPS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

(yellow color)

(red color)

Features of your vehicle

984

Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

the emission control system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Charging System

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When there is a malfunction with

either the alternator or electrical

charging system.

If there is a malfunction with either

the alternator or electrical charging

system:

1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2.Turn the engine off and check the

alternator drive belt for looseness

or breakage.

If the belt is adjusted properly,

there may be a problem in the elec-

trical charging system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION - Catalytic

Converter Damage

If the Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-

tial catalytic converter damage

is possible which could result in

loss of engine power.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION - Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL)

Driving with the Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may

cause damage to the emission

control systems which could

affect drivability and/or fuel

economy.

499

Features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2.Turn the engine off and check the

engine oil level (For more details,

refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 8). If

the level is low, add oil as required.

If the warning light remains on after

adding oil or if oil is not available,

have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer as soon as

possible.

If the warning light stays on while the

engine is running, it indicates that

there may be serious engine dam-

age or malfunction. In this case,

1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is

safe to do so.

2. Turn off the engine and check the

oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the

engine oil to the proper level.

3. Start the engine again. If the warn-

ing light stays on after the engine

is started, turn the engine off

immediately. In this case, have

your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

Low Tire Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated.

❈For more details, refer to “Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” in chapter 7.

CAUTION - Engine

damage

If the engine is not stopped

immediately after the engine oil

pressure warning light is illumi-

nated and stays on while the

engine is running, serious

engine damage may result.

Features of your vehicle

1004

This warning light remains on after

blinking for approximately 60 seconds

or repeats blinking on and off at the

intervals of approximately 3 seconds:

• When there is a malfunction with

the TPMS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

❈For more details, refer to “Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” in chapter 7.

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damage

caused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle instability,

immediately take your foot off the

accelerator pedal, apply the brakes

gradually with light force, and slow-

ly move to a safe position off the

road.

Master Warning light

(if equipped)

• This warning light informs the driv-

er of the following situations

- LED headlamp failure

- Blind Spot Detection failure

- Smart Cruise Control System fail-

ure

- Blind Spot Detection blockage

- Smart Cruise Control Radar fail-

ure

- Lamp failure

- Virtual Engine Sound System

malfunction

The Master Warning Light illumi-

nates when one or more of the above

warning situations occur. At this time,

the LCD Modes Icon will change

from ( ) to ( ).

If the warning situation is resolved, the

master warning light will be turned off

and the LCD Modes Icon will be

changed back to its previous icon ( ).

WARNING - Low tire

pressure

• Significantly low tire pressure

makes the vehicle unstable

and can contribute to loss of

vehicle control and increased

braking distances.

• Continued driving or low pres-

sure tires will cause the tires to

overheat and fail.

4101

Features of your vehicle

Autonomous Emergency

Braking (AEB) Warning

light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When there is a malfunction with

the AEB.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

Engine Coolant

Temperature Warning

Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When the engine coolant tempera-

ture is above 248°F (120°C). This

means that the engine is overheat-

ed and may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, refer

to “Overheating” in chapter 7.

LED Headlamp Warning

Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the ignition switch or

Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON

position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the LED headlamp.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

This warning light blinks:

• When there is a malfunction with a

LED headlamp related part.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - Engine

Overheating

Do not continue driving with the

engine overheated. Otherwise

the engine may be damaged.

CAUTION - LED

Headlamp Warning Light

Continuous driving with the

LED Headlamp Warning Light

on or blinking can reduce LED

headlamp (low beam) life.

Features of your vehicle

1024

Indicator Lights

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the ESC system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

While the ESC is operating.

❈For more details, refer to

“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”

in chapter 6.

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) OFF

Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-

tion.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-

ton.

❈For more details, refer to

“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”

in chapter 6.

Charging Cable

Connection Indicator

(Plug-in hybrid)

This indicator illuminates in red when

the charging cable is connected.

Immobilizer Indicator

Light (Without Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the vehicle detects the

immobilizer in your key properly

while the Engine Start/Stop button

is ON.

- At this time, you can start the

engine.

- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks:

• When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

4103

Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator

Light (With Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates for up

to 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects the

smart key in the vehicle properly

while the Engine Start/Stop Button

is ACC or ON.

- At this time, you can start the

engine.

- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a few

seconds:

• When the smart key is not in the

vehicle.

- At this time, you can not start the

engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2

seconds and goes off:

• When the vehicle cannot detect the

smart key which is in the vehicle

while the Engine Start/Stop Button

is ON.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

• When the battery of the smart key

is weak.

- At this time, you cannot start the

engine. However, you can start the

engine if you press the Engine

Start/Stop Button with the smart

key. (For more details, refer to

“Starting the Engine” in chapter 6).

• When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Turn Signal Indicator

Light

This indicator light blinks:

• When you turn the turn signal light

on.

If any of the following occurs, there

may be a malfunction with the turn

signal system. In this case, have your

vehicle inspected by an authorized

Kia dealer.

- The indicator light does not blink

but illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks more

rapidly.

- The indicator light does not illumi-

nate at all.

Features of your vehicle

1044

High Beam Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on and in

the high beam position

• When the turn signal lever is pulled

into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Front Fog Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the front fog lights are on.

Low Beam Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on.

Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the tail lights or headlights

are on.

Cruise Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the cruise control system is

enabled.

❈For more details, refer to “Cruise

Control System” in chapter 6.

Cruise SET Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the cruise control speed is set.

❈For more details, refer to “Cruise

Control System” in chapter 6.

SET

4105

Features of your vehicle

ECO Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates :

• When the Active ECO system is

activated by pressing the DRIVE

mode button.

• The ECO indicator (green) will illu-

minate to show that the Active

ECO is operating.

❈For more details, refer to “Drive

Mode Integrated Control System"

in chapter 6.

SPORT Mode Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you select “SPORT” mode

as drive mode.

❈For more details, refer to “Drive

Mode” in chapter 6.

EV Mode Indicator

This indicator illuminates when the

vehicle is driven by the electric

motor.

Ready Indicator

This indicator illuminates :

When the vehicle is ready to be driv-

en.

- ON : Normal driving is possible.

- OFF : Normal driving is not possi-

ble, or a problem has occurred.

- Blinking : Emergency driving.

When the ready indicator goes OFF

or blinks, there is a problem with the

system. In this case, have your vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Features of your vehicle

1064

LKAS (Lane Keeping

Assistant System)

Indicator (if equipped)

The LKAS indicator will illuminate

when you turn the lane keeping

assistant system on by pressing the

LKAS button.

If there is a problem with the system,

the yellow LKAS indicator will illumi-

nate.

❈ For more details, refer to “LKAS” in

chapter 6.

4107

Features of your vehicle

The rear parking assist system

assists the driver during backward

movement of the vehicle by chiming if

any object is sensed within a distance

of 47 in. (120 cm) behind the vehicle.

This system is a supplemental system

and it is not intended to nor does it

replace the need for extreme care and

attention of the driver. The sensing

range and objects detectable by the

back sensors (➀) are limited.

Whenever backing-up, pay as much

attention to what is behind you as you

would in a vehicle without a rear park-

ing assist system.

Operation of the rear parking

assist system

Operating condition

• This system will activate when

backing up with the ignition switch

ON.

If the vehicle is moving at a speed

over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system

may not be activated correctly.

• The sensing distance while the

back-up warning system is in oper-

ation is approximately 47 in. (120

cm) at the rear bumper center

area, 23.5 in. (60 cm) at the rear

bumper both side area.

• When more than two objects are

sensed at the same time, the clos-

est one will be recognized first.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Rear parking

assist system

Never rely solely on the rear

parking assist system. Always

perform a visual inspection to

make sure the vehicle is clear of

all obstructions before moving

the vehicle in any direction. Stop

immediately if you are aware of

a child anywhere near your vehi-

cle. Some objects may not be

detected by the sensors, due to

the object's size or material.

ODE046400L

Features of your vehicle

1084

Types of warning sound

• When an object is 47 in. to 24 in.

(120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear

bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit-

tently.

• When an object is 24 in. to 12 in.

(60 cm to 31 cm) from the rear

bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-

quently.

• When an object is within 12 in. (30

cm) of the rear bumper:

Buzzer sounds continuously.

Non-operational conditions of

rear parking assist system

The rear parking assist system

may not operate properly when:

1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally once the

moisture clears.

2. The sensor is covered with foreign

matter, such as snow or water, or

the sensor cover is blocked. (It will

operate normally when the materi-

al is removed or the sensor is no

longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces

(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,

gradient).

4. Objects generating excessive

noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-

cycle engines, or truck air brakes)

are within range of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.

6. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are within range of the

sensor.

7. The sensor is covered with snow.

8. Trailer towing

The detecting range may decrease

when:

1. The sensor is covered with foreign

matter such as snow or water.

(The sensing range will return to

normal when removed.)

2. Outside air temperature is

extremely hot or cold.

The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:

1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.

2. Objects which tend to absorb the

sensor frequency such as clothes,

sound absorbent material or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than

40 in. (1 m) in height and narrower

than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter.

4109

Features of your vehicle

Rear parking assist system

precautions

• The rear parking assist system

may not sound consistently

depending on the speed and

shapes of the objects detected.

• The rear parking assist system may

malfunction if the vehicle bumper

height or sensor installation has

been modified or damaged. Any

non-factory installed equipment or

accessories may also interfere with

the sensor performance.

• The sensor may not recognize

objects less than 15 in. (40 cm)

from the sensor, or it may sense an

incorrect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or cov-

ered with snow, dirt, or water, the

sensor may be inoperative until the

material is removed using a soft

cloth.

• To prevent damage, do not push,

scratch or strike the sensor.

✽✽

NOTICE

This system can only sense objects

within the range and location of the

sensors. It cannot detect objects in

other areas where sensors are not

installed. Also, small or slim objects,

such as poles or objects located

between sensors may not be detected

by the sensors.

Always visually check behind the

vehicle when backing up.

Be sure to inform any drivers of the

vehicle that may be unfamiliar with

the system regarding the system's

capabilities and limitations.

Self-diagnosis

If you don’t hear an audible warning

sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-

mittently when shifting the gear to the

R (Reverse) position, this may indi-

cate a malfunction in the rear parking

assist system. If this occurs, have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽

NOTICE

Your new vehicle warranty does not

cover any accidents or damage to

the vehicle or injuries to its occu-

pants due to a rear parking assist

system malfunction. Always drive

safely and cautiously.

Features of your vehicle

1104

The parking assist system assists

the driver during movement of the

vehicle by chiming if any object is

sensed within the distance of 39 in.

(100 cm) in front and 47 in. (120 cm)

behind the vehicle.

This system is a supplemental sys-

tem and it is not intended to nor does

it replace the need for extreme care

and attention of the driver.

The sensing range and objects

detectable by the sensors (➀) are

limited. Whenever moving pay as

much attention to what is in front and

behind of you as you would in a vehi-

cle without a parking assist system.

Operation of the parking

assist system

Operating condition

• This system activates when the

parking assist system button is

pressed with the ignition switch ON.

• The indicator of the parking assist

system button turns on automatical-

ly and activates the parking assist

system when you shift the gear to

the R (Reverse) position. It will turn

off automatically when you drive

above 12.4 mph (20 km/h).

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING

The parking assist system is a

supplemental system only.

The operation of the parking

assist system can be affected

by several factors (including

environmental conditions).

It is the responsibility of the

driver to always check the front

and rear views before and while

parking.

ODE046400L

ODE046401L

■ Rear

■ Front

ODE046402

4111

Features of your vehicle

• The sensing distance while backing

up is approximately 47 in. (120 cm)

when you are driving less than 6.2

mph (10 km/h).

• The sensing distance while moving

forward is approximately 39 in.

(100 cm) when you are driving less

than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).

• When more than two objects are

sensed at the same time, the clos-

est one will be recognized first.

• The side sensors are activated

when you shift the gear to the R

(Reverse) position.

• If the vehicle speed is above 12.4

mph (20 km/h), the system auto-

matically turns off. To activate

again, push the button.

✽✽

NOTICE

It may not operate if the vehicle’s

distance from the object is already

less than approximately 10 in. (25

cm) when the system is activated.

Distance

from object

Warning indicator

Warning sound

When driving

forward

When driving

rearward

39 ~ 24 inch Front -

Buzzer beeps

intermittently

47 ~ 24 inch Rear -

Buzzer beeps

intermittently

23 ~12 inch

Front

Buzzer beeps

frequently

Rear -

Buzzer beeps

frequently

11 inch

Front

Buzzer sounds

continuously

Rear -

Buzzer sounds

continuously

Type of warning indicator and sound

: with Warning sound

✽✽

NOTICE

• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration

according to objects or sensor status.

• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.

Features of your vehicle

1124

✽✽

NOTICE

• This system can only sense objects

within the range and location of

the sensors; It can not detect

objects in other areas where sen-

sors are not installed. Also, small

or slim objects, such as poles or

objects located between sensors

may not be detected by the sen-

sors. Always visually check behind

the vehicle when backing up.

• Be sure to inform any drivers of

the vehicle that may be unfamiliar

with the system regarding the sys-

tems capabilities and limitations.

Non-operational conditions of

parking assist system

Parking assist system may not

operate normally when:

1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally when mois-

ture melts.)

2. Sensor is covered with foreign

matter, such as snow or water, or

the sensor cover is blocked. (It will

operate normally when the materi-

al is removed or the sensor is no

longer blocked.)

3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water.

(Sensing range will return to nor-

mal when removed.)

4.The parking assist button is off.

There is a possibility of parking

assist system malfunction when:

1. Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,

bumps, or gradient.

2. Objects generating excessive

noise such as vehicle horns, loud

motorcycle engines, or truck air

brakes can interfere with the sen-

sor.

3. Heavy rain or water spray.

4. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones present near the sensor.

5. Sensor is covered with snow.

4113

Features of your vehicle

Detecting range may decrease

when:

1. Outside air temperature is

extremely hot or cold.

2. Undetectable objects smaller than

4 in. (1 m) and narrower than 5.5

in. (14 cm) in diameter.

The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:

1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.

2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen-

sor frequency such as clothes,

spongy material or snow.

✽✽

NOTICE

1. The warning may not sound

sequentially depending on the speed

and shapes of the objects detected.

2. The parking assist system may

malfunction if the vehicle bumper

height or sensor installation has

been modified. Any non-factory

installed equipment or accessories

may also interfere with the sensor

performance.

3. Sensor may not recognize objects

less than 12 in. (30 cm) from the

sensor, or it may sense an incor-

rect distance. Use with caution.

4. When the sensor is frozen or stained

with snow or water, the sensor may

be inoperative until the stains are

removed using a soft cloth.

5. Do not push, scratch or strike the

sensor with any hard objects that

could damage the surface of the

sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

✽

NOTICE

This system can only sense objects

within the range and location of the

sensors, it can not detect objects in

other areas where sensors are not

installed. Also, small or slim objects,

or objects located between sensors

may not be detected.

Always visually check in front and

behind the vehicle when driving.

Be sure to inform any drivers in the

vehicle that may be unfamiliar with

the system regarding the systems

capabilities and limitations.

Features of your vehicle

1144

Pay close attention when the vehicle

is driven close to objects on the

road, particularly pedestrians, and

especially children. Be aware that

some objects may not be detected

by the sensors, due to the objects

distance, size or material, all of

which can limit the effectiveness of

the sensor. Always perform a visual

inspection to make sure the vehicle

is clear of all obstructions before

moving the vehicle in any direction.

Self-diagnosis

When you shift the gear to the R

(Reverse) position and if one or more

of the below occurs you may have a

malfunction in the parking assist sys-

tem.

• You don't hear an audible warning

sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-

mittently.

If this occurs, we recommend that the

system be checked by an authorized

Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

Your new vehicle warranty does not

cover any accidents or damage to

the vehicle or injuries to its occu-

pants related to a parking assist sys-

tem. Always drive safely and cau-

tiously.

• is displayed. (if equipped)

(blinks)

4115

Features of your vehicle

The rearview camera will activate

with the ignition switch ON and the

shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.

• This system is a supplemental sys-

tem only. It is the responsibility of

the driver to always check the

inside/outside rearview mirrors and

the area behind the vehicle before

and while backing up because

there is a dead zone that can't be

seen by the camera.

• Always keep the camera lens

clean. If lens is covered with for-

eign matter, the camera may not

operate normally.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with

AVN (Audio, Video and Navigation)

system, rearview display image

will show behind the vehicle

through the AVN monitor while

backing-up. Refer to a separately

supplied manual for detailed infor-

mation.

REARVIEW CAMERA

WARNING - Backing &

using camera

Never rely solely on the rear view

camera when backing. You must

always use methods of viewing

the area behind you including

looking over both shoulders as

well as continuously checking all

three rear view mirrors. Due to

the difficulty of ensuring that the

area behind you remains clear,

always back up slowly and stop

immediately if you even suspect

that a person, and especially a

child, might be behind you.

ODE046403

ODE046404L

Features of your vehicle

1164

Battery saver function

• The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis-

charged if the lights are left in the

ON position. The system automati-

cally shuts off the parking lights 30

seconds after the ignition key is

removed and the driver’s door is

opened and closed.

• With this feature, the parking lights

will turn off automatically if the driver

parks on the side of the road at night

and opens the driver’s side door.

If necessary, to keep the parking

lights on when the ignition key is

removed, perform the following:

1) Open the driver-side door.

2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switch

on the steering column.

Headlight escort function

(if equipped)

If you turn the ignition switch to the

ACC or OFF position with the head-

lights ON, the headlights remain on

for about 5 minutes. However, if the

driver's door is opened and closed,

the headlights are turned off after 15

seconds.

The headlights can be turned off by

pressing the lock button on the trans-

mitter (or smart key) one more or

turning the light switch to the OFF

position.

Daytime running light

(if equipped)

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)

can make it easier for others to see the

front of your vehicle during the day.

DRL can be helpful in many different

driving conditions, and it is especially

helpful after dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will turn the dedi-

cated lamp OFF when:

1. The headlight switch is on

2. The engine is off

3. The front fog light is on.

4. Engaging the Parking Brake

LIGHTING

4117

Features of your vehicle

Lighting control

The light switch has a Headlight and

a Parking light position.

To operate the lights, turn the knob at

the end of the control lever to one of

the following positions:

(1) OFF position/DRL off position.

(2) Auto light position

(3) Parking & Tail light

(4) Headlight position

Parking & Tail light ( )

When the light switch is in the park-

ing light position, the tail, license and

instrument panel lights will turn ON.

Headlight position ( )

When the light switch is in the head-

light position, the head, tail, license

lights will turn ON.

✽✽

NOTICE

The ignition switch must be in the ON

position to turn on the headlights.

ODE046457N

ODE046407NODE046406N

Features of your vehicle

1184

Auto light position

When the light switch is in the AUTO

light position, the taillights and head-

lights will turn ON or OFF automati-

cally depending on the amount of

light outside the vehicle.

When the light switch is positioned at

an auto light position, at first, the

wiper will turn on and then, after 5

seconds the head lamp will turn on

automatically.

If the head lamp has been turned on

due to this function of the vehicle, the

head lamp will turn off 60 seconds

after the wiper has been turned off.

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,

push the lever away from you. The

lever will return to its original position.

The high beam indicator will light

when the headlight high beams are

switched on.

To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the lights

on for a prolonged time while the

engine is not running.

ODE046408N ODE046460N

CAUTION

• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on the

instrument panel as this will

ensure better auto-light sys-

tem control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using a

window cleaner, the cleaner

may leave a light film which

could interfere with sensor

operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint

or other types of metallic coat-

ing on the front windshield,

the Auto light system may not

work properly.

4119

Features of your vehicle

To flash the headlights, pull the lever

towards you. It will return to the nor-

mal (low beam) position when

released. The headlight switch does

not need to be on to use this flashing

feature.

Turn signals and lane change

signals

The ignition switch must be on for the

turn signals to function. To turn on

the turn signals, move the lever up or

down (A). The green arrow indicators

on the instrument panel indicate

which turn signal is operating.

They will self-cancel after a turn is

completed. If the indicator continues

to flash after a turn, manually return

the lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the

turn signal lever slightly and hold it in

position (B). The lever will return to

the OFF position when released.

ODE046459N

ODE046461N

WARNING - High beams

Do not use high beam when

there are other vehicles in front

of or approaching your vehicle.

Using high beam could obstruct

the other driver’s vision.

Features of your vehicle

1204

If an indicator stays on and does not

flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of

the turn signal bulbs may be burned

out and will require replacement.

✽✽

NOTICE

If an indicator flash is abnormally

quick or slow, a bulb may be burned

out or have a poor electrical connec-

tion in the circuit.

Check headlight

This warning message illuminates if

there is a malfunction (burned-out

bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal-

function) with the headlamp. In this

case, have your vehicle inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When replacing the bulb, use the

same wattage bulb.

For more information, refer to

“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 9.

• If a different wattage bulb is

installed on the vehicle, this warn-

ing message is not displayed.

Front fog light (if equipped)

Fog lights are designed to provide

improved visibility when visibility is

poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The

fog lights will turn on when the fog light

switch (1) is turned to the on position

after the headlight is turned on.

To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog

light switch (1) to the ON position

again.

When in operation, the fog lights

consume large amounts of vehicle

electrical power. Only use the fog

lights when visibility is poor.

OJFA055274 ODE046458N

4121

Features of your vehicle

A : Wiper speed control (front)

· MIST – Single wipe

· OFF – Off

· INT – Intermittent wipe

· LO – Low wiper speed

· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe time

adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)*

D : Rear wiper/washer control*

· HI – Continuous wipe

· LO – Intermittent wipe*

· OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)*

* if equipped

Windshield wipers

Operates as follows when the igni-

tion switch is turned ON.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

move the lever to this (MIST)

position and release it. The

wipers will operate continu-

ously if the lever is held in this

position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation

INT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Use

this mode in light rain or mist.

To vary the speed setting, turn

the speed control knob.

LO : Normal wiper speed

HI : Fast wiper speed

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wiper/washer

OQL045407/OQL045464

Rear window wiper/washer

Features of your vehicle

1224

✽✽

NOTICE

If there is heavy accumulation of

snow or ice on the windshield, defrost

the windshield for about 10 minutes,

or until the snow and/or ice is

removed before using the windshield

wipers to ensure proper operation.

If you do not remove the snow

and/or ice before using the wiper

and washer, it may damage the

wiper and washer system.

Front windshield washers

In the OFF position, pull the lever

gently toward you to spray washer

fluid on the windshield and to run the

wipers 1-3 cycles.

Use this function when the wind-

shield is dirty.

The spray and wiper operation will

continue until you release the lever.

If the washer does not work, check

the washer fluid level. If the fluid level

is not sufficient, you will need to add

appropriate non-abrasive windshield

washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

The reservoir filler neck is located in

the front of the engine compartment

on the passenger side.

OQL045409

CAUTION - Washer pump

To prevent possible damage to

the washer pump, do not oper-

ate the washer when the fluid

reservoir is empty.

4123

Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and wash-

er switch

The rear window wiper and washer

switch is located at the end of the

wiper and washer switch lever. Turn

the switch to the desired position to

operate the rear wiper and washer.

HI : Continuous wipe

LO : Intermittent wipe

OFF : OFF

WARNING - Obscured

visibility

Do not use the washer in freez-

ing temperatures without first

warming the windshield with

the defrosters; the washer solu-

tion could freeze on the wind-

shield and obscure your vision.

OQL045465

CAUTION - Wipers &

windshields

• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers or windshield,

do not operate the wipers

when the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, do not use gasoline,

kerosene, paint thinner, or

other solvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the

wiper arms and other compo-

nents, do not attempt to move

the wipers manually.

Features of your vehicle

1244

Push the lever away from you to

spray rear washer fluid and to run the

rear wipers 1 ~ 3 cycles. The spray

and wiper operation will continue

until you release the lever

OQL045466

4125

Features of your vehicle

Do not use the interior lights for

extended periods when the engine is

not running.

It may cause battery discharge.

Automatic turn off function

(if equipped)

The interior lights automatically turn

off approximately 20 minutes after

the ignition switch is turned off, if the

lights are in the ON position.

If your vehicle is equipped with the

theft alarm system, the interior lights

automatically turn off approximately

5 seconds after the system is armed

stage.

Room lamp

• : The light stays on at all times.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

WARNING - Interior

Lights

Do not use the interior lights

when driving in the dark.

Accidents could happen

because the view may be

obscured by interior lights.

ODE046411

ODEP047468

■ Type B

■ Type A

Features of your vehicle

1264

Map lamp

• Press the lens (1) to turn ON the

map lamp.

To turn the map lamp OFF press

the lens (1) again.

• (2) : DOOR mode

- The map lamp and room lamp

come on when a door is opened.

The lamps go out after approxi-

mately 30 seconds.

- The map lamp and room lamp

come on for approximately 30 sec-

onds when doors are unlocked

with a transmitter or smart key as

long as the doors are not opened.

- The map lamp and room lamp will

stay on for approximately 20 min-

utes if a door is opened with the

ignition switch in the ACC or

LOCK/OFF position.

- The map lamp and room lamp will

stay on continuously if the door is

opened with the ignition switch in

the ON position.

- The map lamp and room lamp will

go out immediately if the ignition

switch is changed to the ON posi-

tion or all doors are locked.

- To turn off the DOOR mode, press

the DOOR button (2) once again

(not pressed).

✽✽

NOTICE

The DOOR mode and ROOM mode

can not be selected at the same time.

Front Room Lamp:

• Type A

(3): Press this switch to turn the

front and rear room lamps

on.

(4): Press this switch to turn the

front and rear room lamps

off.

• Type B

(3): Press this switch to turn the

front and rear room lamps on

and off.

ODE046409L

ODE046410

■ Type B

■ Type A

4127

Features of your vehicle

Liftgate room lamp

The liftgate room lamp comes on

when the liftgate is opened.

✽✽

NOTICE

The liftgate lamp comes on as long

as the liftgate lid is open. To prevent

unnecessary charging system drain,

close the liftgate lid securely after

using the liftgate.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

Push the switch to turn the light on or

off.

• : The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed.

• : The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

OQL045416ODE046412L

CAUTION - Vanity mirror

lamp

Always have the switch in the

off position when the vanity mir-

ror lamp is not in use. If the sun-

visor is closed without the lamp

off, it may discharge the battery

or damage the sunvisor.

Features of your vehicle

1284

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Headlight (Headlamp) escort

function

The headlights (and/or taillights)

remain on for approximately 5 min-

utes after the ignition key is removed

or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi-

tion. However, if the driver’s door is

opened and closed, the headlights

are turned off after 15 seconds.

The headlights can be turned off by

pressing the lock button on the trans-

mitter or smart key twice or turning

off the light switch from the headlight

or Auto light position.

Interior light

When the interior light switch is in the

DOOR position and all doors (and lift-

gate) are locked and closed, the

room lamp will come on for 30 sec-

onds if any of the below is performed.

• With the smart key system

- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

- When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lock

button, the lamps will turn off imme-

diately.

Pocket lamp (if equipped)

When all doors are locked and

closed, the pocket lamp will come on

for 15 seconds if any of the below is

performed.

• With the smart key system

- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

- When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lock

button, the lamps will turn off imme-

diately.

4129

Features of your vehicle

If you want to defrost and defog the

front windshield, refer to “Windshield

defrosting and defogging” in this sec-

tion.

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from

the rear window, while the engine is

running.

To activate the rear window

defroster, press the rear window

defroster button located in the center

facia switch panel. The indicator on

the rear window defroster button illu-

minates when the defroster is ON.

If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it off

before operating the rear defroster.

The rear window defroster automati-

cally turns off after approximately 20

minutes or when the ignition switch is

turned off. To turn off the defroster,

press the rear window defroster but-

ton again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster

(if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with the

outside rearview mirror defrosters,

they will operate at the same time

you turn on the rear window

defroster.

DEFROSTER

CAUTION - Conductors

To prevent damage to the con-

ductors bonded to the inside

surface of the rear window,

never use sharp instruments or

window cleaners containing

abrasives to clean the window.

ODE046301

Features of your vehicle

1304

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

ODE046300L/ODE046320L

1. Driver’s temperature control knob

2. AUTO (automatic control) button

3. Front windshield defroster button

4. Rear window defroster button

5. Air conditioning button

6. Air intake control button

7. OFF button

8. Fan speed control button

9. Mode selection button

10. Passenger's temperature control knob

11. SYNC temperature control selection but-

ton

12. Climate button

13. Driver only select button

✽✽

NOTICE

Operating the blower when the

ignition switch is in the ON posi-

tion could cause the battery to dis-

charge. Operate the blower when

the engine is running.

■■

Type B

■■

Type A

4131

Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con-

ditioning

1. Press the AUTO button. The

modes, fan speeds, air intake and

air-conditioning will be controlled

automatically by setting the tem-

perature.

2. Turn the temperature control knob

to the desired temperature.

✽✽

NOTICE

• To turn the automatic operation

off, select any button or switch of

the following:

- Mode selection button

- Air conditioning button

- Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more time

to deselect the front windshield

defroster function. The ‘AUTO’

sign will illuminate on the infor-

mation display once again.)

- Air intake control button

- Fan speed control switch

The selected function will be con-

trolled manually while other func-

tions operate automatically.

• For your convenience and to

improve the effectiveness of the

climate control, use the AUTO

button and set the temperature to

73°F (23°C).

ODE046302

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

ODE046305

Features of your vehicle

1324

✽✽

NOTICE

Never place anything over the sensor

located on the instrument panel to

ensure better control of the heating

and cooling system.

ODE046414

4133

Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi-

tioning

The heating and cooling system can

be controlled manually by pressing

buttons or turning knob(s) other than

the AUTO button. In this case, the

system works sequentially according

to the order of buttons or knob(s)

selected.

1. Start the engine.

2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.

For improving the effectiveness of

heating and cooling;

- Heating:

- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to

convert to full automatic control of

the system.

ODE046318

(if equipped)

Features of your vehicle

1344

Mode selection

The mode selection button controls

the direction of the air flow through

the ventilation system.

The air flow outlet port is converted

as follows:

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each

outlet can be controlled to direct the

air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air

being directed to the windshield and

side window defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level

(A, C, D, E, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small

amount directed to the side window

defrosters.

✽✽

NOTICE - 2nd row outlet

vents (E,F)

(if equipped)

• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet

vents is controlled by the front cli-

mate control system and delivered

through the inside air duct of the

floor (E, F).

• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet

vents (E, F) may be weaker than

the instrument panel vents for the

long air duct.

ODE046304

4135

Features of your vehicle

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

windshield with a small amount of air

directed to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or

closed separately using the thumb-

wheel (if equipped).

Also, you can adjust the direction of

air delivery from these vents using

the vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

The temperature will increase to the

maximum (HI) by turning the knob to

the extreme right.

The temperature will decrease to the

minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to

the extreme left.

When turning the knob, the tempera-

ture will increase or decrease by

1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest

temperature setting, the air condi-

tioning will operate continuously.

ODE046319

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

ODE046305

ODE046303

Features of your vehicle

1364

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature equally

• Press the “SYNC” button to adjust

the driver and passenger side tem-

perature equally.

The passenger side temperature

will be set to the same temperature

as the driver side temperature.

• Turn the driver side temperature

control knob. The driver and pas-

senger side temperature will be

adjusted equally.

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature individually

• Press the “SYNC” button again to

adjust the driver and passenger

side temperature individually. The

illumination of button turns off.

• Operate the driver side tempera-

ture control knob to adjust the driv-

er side temperature.

• Operate the passenger side tem-

perature control knob to adjust the

passenger side temperature.

Temperature conversion

You can switch the temperature

mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit

as follows:

While pressing the OFF button,

press the AUTO button for 3 seconds

or more.The display will change from

Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from

Fahrenheit to Centigrade. If the bat-

tery has been discharged or discon-

nected, the temperature mode dis-

play will reset to Fahrenheit.

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside

(fresh) air position or recirculated air

position.

To change the air intake control posi-

tion, push the control button.

ODE046307

ODE046306

4137

Features of your vehicle

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh)

air position selected, air

enters the vehicle from

outside and is heated or

cooled according to the

function selected.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated air

position selected, air

from the passenger com-

partment will be drawn

through the heating sys-

tem and heated or

cooled according to the

function selected.

Prolonged operation of the heater in

the recirculated air position (without

air conditioning selected) may cause

fogging of the windshield and side

windows and the air within the pas-

senger compartment may become

stale.

In addition, prolonged use of the air

conditioning with the recirculated air

position selected will result in exces-

sively dry air in the passenger com-

partment.

Sunroof inside air recirculation

(if equipped)

If the sunroof opens while the heater

or Air Conditioning system operates,

the outside (fresh) air will be select-

ed automatically for ventilating the

car. Then, if you select the recirculat-

ed air position, the outside (fresh) air

will be selected automatically after 3

minutes.

If you close the sunroof, the intake

mode will be changed to the previous

selected mode.

Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to the

desired speed by operating the fan

speed control button.

To change the fan speed, press ( )

the button for higher speed, or push

( ) the button for lower speed. To

turn the fan speed control off, press

the front blower OFF button.

ODE046308

Features of your vehicle

1384

Air conditioning

Press the A/C button to turn the air

conditioning system on (indicator

light will illuminate).

Press the button again to turn the air

conditioning system off.

OFF mode

Press the front blower OFF button to

turn off the front air climate control

system. However, you can still oper-

ate the mode and air intake buttons

as long as the ignition switch is in the

ON position.

WARNING - Recirculated

Air

Continued use of the climate

control system in the recirculat-

ed air position can cause

drowsiness or sleepiness, and

loss of vehicle control. Set the

air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position as much as

possible while driving.

WARNING - Sleeping with

A/C on

Do not sleep in a vehicle with

the air conditioning or heating

on as this may cause serious

harm or death due to a drop in

the oxygen level and/or body

temperature.

WARNING - Reduced

Visibility

Continuous use of the climate

control system in the recirculat-

ed air position may allow

humidity to increase inside the

vehicle which may fog the glass

and obscure visibility.

ODE046309 ODE046310

4139

Features of your vehicle

Climate information screen

selection (if equipped)

Press the climate information screen

selection button to display climate

information on the screen.

Driver Only

If you press the DRIVER ONLY but-

ton( ) and the indicator light illumi-

nates, cold air mostly blows in the

direction of the driver’s seat.

However, some of the cold air may

come out of other seats’ ducts to

keep indoor air pleasant.

If you use the button with no passen-

ger in the front passenger seat, ener-

gy consumption will be reduced.

Automatic ventilation

The system automatically selects the

outside (fresh) air position when the

climate control system operates over

a certain period of time (5 minutes)

in low temperature with the recircu-

lated air position selected.

To cancel or reset the Automatic

Ventilation

When the air conditioning system is

on, select Face Level mode and

press the recirculated air position

button more within 3 seconds.

When the automatic ventilation is

canceled, the indicator blinks 3

times. When the automatic ventila-

tion is activated, the indicator blinks

6 times.

ODE046312

ODE046311

Features of your vehicle

1404

Sunroof inside air recircula-

tion

The outside (fresh) air position is

automatically selected, when the

sunroof is opened while operating

the heating/air conditioning system.

When you select the recirculated air

position, the system maintains the

recirculated air position for 3 minutes

and then automatically converts to

the outside (fresh) air position.

When the sunroof is closed, the air

intake position will return to the orig-

inal position that was selected.

System operation

Ventilation

1.Set the mode to the position.

2.Set the air intake control to the out-

side (fresh) air position.

3.Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4.Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating

1.Set the mode to the position.

2.Set the air intake control to the out-

side (fresh) air position.

3.Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4.Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

5.If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (if

equipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the

mode to the

or position.

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle through

the ventilation system, temporarily

set the air intake control to the

recirculated air position. Be sure to

return the control to the fresh air

position when the irritation has

passed to keep fresh air in the

vehicle. This will help keep the driv-

er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system

is drawn in through the grilles just

ahead of the windshield. Care

should be taken that these are not

blocked by leaves, snow, ice or

other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-

shield, set the air intake control to

the fresh air position and fan speed

to the desired position, turn on the

air conditioning system, and adjust

the temperature control to desired

temperature.

4141

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning (if equipped)

All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are

filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.

1.Start the engine. Press the air con-

ditioning button.

2.Set the mode to the position.

3.Set the air intake control to the out-

side air or recirculated air position.

4.Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintain

maximum comfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired,

set the temperature control to the

extreme left position, set the mode

control to the MAX A/C position,

then set the fan speed control to

the highest speed.

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,

open the windows for a short time

to let the hot air inside the vehicle

escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of

the windows on rainy or humid

days, decrease the humidity inside

the vehicle by operating the air

conditioning system.

• During air conditioning system

operation, you may occasionally

notice a slight change in engine

speed as the air conditioning com-

pressor cycles. This is a normal

system operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system

every month only for a few minutes

to ensure maximum system per-

formance.

CAUTION - Excessive A/C

Use

When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the tempera-

ture gauge closely while driving

up hills or in heavy traffic when

outside temperatures are high.

Air conditioning system opera-

tion may cause engine over-

heating. Continue to use the

blower fan but turn the air con-

ditioning system off if the tem-

perature gauge indicates engine

overheating.

CAUTION

When opening the windows in

humid weather, air conditioning

may create water droplets

inside the vehicle. Since exces-

sive water droplets may cause

damage to electrical equipment,

air conditioning should only be

used with the windows closed.

Features of your vehicle

1424

• When using the air conditioning

system, you may notice clear water

dripping (or even puddling) on the

ground under the passenger side

of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-

tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-

tem in the recirculated air position

provides maximum cooling; howev-

er, continual operation in this mode

may cause the air inside the vehi-

cle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you may

occasionally notice a misty air flow

because of rapid cooling and

humid air intake. This is a normal

system operation characteristic.

Climate control air filter

(if equipped)

The climate control air filter installed

behind the glove box filters the dust

or other pollutants that come into the

vehicle from the outside through the

heating and air conditioning system.

If dust or other pollutants accumulate

in the filter over a period of time, the

air flow from the air vents may

decrease, resulting in moisture accu-

mulation on the inside of the wind-

shield even when the outside (fresh)

air position is selected. If this hap-

pens, have the climate control air fil-

ter replaced by an authorized Kia

dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Replace the filter every 15,000

miles or once a year.

If the vehicle is being driven in

severe conditions such as dusty or

rough roads, more frequent air

conditioner filter inspections and

changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenly

decreases, the system should be

checked at an authorized Kia

dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculated

air

Climate control

air filter

Blower

Evaporator

core

Heater core

4143

Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and

compressor lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant is

low, the performance of the air condi-

tioning is reduced. Overfilling also

has a negative impact on the air con-

ditioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is

found, have the system inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

It is important that the correct

type and amount of oil and

refrigerant is used, otherwise

damage to the vehicle may

occur. To prevent damage, the

air conditioning system in your

vehicle should only be serviced

by trained and certified techni-

cians.

WARNING - Vehicles

equipped with R-1234yf

Because the refriger-

ant is mildly inflam-

mable and at very

high pressure, the air

conditioning system

should only be serv-

iced by trained and

certified technicians.

It is important that the correct

type and amount of oil and

refrigerant is used.

Otherwise, it may cause dam-

age to the vehicle and personal

injury.

WARNING

The oil and refrigerant in your

vehicle's air conditioning sys-

tem is under very high pres-

sure. If proper service proce-

dures are not followed an explo-

sion may result. To reduce the

risk of serious injury or death,

the air conditioning system in

your vehicle should only be

serviced by trained and certi-

fied technicians.

Features of your vehicle

1444

Air Conditioning refrigerant

label

❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrig-

erant label in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

Each symbol and specification on

the air conditioning refrigerant label

is represented below :

1. Classification of refrigerant

2. Amount of refrigerant

3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

Refer to chapter 9 for more detail on

the location of air conditioning refrig-

erant label.

ODE066032L

■ Example

4145

Features of your vehicle

• For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control to the extreme

right/hot position and the fan speed

control to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired

while defrosting or defogging, set

the mode to the floor-defrost posi-

tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow and

ice from the windshield, rear win-

dow, outside rear view mirrors, and

all side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the

hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to

improve heater and defroster effi-

ciency and to reduce the probabili-

ty of fogging up the inside of the

windshield.

Automatic climate control

system

To defog inside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the desired

position.

2. Select desired temperature.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically and the

air conditioning will turn on accord-

ing to the detected ambient tem-

perature.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshield

heating

Do not use the or posi-

tion during cooling operation in

extremely humid weather. The

difference between the temper-

ature of the outside air and the

windshield could cause the

outer surface of the windshield

to fog up, causing loss of visi-

bility. In this case, set the mode

selection to the position

and fan speed control to the

lower speed.

ODE046314

Features of your vehicle

1464

If the air conditioning and outside

(fresh) air position are not selected

automatically, adjust the correspon-

ding button manually. If the posi-

tion is selected, lower fan speed is

adjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

position.

2. Set the temperature to the

extreme hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically and the

air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient

temperature.

Defogging logic

To reduce the possibility of fogging

up the inside of the windshield, the

air intake or air conditioning is con-

trolled automatically according to

certain conditions such as or

position. To cancel automatic defog-

ging logic or return to the automatic

defogging logic, do the following.

ODE046315

4147

Features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control system

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).

3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake

control button at least 5 times with-

in 3 seconds.

The recirculation indicator blinks 3

times with 0.5 second of interval. It

indicates that the defogging logic is

canceled or returned to the pro-

grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog

logic status.

Auto defogging system

(if equipped)

Auto defogging reduces the probabil-

ity of fogging up the inside of the

windshield by automatically sensing

the moisture of inside the windshield.

The auto defogging system operates

when the heater or air conditioning is

on.

This indicator illuminates

when the auto defogging

system senses the mois-

ture on the inside of the

windshield and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle,

higher steps operate as follow. For

example if auto defogging does not

defog inside the windshield at step 1

Outside air position, it tries to defog

again at step 2 Operating the air con-

ditioning.

Step 1 : Outside air position

Step 2 : Operating the air condition-

ing

Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the

windshield

Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward

the windshield

ODE046433

ODE046316

Features of your vehicle

1484

To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging

System

Press the front windshield defroster

button for 3 seconds when the igni-

tion switch is in the ON position.

- A Type

When the ADS system is canceled,

ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times

per 0.5 sec and ADS OFF will be dis-

played on the climate control infor-

mation screen.

When the ADS system is reset, ADS

OFF symbol will blink 6 times per

0.25 sec and ADS OFF will disap-

pear on the climate control informa-

tion screen.

- B Type

When the ADS system is canceled,

the indicator light on the button will

blink 3 times per 0.5 sec.

When the ADS system is reset, the

indicator light on the button will blink

6 times per 0.25 sec.

CAUTION

Do not remove the sensor cover

located on the upper end of the

passenger side windshield

glass. Damage to the system

parts could occur and may not

be covered by your vehicle war-

ranty.

4149

Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS

These compartments can be used to

store small items required by the

driver or passengers.

• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage

compartment.

• Always keep the storage compart-

ment covers closed while driving.

Do not attempt to place so many

items in the storage compartment

that the storage compartment

cover can not close securely.

Center console storage

To open the center console storage,

pull up the lever.

Glove box

To open the glove box, push the lever

and the glove box will automatically

open. Close the glove box after use.

WARNING - Flammable

materials

Do not store, propane cylinders

or other flammable/explosive

materials in the vehicle. These

items may catch fire and/or

explode if the vehicle is

exposed to hot temperatures for

extended periods.

ODE046416ODE046415

Features of your vehicle

1504

✽✽

NOTICE

If the temperature control knob is in

the warm or hot position, warm or

hot air will flow into the glove box.

Sunglass holder

To open the sunglass holder, press

the cover and the holder will slowly

open. Place your sunglasses with the

lenses facing out.

To close the sunglass holder push it

up.

WARNING - Glove Box

To reduce the risk of injury in an

accident or sudden stop, always

keep the glove box door closed

while driving.

WARNING - Sunglass

holder

• Do not keep objects except

sunglasses inside the sun-

glass holder. Such objects

can be thrown from the holder

in the event of a sudden stop

or an accident, possibly injur-

ing the passengers in the

vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass

holder while the vehicle is

moving. The rear view mirror

of the vehicle can be blocked

by an opened sunglass holder.

ODE046417

4151

Features of your vehicle

Luggage box

You can place tools, etc. in the box

for easy access.

Grasp the handle (1) on the edge of

the cover and lift it.

ODE046428N

Features of your vehicle

1524

Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may be

placed in the cup holders.

Seat warmer (if equipped)

The seat warmer is provided to warm

the front seats during cold weather.

With the ignition switch in the ON

position, push either of the switches

to warm the driver's seat or the front

passenger's seat.

INTERIOR FEATURES

WARNING - Hot liquids

Do not place uncovered cups

with hot liquid in the cup holder

while the vehicle is in motion. If

the hot liquid spills, you may

burn yourself. Such a burn to

the driver could lead to loss of

control of the vehicle.

ODE046418

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

ODE046444

CAUTION

• Keep your drinks sealed while

driving to prevent spilling

your drink. If liquid spills, it

may get into the vehicle's

electrical/electronic system

and damage electrical/elec-

tronic parts.

• When cleaning spilled liquids,

do not use heat to dry the cup

holders. This may damage the

cup holder.

ODE046422

ODE046448

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

4153

Features of your vehicle

During mild weather or under condi-

tions where the operation of the seat

warmer is not needed, keep the

switches in the “OFF” position.

Temperature control (Manual)

• Each time you press the switch,

the temperature setting of the seat

will change as follows :

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

• The seat warmer defaults to the

OFF position whenever the ignition

switch is turned on.

Temperature control(Automatic)

The seat warmer starts to automati-

cally control the seat temperature in

order to prevent low-temperature

burns after being manually turned

ON.

■ Front seat

■ Rear seat

You may manually press the button

to increase the seat temperature.

However, it soon returns to the auto-

matic mode again. when pressing

the switch for more than 1.5 seconds

with the seat warmer operating, the

seat warmer will turn OFF. The seat

warmer defaults to the OFF position

whenever the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton is in the ON position.

✽✽

NOTICE

With the seat warmer switch in the

ON position, the heating system in

the seat turns off or on automatical-

ly depending on the seat tempera-

ture.

▼

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

OFF→HIGH( )→LOW( )

→

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

30min

60min

OFF→HIGH( )→LOW( )

→

30min

Features of your vehicle

1544

Air ventilation seat (if equipped)

The temperature setting of the seat

changes according to the switch

position.

• If you want to ventilate your seat

cushion, press the switch (blue

color).

• Each time you press the button,

the airflow will change as follows:

• The seat warmer (with air ventila-

tion) defaults to the OFF position

whenever the ignition switch is

turned on.

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

CAUTION - Seat damage

• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solvent

such as paint thinner, ben-

zene, alcohol and gasoline.

Doing so may damage the air

ventilation seat.

• Do not place heavy or sharp

objects on the seat. Those

things may damage the air

ventilation seat.

• Be careful not to spill liquid

such as water or beverages on

the seat. If you spill some liq-

uid, wipe the seat with a dry

towel. Before using the air

ventilation seat, dry the seat

completely.

ODE046423

WARNING - Seat warmer

burns

The seat warmer may cause

burns, even at low tempera-

tures, if used over a long period

of time. Never allow passengers

who may not be able to take

care of themselves to be

exposed to the risk of seat

heater burns. These include:

1. Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospital

outpatients

2. Persons with sensitive skin

or those that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals

4. Intoxicated individuals

5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness or

sleepiness (sleeping pills,

cold tablets, etc.)

4155

Features of your vehicle

Sunvisor

Use the sunvisor to shield direct light

through the front or side windows.

To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.

To use the sunvisor for the side win-

dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from

the bracket (1) and swing it to the

side (2).

To use the vanity mirror, pull down the

visor and slide the mirror cover (3).

Adjust the sunvisor extension for-

ward or backward (4).

The ticket holder (5) is provided for

holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi-

cle may differ from the illustration.

Power outlet (if equipped)

The power outlet is designed to pro-

vide power for mobile telephones or

other devices designed to operate

with vehicle electrical systems. The

devices should draw less than 10

amps with the engine running.

• Use the power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove the

accessory plug after use. Using the

accessory plug for prolonged peri-

ods of time with the engine off could

cause the battery to discharge.

CAUTION - Vanity mirror

lamp

If you use the vanity mirror

lamp, turn off the lamp before

returning the sunvisor to its

original position, otherwise it

could result in battery dis-

charge and possible sunvisor

damage.

ODE046421

OJF045121

Features of your vehicle

1564

• Only use 12V electric accessories

which are less than 10A in electric

capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater

to the lowest operating level when

using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.

• Some electronic devices can cause

electronic interference when

plugged into a vehicle’s power out-

let. These devices may cause

excessive audio static and malfunc-

tions in other electronic systems or

devices used in your vehicle.

• Push the plug in as far as it will go.

If good contact is not made, the

plug may overheat and the fuse

may open.

• Plug in battery equipped electronic

devices with reverse current pro-

tection. The current from the bat-

tery may flow into the vehicle’s

electri cal/electronic system and

cause system malfunction.

USB charger (if equipped)

The USB charger is designed to

recharge batteries of small size elec-

trical devices using a USB cable. The

electrical devices can be recharged

when the Engine Start/Stop button is

in ACC/ON/START position.

The battery charging state may be

monitored on the electrical device.

Disconnect the USB cable from the

USB port after use.

WARNING - Electric shock

Do not put a finger or a foreign

element (pen, etc.) into a power

outlet and do not touch with a

wet hand. You may receive an

electric shock.

ODE046434

4157

Features of your vehicle

• Some devices are not supported

for fast charging but will be

charged with normal speed.

• Use the USB charger when the

engine is running to prevent bat-

tery discharge.

• Only devices that fit the USB port

can be used.

• The USB charger can be used only

for battery charging purposes.

• Battery chargers cannot be

charged.

AC inverter (if equipped)

The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W

electric power to operate electric

accessories or equipment.

If you wish to use the AC inverter,

open up the AC inverter cover and

connect a plug to it. The AC inverter

supplies electric power when engine

is running.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Rated voltage : AC 115V

• Maximum electric power : 150W

• In order to avoid an electrical sys-

tem failure, electric shock, etc., be

sure to read owner's manual

before use.

• Be sure to close the cover except

for when in use.

ODE046034N

Features of your vehicle

1584

• To prevent the battery from being dis-

charged, do not use the AC inverter

while the engine is not running.

• After using an electric accessory or

equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving

the accessory or equipment plugged

in for a long time may cause battery

discharge.

• Do not use an electric accessory or

equipment the power consumption of

which is greater than 150W (115V).

• When the AC inverter input voltage is

less than 11.3V, the power will be

automatically turned off.

AC inverter will operate as normal

when the voltage is increased.

• When the AC inverter input voltage

is less than 10.7V, power will turn

off. The AC inverter will operate as

normal when the voltage is

increased.

• While the power consumption of

some electrical devices/appliances

may be within the AC inverter’s

electric power range, it may mal-

function in below cases.

- If the device/appliance requires

high electric power for initial start

- If the device/appliance processes

precise/very accurate data

- If the device/appliance requires

very stable supply of electricity

Wireless smart phone charg-

ing system (if equipped)

A wireless smart phone charging

system is located in front of the cen-

ter console

Firmly close all doors, and turn the

ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start

wireless charging, place the smart

phone equipped with wireless charg-

ing function on the wireless charging

pad.

CAUTION - Electric acces-

sory devices

• Do not use broken electric

accessories which may dam-

age the AC inverter and elec-

trical systems of the vehicle.

• Do not use two or more elec-

tric accessories at the same

time as this may cause dam-

age to the electrical systems

of the vehicle.

ODE046424

4159

Features of your vehicle

For best wireless charging results,

place the smart phone on the center

of the charging pad.

The wireless charging system is

designed for one smart phone

equipped with QI per single usage

only. Please refer to the smart phone

accessory cover or the smart phone

manufacturer homepage to check

whether your smart phone supports

QI function.

Wireless smart phone charging

1. Remove any object on the smart

phone charging pad including the

smart key. If there is any foreign

object on the pad other than a

smart phone, the wireless charging

function may not operate properly.

2. Place the smart phone on the cen-

ter of the wireless charging pad.

3. The indicator light will change to

orange once the wireless charging

begins. After the charging is com-

plete, the orange light will change

to green.

4. You can choose to turn the wireless

charging function to either ON or

OFF by selecting the USM on the

instrument cluster. (Please refer to

“Instrument Cluster” for details).

If the wireless charging does not

work, gently move your smart phone

around the pad until the charging

indicator light turns orange.

Depending on the smart phone, the

charging indicator light may not turn

green even after the charging is com-

plete.

If the wireless charging is not func-

tioning properly, the orange light will

blink and flash for ten seconds then

turn off. In such cases, remove the

smart phone from the pad and

replace it on the pad again, or double

check the charging status.

If you leave the smart phone on the

charging pad when the vehicle igni-

tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert

you through warning messages and

sound (applicable for vehicles with

voice guidance function) after the

‘Good bye’ function on the instru-

ment cluster ends.

Features of your vehicle

1604

✽✽

NOTICE

• When the interior temperature of

the wireless charging system rises

above a set temperature, the wire-

less charging will cease to func-

tion. After the interior tempera-

ture drops below the threshold,

the wireless charging function will

resume.

• The wireless charging may not

function properly when there is a

heavy accessory cover on the

smart phone.

• The wireless charging will stop

when using the wireless smart key

search function to prevent radio

wave disruption.

• The wireless charging will stop

when the smart key is moved out

of the vehicle with the ignition in

ON.

• The wireless charging will stop

when any of the doors is opened

(applicable for vehicles equipped

with smart keys).

(Continued)

CAUTION - Liquid in

Wireless Smart Phone

Charger

To prevent liquid from damag-

ing the wireless smart phone

charging system in your vehi-

cle, be sure not to spill liquid

over the charging system when

charging your phone.

CAUTION - Metal in

Wireless Charging System

If any metallic object such as a

coin is located between the

wireless charging system and

the smart phone, the charging

may be disrupted. Also, the

metallic object may heat up and

potentially damage the charging

system. If there is any metallic

object between the smart phone

and the charging pad, immedi-

ately remove the smart phone.

Remove the metallic object after

it has cooled down.

WARNING - Distracted

driving

Driving while distracted can

result in a loss of vehicle con-

trol that may lead to an acci-

dent, severe personal injury,

and death. The driver’s primary

responsibility is in the safe and

legal operation of a vehicle, and

use of any handheld devices,

other equipment, or vehicle sys-

tems which take the driver’s

eyes, attention and focus away

from the safe operation of a

vehicle or which are not permis-

sible by law should never be

used during operation of the

vehicle.

4161

Features of your vehicle

(Continued)

• The wireless charging will stop

when the vehicle is turned OFF.

• The wireless charging will stop

when the smart phone is not in

complete contact with the wireless

charging pad.

• Items equipped with magnetic

components such as credit card,

telephone card, bankbook or any-

transportation ticket may become

damaged during wireless charg-

ing.

• Place the smart phone on the cen-

ter of the charge pad for best

results. The smart phone may not

charge when placed near the rim

of the charging pad. When the

smart phone does get charged, it

may heat up excessively.

• For smart phones without built-in

wireless charging system, an

appropriate accessory has to be

equipped in order to use the vehi-

cle's wireless charging system.

(Continued)

• Smart phones of some manufac-

turers may display messages on

weak current. This is due to the

particular characteristic of the

smart phone and does not imply a

malfunction on wireless charging

function.

• The indicator light of some manu-

facturers’ smart phones may still

be orange after the smart phone is

fully charged. This is due to the

particular characteristic of the

smart phone and not a malfunc-

tion of the wireless charging.

• When any smart phone without a

wireless charging function or a

metallic object is placed on the

charging pad, a small noise may

sound. This small sound is due to

the vehicle discerning compatibili-

ty of the object placed on the

charging pad. It does not affect

your vehicle or the smart phone in

any way.

This device complies with part 15

of the FCC Rules

Operation is subject to the follow-

ing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause unde-

sired operation.

Features of your vehicle

1624

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus-

tration.

A Coat hook is next to the rear grab

handle.

Floor mat anchor (s)

(if equipped)

When using a floor mat on the front

floor carpet, make sure it attaches to

the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-

cle. This keeps the floor mat from

sliding forward.

OXM043309

■ Type A

■ Type B

WARNING - After market

floor mat

Do not install aftermarket floor

mats that are not capable of

being securely attached to the

vehicle's floor mat anchors.

Unsecured floor mats can inter-

fere with pedal operation.

WARNING

Do not hang other objects such

as hangers or hard objects

except clothes. Also, do not put

heavy, sharp or breakable

objects in the clothing’s pock-

ets. In an accident or when the

curtain air bag is inflated, it may

cause vehicle damage or per-

sonal injury.

OPS046500

ODE046425

CAUTION - Hanging

clothing

Do not hang heavy clothes,

since they may damage the

hook.

4163

Features of your vehicle

The following must be observed

when installing ANY floor mat to the

vehicle.

• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle's

floor mat anchor(s) before driving

the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that can-

not be firmly attached to the vehi-

cle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top of

one another (e.g. all-weather rub-

ber mat on top of a carpeted floor

mat). Only a single floor mat should

be installed in each position.

✽✽

NOTICE

Your vehicle was manufactured with

driver's side floor mat anchors that

are designed to securely hold the

floor mat in place. To avoid any

interference with pedal operation,

Kia recommends that only the Kia

floor mat designed for use in your

vehicle be installed.

Luggage net holder

(if equipped)

To keep items from shifting in the

cargo area, you can use the holders

located in the cargo area to attach

the luggage net.

If necessary, we recommend that

you contact an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Luggage net

Always keep your face and

body out of the luggage net

recoil path and avoid using the

luggage net when the straps

have visible signs of wear or

damage. The luggage net can

snap and cause injuries.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the vehi-

cle, care should be taken when

carrying fragile or bulky objects

in the luggage compartment.

ODE046426N

Features of your vehicle

1644

Cargo security screen

(if equipped)

Use the cargo security screen to

hide items stored in the cargo area.

To use the cargo security screen,

pull the handle backward and insert

the edges into the slots.

WARNING - Cargo

Security Screen

Do not place objects on the

cargo security screen. Such

objects may be thrown about

inside the vehicle and possibly

injure vehicle occupants during

an accident or when braking.

CAUTION

Do not place luggage on the

cargo security screen. This may

cause the security screen to

become damaged or malformed.

ODE046429L

4165

Features of your vehicle

Roof rack (if equipped)

If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can

load cargo on top of your vehicle.

Crossbars and fixing components

needed to install the roof rack on

your vehicle may be obtained from

an authorized Kia dealer or other

qualified shop.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The crossbars (if equipped) should

be placed in the proper load carry-

ing positions prior to placing items

onto the roof rack.

• If the vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, be sure not to position

cargo onto the roof rack in such a

way that it could interfere with

sunroof operation.

• When the roof rack is not being

used to carry cargo, the crossbars

may need to be repositioned if

wind noise is detected.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTION - Loading Roof

Rack

• When carrying cargo on the

roof rack, take the necessary

precautions to make sure the

cargo does not damage the

roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects

on the roof rack, make sure

they do not exceed the overall

roof length or width.

• When you are carrying cargo

on the roof rack, do not oper-

ate the sunroof (if equipped).

This can damage the sunroof.

ODE046432

Features of your vehicle

1664

• The following specification is the

maximum weight that can be loaded

onto the roof rack. Distribute the

load as evenly as possible across

the crossbars (if equipped) and roof

rack and secure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage in excess

of the specified weight limit on the

roof rack may damage your vehicle.

• The vehicle center of gravity will be

higher when items are loaded onto

the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts,

braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneu-

vers or high speeds that may result

in loss of vehicle control or rollover

resulting in an accident.

• Always drive slowly and turn corners

carefully when carrying items on the

roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,

caused by passing vehicles or natu-

ral causes, can cause sudden

upward pressure on items loaded on

the roof rack. This is especially true

when carrying large, flat items such

as wood panels or mattresses. This

could cause the items to fall off the

roof rack and cause damage to your

vehicle or others around you.

• To prevent damage or loss of cargo

while driving, check frequently

before or while driving to make sure

the items on the roof rack are

securely fastened.

ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.)

RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

WARNING - Driving with

roof load

Always drive slow and turn cor-

ners carefully when carrying

items on the roof rack. The vehi-

cle's center of gravity will be

higher when items are loaded

onto the roof rack.

Audio system

Audio System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

• AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Audio (With Touch Screen). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

• Feature of Your Audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

• Radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

• Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

• Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

• Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

• FCC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

Audio system

✽✽

NOTICE

If you install an after market HID

head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and

electronic device may malfunction.

Antenna

Pole type antenna

Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to

receive both AM and FM broadcast

signals. This antenna pole is remov-

able. To remove the antenna pole,

turn it counterclockwise. To install the

antenna, turn it clockwise.

Shark fin antenna (if equipped)

The shark fin antenna will receive the

transmit data.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION - Pole type

antenna

• Before entering a place with a

low height clearance or a car

wash, remove the antenna

pole by rotating it counter-

clockwise. If not, the antenna

may be damaged.

• When reinstalling your anten-

na pole, it is important that it

is fully tightened and adjusted

to the upright position to

ensure proper reception. But it

could be removed when park-

ing the vehicle or when load-

ing cargo on the roof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the

roof rack, do not place the

cargo near the antenna pole to

ensure proper reception.

ODE046453L

ODE046438

■ Type A

■ Type B

Audio system

AUX, USB port

If your vehicle has an AUX and/or

USB(universal serial bus) port, you

can use the AUX port to connect

audio devices and the USB port to

plug in a USB device or iPod

®.

✽✽

NOTICE

When using a portable audio device

connected to the power outlet, noise

may occur during playback. If this

happens, use the power source of the

portable audio device.

iPod

is a Registered trademark of Apple

Inc.

ODE046439L

Audio system

iPod

is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

A compatible

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology-enabled

cell phone is required to use

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology.

The Bluetooth

word mark and logos are registered

trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of

such marks by Kia is under license.

Other trademarks and trade names are those of their

respective owners.

A Bluetooth

enabled cell phone is required to use

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology.

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology phone compatibility can

be checked by visiting http://www.kia.com.

Audio system

AUDIO (With Touch Screen)

G5H4H0000EU

(With

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology)

Audio system

Feature of Your Audio

Head unit

❈ The actual image in the vehicle

may differ from the illustration.

(1) LCD screen

• Tap the screen to select a button.

(2) POWER/VOL knob

• Turn to adjust the volume.

• Press to turn the device on or off.

(3) RADIO

• Start FM, AM.

(4) MEDIA

• Select USB(iPod

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology(BT) Audio,

AUX or My Music.

• Display the media menu when two or

more media are connected or when

the [MEDIA] button is pressed in

media mode.

(5) SEEK/TRACK

• Search for next station in radio

mode.

• Change the current song in media

mode.

(6) PHONE

• Start

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

Phone mode.

(7) SETUP

• Access Display, Sound, Date/Time,

Bluetooth, System, Screen Saver

and Display Off settings.

(8) TUNE knob

• Turn to navigate through the sta-

tions/songs list.

• Press to select an item.

Audio system

Steering wheel remote control

❈ The actual image in the vehicle

may differ from the illustration.

(1) MUTE

• Mutes the audio.

• Mutes the microphone during a

call.

(2) MODE

• Press the button to change the

mode in the following order: Radio

➟ Media.

• Press and hold the button to turn

off.

(3) VOLUME

• Press to adjust the volume.

(4) UP/DOWN

• Press the button in radio mode to

search Presets.

• Press and hold the button in radio

mode to search frequencies.

• Press the button in media mode to

change the current song. (except

AUX)

• Press and hold the button in media

mode to quick search through

songs. (except

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology(BT) Audio and AUX)

(5) CALL

• Pressing the button

- If not in

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Handsfree mode or

receiving a phone call.

First press: Display Dial Number

screen.

Second press: Automatically dis-

play the most recently Dialed

Call number.

Third press: Dial the phone num-

ber entered.

- Press in the Incoming Call notifi-

cation screen to accept the

phone call.

- Press in

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Handsfree mode to

switch to the waiting call.

• Pressing and holding the button

(over 1.0 seconds)

- If not in

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Handsfree mode or

receiving a phone call, the most

recently Dialed Call number is

dialed.

- Press in

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Handsfree mode to

transfer the call to your cell

phone.

- Press in cell phone mode to

switch to

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Handsfree mode.

(6) END

• Press in

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Handsfree mode to

end the phone call.

• Press in the incoming call screen

to reject the call.

Audio system

• Adjust the volume to levels that

allow the driver to hear sounds

from outside of the vehicle. Driving

in a state where external sounds

cannot be heard may lead to acci-

dents.

• Pay attention to the volume setting

when turning the device on. A sud-

den output of extreme volume

upon turning the device on could

lead to hearing impairment. (Adjust

the volume to a suitable levels

before turning off the device.)

• Turn on the car engine before

using this device. Do not operate

the audio system for long periods

of time only with the ignition turned

on as such operations may lead to

battery discharge.

• In case of product malfunction,

please contact your place of pur-

chase or After Service center.

• Placing the audio system within an

electromagnetic environment may

result in noise interference.

CAUTION - LCD Monitor

Do not subject the device to

severe shock or impact. Direct

pressure onto the front side of

the monitor may cause damage

to the LCD.

CAUTION

• When cleaning the device,

make sure to turn off the

audio system and use a dry

and smooth cloth.

• Do not place beverages close

to the audio system. Spilling

beverages may lead to system

malfunction.

• Never use rough materials,

chemical cloths, or solvents

(alcohol, benzene, thinners,

etc.) as such materials may

damage the device panel or

cause color/quality deteriora-

tion.

• Prevent caustic solutions such

as perfume and cosmetic oil

from contacting the dashboard

because they may cause dam-

age or discoloration.

WARNING - Driver

distraction

Operating the device while driv-

ing could lead to accidents due

to a lack of attention to external

surroundings. First park the

vehicle before operating the

device.

WARNING

Driving while distracted can

result in a loss of vehicle con-

trol that may lead to an acci-

dent, severe personal injury,

and death. The driver’s primary

responsibility is in the safe and

legal operation of a vehicle, and

use of any handheld devices,

other equipment, or vehicle sys-

tems which take the driver’s

eyes, attention and focus away

from the safe operation of a

vehicle or which are not permis-

sible by law should never be

used during operation of the

vehicle.

Audio system

Information on status icons

Icons showing audio status are

shown in the upper-right corner of

the screen.

Icon Description

Mute Mute engaged

Battery

Remaining battery life of a

connected

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device

Handsfree +

Audio stream-

ing connection

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Handsfree

call and audio stream-

ing available

Handsfree

connection

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Handsfree

call available

WARNING - Driver

distraction

• Do not stare at the LCD

screen while driving. Staring

at the screen for prolonged

periods of time could lead to

traffic accidents.

• Using the phone while driving

may lead to a lack of attention

of traffic conditions and

increase the likelihood of

accidents. Use the phone fea-

ture after parking the vehicle.

• Ensure it is safe before

attempting to manipulate your

vehicle audio system.

Operating while driving may

distract you from safely

maneuvering your vehicle.

WARNING - Antenna

Do not touch the antenna dur-

ing thunder or lightening as

such acts may lead to lightning

induced electric shock.

WARNING - Audio

System

• Do not disassemble, assemble,

or modify this audio system.

Such acts could result in acci-

dents, fire or electric shock.

• Exercise caution not to spill

water or introduce foreign

objects into the device. Such

acts could lead to smoke, fire,

or product malfunction.

• Please refrain from use if the

screen is blank or no sound

can be heard as these signs

may indicate product mal-

function. Continued use in

such conditions could lead to

accidents (fires, electric shock)

or product malfunctions.

CAUTION

Refrain from use if the screen is

blank or no sound can be heard

as these signs may indicate

product malfunction. Continued

use in this condition may fur-

ther damage the system.

✽✽

NOTICE

Use the system with the vehicle

engine turned on. Prolonged use

with the ignition turned on only

could result in battery discharge.

Audio system

510

Radio

You can listen to FM, AM radio.

(1) Band

Switch between FM and AM radio.

(2) Presets

Change the preset number on the

main screen.

(3) List

Display all available stations.

(4) Menu

Navigate to the menu screen.

(5) Presets 1~40

Save or listen to favorite stations.

Switching between FM, AM

• Press the [RADIO] button on the

audio system to switch between

FM and AM radio.

• Select [Band] on the screen to

switch between FM and AM radio.

Searching stations

Searching stations by pressing the

[SEEK/TRACK] button on the prod-

uct.

< Presets >

By selecting [< Presets >], the but-

tons for Presets 1~40 displayed on

the screen can be changed.

Presets 1~40

Select the button to listen to a preset.

Press and hold the button number to

save the current station. If the slot is

empty, simply selecting saves the

station to the slot.

Icon Description

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology

audio streaming

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology audio

streaming available

Downloading

contacts

Downloading contacts

through

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

wireless communications

Downloading

call history

Downloading call history

through

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

wireless communications

Line busy Phone call in progress

Mute mic

Mic muted during a call

(caller cannot hear your

voice)

Phone signal

strength

Display the phone sig-

nal strength for a cell

phone connected by

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology

Audio system

115

List

A list of all available stations is dis-

played. Select the desired station.

Favorite stations can be saved to

[Presets] by selecting [+].

Select [Menu], and select the desired

function.

• Presets: Save up to 40 frequently

used stations.

To listen to a preset, select the

desired station.

Press and hold the desired slot

from 1 through 40. This saves the

current station in the selected slot.

If the slot is empty, simply selecting

saves the station to the slot.

• Scan: All stations available in the

current location of the vehicle are

played for five seconds each.

• Information: View detailed station

information.

• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

• Station Info: Set whether to receive

station information such as Station

Name, Program Type or Information.

Media

✽✽

NOTICE - Using MP3

Supported audio formats

✽✽

NOTICE

File formats other than the formats

above may not be recognized or

playable. Information such as file-

name may not be displayed.

Range of supported compressed file

types

1. Bitrate range (Kbps)

Audio system

512

2. Sampling frequency (Hz)

• The sound quality of MP3/WMA

compressed files may vary depend-

ing on the bitrate. (A higher bitrate

can have better sound quality.)

• The product only recognizes files

with the MP3 or WMA extension.

Files without one of these exten-

sions are not recognized.

3. Number of recognizable folders

and files

• Folders: 2,000 for USB

• Files: 6,000 for USB

• No recognition limit for folder hier-

archies

4. Character display range (Unicode)

• Filenames: Up to 64 English char-

acters (64 Korean characters)

• Foldernames: Up to 32 English

characters (32 Korean characters)

Languages supported (Unicode support)

• Korean: 2,604 characters

• English: 94 characters

• Common Chinese characters: 4,888

characters

• Special symbols: 986 characters

✽✽

NOTICE

Japanese/Simplified Chinese char-

acters are not supported.

✽

NOTICE

Using the USB Devices

• Starting the vehicle while a USB

device is connected can damage

the device. Please disconnect USB

devices before starting the vehicle.

• Starting the vehicle or stopping

the engine while an external USB

device is connected can result in

failure of the external USB device

to operate.

• Be cautious of static electricity

when connecting/disconnecting

external USB devices.

• An encrypted MP3 player is not

recognized when connected as an

external device.

• External USB devices may not be

recognized, depending on the state

of the external USB device.

• Only products with byte/sectors

formatted at 4 KB or lower are

recognized.

• Only USB devices in FAT12/16/32

format are recognized; NTFS and

ExFAT file systems are not recog-

nized.

• Some USB devices are not recog-

nized due to compatibility issues.

(Continued)

Audio system

135

(Continued)

• Do not touch the USB connections.

• Connecting and disconnecting

USB devices rapidly over a short

period of time can cause equip-

ment failure.

• Abnormal sounds may be audible

when the USB device is discon-

nected.

• Turn the audio off before connect-

ing or disconnecting external USB

devices.

• Recognition may take longer

depending on the type, capacity or

file format of the external USB

device. This is not a product mal-

function.

• Use of USB devices for purposes

other than playing music files is

prohibited.

• Image display and video playback

are not supported.

• Use of USB accessories, including

charge and heat though the USB

I/F, can lead to reduced product

performance or malfunctions. Do

not use USB devices or accessories

for these purposes.

(Continued)

• Use of aftermarket USB hubs and

extension cables can result in the

vehicle’s audio system failing to rec-

ognize your USB device. Connect

the USB device directly to the mul-

timedia port of your vehicle.

• When using high-capacity USB

devices with logical drive divi-

sions, only files saved on the high-

est level logical drive can be

played.

If applications are loaded on a

USB drive, file playback may fail.

• Some MP3 players, cell phones,

digital cameras, etc. (USB devices

that are not recognized as mobile

storage) may not operate normally

when connected.

• USB charging may not be sup-

ported by some mobile devices.

• Operation is guaranteed only for

standard (Metal Cover Type) USB

Memory drives.

• Operation of HDD, CF, SD and

memory stick devices is not guar-

anteed.

(Continued)

• DRM (Digital Rights Management)

files cannot be played.

• SD-type USB memory, CF-type

USB memory, and other USB

memory devices that require

adapters for connection are not

supported.

• Proper operation of USB HDDs or

USB drives with connectors that

loosen due to vehicle vibrations is

not guaranteed. (iStick, etc.)

• USB products that are

used as key chains or

cell phone accessories

may damage the USB

jack and affect proper

file playback. Please refrain from

use. Use only products with plug

connectors, as shown in the follow-

ing illustration.

• When MP3 devices or cell phones

are connected simultaneously

through AUX, BT Audio and USB

modes, a popping noise or mal-

function may occur.

Audio system

514

USB

(1) Repeat

Enable/disable repeat play.

(2) Shuffle

Enable/disable shuffle play.

(3) List

View a list of all songs.

(4) Menu

Navigate to the menu screen.

(5) Album Image

View song info.

(6) Pause

Pause or play music.

(7) Playback progress

Select to skip to the desired location.

Playback

• Press the [MEDIA] button, and

select [USB].

• Connect a USB drive to the USB

port to automatically play files on

the USB drive.

Changing songs

• Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button

to play the previous or next song.

• Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]

button to rewind or fast forward the

currently playing song.

• Search songs by turning TUNE

knob, and press the knob to play.

Selecting songs from a list

Select [List] to see a list of songs

available for play.

Select and play the desired song.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable

‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’,

‘Repeat folder’ or ‘Repeat category’

play.

• Repeat all: All songs in the

playlist are repeated.

• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.

• Repeat folder: All songs in the

current folder are repeated.

• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.

Audio system

155

✽✽

NOTICE

The repeat folder function is avail-

able only when songs are playing

from the [File] category under

[List].

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable

‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle folder’ or ‘Shuffle

category’ play.

• Shuffle: Songs are played in

random order.

• Shuffle folder: Songs within

the current folder are played in ran-

dom order.

• Shuffle category: Songs within

the current category are played in

random order.

Select [Menu], and select the desired

function.

• Save to My Music: Songs on your

USB device can be saved to My

Music.

(1) File: Select a file to save

(2) Mark All: Select all files.

(3) Unmark All: Deselect all files.

(4) Save: Save the selected file(s).

- Select the files you want to save,

and select [Save]. This saves the

selected files to My Music.

- If phone calls are received or

made while saving, saving will be

canceled.

- Up to 6,000 files can be saved.

- The currently playing file on the

USB device cannot be changed

while saving.

- My Music cannot be used while

saving.

- Up to 700 MB can be saved.

• Information: Detailed information

on the currently playing song is dis-

played.

• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

Audio system

516

✽✽

NOTICE

Using the iPod

Devices

• To use the audio system’s iPod

control function, use the dedicated

cable provided with your iPod

• Connecting the iPod

to the vehi-

cle during play may result in a

loud noise that lasts about one to

two seconds. Connect the iPod

the vehicle after stopping or paus-

ing play.

• Connect the iPod

with the vehicle

in the ACC ON state to begin

charging.

• When connecting the iPod

cable,

be sure to fully push the cable into

the port.

• When EQ effects are enabled

simultaneously on external

devices, such as iPod

s and the

audio system, the EQ effects may

overlap, causing sound quality

deterioration or distortion.

Deactivate the EQ function for all

external devices, if possible.

• Noise may occur when your iPod

or the AUX port is connected.

Disconnect and store separately

when not in use.

(Continued)

• There may be noise if the audio

system is used with an iPod

AUX external device connected to

the power jack. In these cases, dis-

connect the iPod

or external

device from the power jack.

• Play may be interrupted, or device

malfunctions may occur depend-

ing on the characteristics of your

iPod

/iPhone

/iPad

• Play may fail if your iPhone

connected through both

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

and USB. In this case, select Dock

connector or Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology on your iPhone

change the sound output settings.

• If your software version does not

support the communication proto-

col or your iPod

is not recognized

due to device failure, anomalies or

defects, iPod

mode cannot be

used.

• iPod

nano (5th generation)

devices may not be recognized if

the battery is low. Charge suffi-

ciently before use.

(Continued)

• The search and song play order in

the iPod

device may be different

from the search order in the audio

system.

• If the iPod

has failed due to an

internal defect, please reset the

iPod

(consult your iPod

manual).

• Depending on the software ver-

sion, the iPod

may fail to sync

with the system. If the media is

removed or disconnected before

recognition, the previous mode

may not be restored (iPad

cannot

be charged).

• Cables other than the 1-meter cable

provided with iPod

/iPhone

/iPad

products may not be recognized.

• When other music apps are used

on your iPod

, the system sync

function may fail due to malfunc-

tion of the iPod

application.

Audio system

175

iPod

(1) Repeat

Enable/disable repeat play.

(2) Shuffle

Enable/disable shuffle play.

(3) List

View a list of all songs.

(4) Menu

Navigate to the menu screen.

(5) Album Image

View song info.

(6) Pause

Pause or play music.

(7) Playback progress

Select to skip to the desired location.

Playback

• Connect your iPod

to the audio

USB port, press the [MEDIA] but-

ton, and select [iPod].

Changing songs

• Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button

to play the previous or next song.

• Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]

button to rewind or fast forward the

currently playing song.

• Search songs by turning the TUNE

knob, and press the knob to play.

Selecting songs from a list

Select [List] to see a list of songs

available for play.

Select and play the desired song.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable

‘Repeat category’, ‘Repeat current

song’ play.

• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.

• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable

‘Shuffle category’ play.

• Shuffle category: Songs within

the current category are played in

random order.

Select [Menu], and select the desired

function.

• Information: Detailed info on the

currently playing song is displayed.

• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

Audio system

518

When other music programs are running

When songs saved on your iPod

are playing through a separate music

app, the above screen is displayed.

(1) Play/Pause: Pause or play music

(2) Play iPod Files: Play music saved

on your iPod

(3) Album Image: View playback info.

Playing iPod files

• Select [Play iPod Files] to play

songs saved on your iPod

If there are no songs saved on your

iPod

, the [Play iPod Files] is dis-

abled.

✽✽

NOTICE

Operation cannot be carried out

correctly due to iPod

application

malfunction.

Audio system

195

✽✽

NOTICE

Using

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology(BT) Audio

• Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

Audio mode can only be used if a

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology-

enabled phone is connected. Only

devices that support Bluetooth

Wireless Technology audio can be

used.

• If the Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology-enabled phone is dis-

connected during play, the music

stops.

• When the TRACK UP/DOWN but-

tons are used during Bluetooth

Wireless Technology audio stream-

ing, a popping noise or sound inter-

ruptions may occur, depending on

the cell phone device.

• Depending on the cell phone

model, the audio streaming func-

tion may not be supported.

(Continued)

• If a phone call is made or received

when music is playing in

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

Audio mode, the call may mix with

the music.

• When returning to Bluetooth

Wireless Technology Audio mode

after ending a call, play might not

resume automatically for some cell

phone models.

Precautions for Safe Driving

•

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

Handsfree is a feature that enables

drivers to practice safe driving.

Connecting the car audio system

with a

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

phone allows the user to conve-

niently make calls, receive calls,

and manage the phone book.

Before using the

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology, carefully read the con-

tents of this user’s manual.

WARNING

• Excessive use or operations

while driving may lead to neg-

ligent driving practices and be

the cause of accidents.

• Do not operate the device

excessively while driving.

• Viewing the screen for pro-

longed periods of time is dan-

gerous and may lead to acci-

dents.

• When driving, view the screen

only for short periods of time.

Audio system

520

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

(BT) Audio

(1) Repeat

Enable/disable repeat play.

(2) Shuffle

Enable/disable shuffle play.

(3) Menu

Navigate to the menu screen.

(4) Play/Pause

Pause or play music.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Some cell phone models may not

support particular functions.

• Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

audio volume is synced with cell

phone media volume.

Playback

• Press the [MEDIA] button, and

select [BT Audio].

Changing songs

• Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button

to play the previous or next song.

✽✽

NOTICE

Some cell phones may not support

this function.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable

‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’ or

‘Repeat category’ play.

• Repeat all: All songs in the

playlist are repeated.

• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.

• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.

✽✽

NOTICE

The repeat play function is engaged,

depending on the operation of the

connected Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device.

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable

‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle category’ play.

• Shuffle: Songs are played in

random order.

• Shuffle category: Songs within

the current category are played in

random order.

✽✽

NOTICE

The shuffle function is engaged,

depending on the operation of the

connected Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device.

Audio system

215

Select [Menu], and select the desired

function.

• Connections: The currently connect-

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device can be changed.

• Information: Detailed information

on the currently playing song is dis-

played.

• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

AUX

Running AUX

Press the [MEDIA] button, and

select [AUX].

Connect the external device connec-

tion jack to the AUX terminal to run

AUX.

(1) Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

My Music

(1) Repeat

Enable/disable repeat play.

(2) Shuffle

Enable/disable shuffle play.

(3) List

View a list of all songs.

(4) Menu

Navigate to the menu screen.

(5) Album Image

View song info.

Audio system

522

(6) Pause

Pause or play music.

(7) Playback progress

Select to skip to the desired location.

Playback

Press the [MEDIA] button, and

select [My Music].

• My Music cannot be selected if it

does not contain music.

• Check the content of your USB

drive before saving music to My

Music.

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to

play the previous or next song.

• Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]

button to rewind or fast forward the

currently playing song.

• Search songs by turning the TUNE

knob, and press the knob to play.

Selecting songs from a list

Select [List] to see a list of songs

available for play.

Select and play the desired song.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable

‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’ or

‘Repeat category’ play.

• Repeat all: All songs in the

playlist are repeated.

• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.

• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable

‘Shuffle’ or ‘Shuffle category’ play.

• Shuffle: Songs are played in

random order.

• Shuffle category: Songs within

the current category are played in

random order.

Audio system

235

Select [Menu], and select the desired

function.

• Delete Files: You can delete files

from My Music.

(1) File: Select saved file.

(2) Mark All: Select all Files.

(3) Unmark All: Deselect all files.

(4) Delete: Delete the selected file(s).

- Select the file to delete, then

select [Delete] to delete it.

- If phone calls are received or

made during delete, delete will

be canceled.

• Add to Playlist: Frequently played

songs can be paired in a [Playlist].

- Songs can be played from the

[Playlist].

• Information: Detailed info on the

currently playing song is displayed.

• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

Delete from Playlist

When a song in the playlist is play-

ing, select [Menu] and select [Delete

from Playlist].

Select the song to delete, then select

[Delete].

Audio system

524

Phone

✽✽

NOTICE

Using

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology(BT) Cellular Phone

• Bluetooth

Wireless Technology is

a near-field wireless networking

technology that uses the 2.4 GHz

frequency to connect various

devices within a certain distance

wirelessly.

• The technology is used in PCs,

peripherals, Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology phones, tablet PCs,

household appliances and automo-

biles. Devices supporting Bluetooth

Wireless Technology can exchange

data at high speeds without physical

cable connections.

• Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

Handsfree devices enable conven-

ient access to phone functions

through cell phones equipped with

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology.

• Some Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

devices may not be supported by

the Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

Handsfree function.

(Continued)

• When Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

is connected and calls are attempted

through a connected cell phone from

outside the vehicle, the call is connected

through the Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Handsfree function of the

vehicle.

• Please be sure to disconnect the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

Handsfree function through your

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device or the audio screen.

• See http://www.kia.com for a list

of supported Bluetooth

devices.

Safety precautions

• The

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

Handsfree function helps drivers to

drive safely. By connecting a

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology-

enabled phone to the vehicle’s

audio system, phone calls can be

made and received through the

audio system and contacts can be

managed. Consult the user manual

before use.

WARNING

• Excessive manipulation of

controls while driving, making

it difficult to pay attention to

the road ahead, can lead to

accidents. Do not operate the

device excessively while driv-

ing.

• Looking at the screen for a

prolonged time increases the

risk of accidents. Keep time

spent looking at the screen to

a minimum.

Audio system

255

Precautions when connecting Bluetooth

Wireless Technology devices

• The vehicle supports the following

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

functions. Some

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology devices may

not support some functions.

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

Handsfree phone calls

2) Operations during a call (Private,

Switch, Out Vol. controls)

3) Download call history saved to

the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device

4) Download contacts saved to the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device

5) Automatic contacts/call history

download when

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology is connected

6) Automatic

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device connection

when the vehicle is started

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

audio streaming playback

• Before connecting the audio sys-

tem to your device, make sure your

device supports

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology.

• Even if your device supports

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology, a

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

connection cannot be established

if the device’s

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology function is switched off.

Search and connect with the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology function enabled.

• Pair or connect

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology devices to the audio

system with the vehicle at a standstill.

• If a

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

connection is lost due to abnormal

conditions while a

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device is connect-

ed (communication range exceed-

ed, device power OFF, communi-

cation errors, etc.), the disconnect-

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device is searched for and auto-

matically reconnected.

• If you want to disable the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device auto-

connect function, turn the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

function OFF on your device.

Consult the user manuals for indi-

vidual devices to see whether

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology is

supported.

• Handsfree call quality and volume

may vary depending on the type of

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device.

• Some

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

devices are subject to intermittent

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

connection failures. In this case,

use the following method.

1) Turn the

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology function off on your

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device ➟ Turn it on and try again.

2) Delete the paired device from

both the audio system and

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device, then pair again.

3) Power down your

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device ➟

Turn it on and try again.

4) Completely remove the battery

from your

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device; reinsert it,

reboot, and attempt connection.

5) Restart the vehicle and reat-

tempt connection.

Audio system

526

Pairing a Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device

Information on pairing Bluetooth

Wireless Technology devices

• Pairing refers to the process of pair-

ing

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

cell phones or devices with the

system prior to connection. This is

a necessary procedure for

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology connection

and usage.

• Up to five devices can be paired.

• Pairing

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device is not allowed while vehicle

is moving.

Pairing the first Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device

Press the [PHONE] button on the

audio system or the [CALL] button

on the steering wheel remote control

➟ Search for the vehicle from the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device, and pair ➟ Enter the passkey

on the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device or approve passkey ➟

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology pair-

ing completed.

1. When the [PHONE] button on the

audio system or the [CALL] button

on the steering wheel remote con-

trol is pressed, the following screen

is displayed. Devices can now be

paired.

(1) Vehicle Name: Searched name in

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device.

✽✽

NOTICE

The vehicle name in the image above

is an example. Refer to your device

for the actual name of your device.

2. Search for available

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology devices in

the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

menu of your

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device (cell phone,

etc.).

3. Confirm that the vehicle name in

your

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device matches the vehicle name

shown on the audio screen, then

select it.

4-1. For devices that require passkey

entry, a passkey entry screen is

shown on your

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device.

- Enter the passkey ‘0000’, in your

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device.

Audio system

275

4-2. For devices that require passkey

confirmation, the following

screen is shown on the audio

system. A 6-digit passkey input

screen is shown in the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device.

- After confirming that the 6-digit

passkey on the audio screen

and the

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device are identical,

select [OK] in your

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device.

✽✽

NOTICE

The 6-digit passkey in the image

above is an example. Refer to your

vehicle for the actual passkey.

Pairing a second Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device

Press the [SETUP] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Bluetooth] ➟

Select [Connections] ➟ Select [Add

New].

- The pairing procedure from this

point is identical to [Pairing the first

Bluetooth device].

✽✽

NOTICE

• Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

standby mode lasts for three min-

utes. If a device is not paired within

three minutes, pairing is canceled.

Start over from the beginning.

• For most Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology devices, a connection

is established automatically after

pairing. Some devices, however,

require separate confirmation

when connecting after pairing. Be

sure to check your Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device after

pairing to confirm that it has con-

nected.

Audio system

528

Connecting Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology devices

If there are no connected devices

Press the [PHONE] button on the

audio system or the [CALL] button in

the steering wheel remote control ➟

List of paired

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology devices ➟ Select the

desired

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device from the list ➟ Connect

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology.

If there are connected devices

Press the [PHONE] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Settings] ➟

Select [Connections] ➟ Select

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device

to connect ➟ Select [Connect] ➟

Connect

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Only one Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device can be connected

at a time.

• When a Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device is connected,

other devices cannot be paired.

Accepting/rejecting phone calls

Receiving phone calls with

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology con-

nected.

(1) Caller name: If the caller number

is in your contacts, the correspon-

ding name is displayed.

(2) Incoming phone number: Incoming

phone number is displayed.

(3) Accept: Accept call.

(4) Reject: Reject call.

Audio system

295

✽✽

NOTICE

• When the incoming call screen is

displayed, audio mode and the set-

tings screen cannot be shown.

Only call volume control is sup-

ported.

• Some Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

devices may not support the call

reject function.

• Some Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

devices may not support the phone

number display function.

Operation during calls

Incoming call with

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology connected ➟

Select [Accept].

(1) Call duration: Call duration display.

(2) Caller name: If the caller number is

in your contacts, the corresponding

name is displayed.

(3) Incoming phone number: Incoming

phone number is displayed.

(4) Keypad: Number keypad for

Automatic Response Service input

is displayed.

(5) Private: Call is transferred to a cell

phone.

(6) Outgoing Volume: Adjust outgo-

ing voice volume.

(7) End: End call.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Some Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

devices may not support the

Private function.

• The outgoing voice volume may

vary depending on the type of

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device. If the outgoing voice vol-

ume is too high or low, adjust the

Microphone Outgoing Volume.

Favorites

Press the [PHONE] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Favorites] ➟

Favorites list displayed.

(1) Favorites list: A list of paired

favorite is displayed. Connect a

call when selected.

Audio system

530

(2) Add to Favorites: Add a down-

loaded phone number to favorites.

(3) Delete: Delete a saved favorite.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Up to 20 favorites can be saved for

each connected Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device.

• Favorites can be accessed when

the Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device they were paired from is

connected.

• The audio system does not down-

load favorites from Bluetooth

Wireless Technology devices.

Favorites must be newly saved

before use.

• To add to favorites, contacts must

be downloaded first.

• Saved favorites are not updated

even if the contacts of the connected

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device are changed. In this case,

favorites need to be deleted and

added again.

Call history

Press the [PHONE] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Call history]

➟ Call history is displayed.

(1) Call history: Display the down-

loaded call history list.

Connect a call when selected.

(2) Sort by: Sort by All Calls, Dialed

Calls, Received Calls or Missed

Calls.

(3) Download: Download call history

from connected

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology devices.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Up to 50 dialed, received and

missed calls are saved.

• When the latest call history is

received, the existing call history is

deleted.

Contacts

Press the [PHONE] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Contacts] ➟

Select letter (ABC) ➟ Contacts dis-

played.

(1) Contacts: Display downloaded

contacts.

Connect a call when selected.

(2) Download: Download contacts

from connected

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology devices.

Audio system

315

✽✽

NOTICE

• Only supported contacts format

can be downloaded and displayed

from the Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology device, contacts from

some applications will not be

included.

• Up to 2,000 contacts can be saved.

• In some cases, additional confir-

mation from your Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device is nec-

essary when downloading con-

tacts. If downloading of contacts

unsuccessful, consult your

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device’s settings or the audio

screen to approve the download.

• Contacts without phone numbers

are not displayed.

Dial

Press the [PHONE] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Dial].

(1) Phone number entry window: The

phone number entered using the

keypad is displayed.

(2) Clear

- Select to delete individual digits.

- Press and hold to delete the

entire phone number.

(3) Keypad: Enter phone number.

(4)

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

phone name

- The name of the connected

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device is displayed.

- Contacts matching the keypad

number/letter input are displayed.

(5) Call

- Enter and select a phone num-

ber to call.

- Select without entering a phone

number to see the most recent

dialed call.

Connections

Press the [PHONE] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Connections].

- For connections setting, refer to

Setup ➟ Select [Bluetooth] ➟

Select [Connections] page.

Setup

Press the [PHONE] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Settings].

- For more details, refer to Setup ➟

Bluetooth page.

Audio system

532

Setup

Access Display, Sound, Date/Time,

Bluetooth, System, Screen Saver

and Display Off settings.

Press the [SETUP] button on the

audio system.

Display

Press the [SETUP] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Display].

• Mode

- Adjusts the brightness automati-

cally according to surrounding

brightness.

- Brightness is automatically adjust-

ed according to the headlight

use.

• Illumination: The brightness of the

audio screen can be changed.

✽✽

NOTICE

Mode display settings may differ

according to vehicle model.

Sound

Press the [SETUP] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Sound].

• Position: Sound balance and fader

can be adjusted.

• Tone: Sound tone color can be

adjusted.

• Speed Dependent Volume:

Automatically adjust volume based

on vehicle speed.

• Beep: Select whether to play a

beep sound when the screen is

touched.

Date/Time

Press the [SETUP] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Date/Time].

• Set Time: Set the time displayed on

the audio screen.

• Time Format: Choose between 12-

hour and 24-hour time formats.

• Set Date: Set the date displayed on

the audio screen.

Audio system

335

Bluetooth

Press the [SETUP] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Bluetooth].

• Connections: Control pairing, dele-

tion, connection and disconnection

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

devices.

• Auto Connection Priority: Set the

connection priority of

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology devices when

the vehicle is started.

• Download Contacts: Contacts can

be downloaded from connected

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

devices.

• Bluetooth Voice Prompts: Play or

mute voice prompts for

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology device pair-

ing, connection and errors.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When paired devices are deleted,

the call history and contacts of the

device saved to the audio system

are deleted.

• For Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

connections with low connection pri-

ority, some time may be required for

the connection to be established.

• Contacts can be downloaded only

from the currently connected

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device.

If no Bluetooth

Wireless Technology

device is connected, the Download

Contacts button is disabled.

WARNING - Date/Time

Setting Distraction

Adjusting the date/time setting

while driving can result in a loss

of vehicle control that may lead

to an accident, severe personal

injury, and death.

Audio system

534

System

Press the [SETUP] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [System].

• Memory Information: View My

Music memory usage.

• Language: Change the user lan-

guage.

• System Information: At the System

Information screen, Software version

information, updates are available.

- System Update: At the System

Information screen, insert the

USB memory with the latest file

downloaded, and then select the

[Update] to begin updating. The

system with then reboot auto-

matically.

✽✽

NOTICE

• This product needs supplemented

software updates and additional

functions, which collectively may

take some time to complete,

depending on the amount of data.

• If the Power is disconnected or the

USB is removed during an update,

the data might be damaged. Please

wait until the update is complete

while engine is on.

Screen Saver

Set the information displayed when

the audio system is switched off or

the screen is turned off.

Press the [SETUP] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Screen

Saver].

• Analog: An analog clock is dis-

played.

• Digital: A digital clock is displayed.

• None: No information is displayed.

Display Off

To prevent glare, the screen can be

turned off with the audio system in

operation.

Press the [SETUP] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Display Off].

✽✽

NOTICE

Use ‘Screen Saver’ to set the Notice

to be displayed when the screen is

turned off.

Audio system

355

FCC

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15

of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a resi-

dential installation.

This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance

with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that

interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or tel-

evision reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to cor-

rect the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This

device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired operation.

Caution: Any changes or modifications to this device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance

could void your authority to operate the equipment.

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum 20 cm between the radiator and your body. This trans-

mitter must not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to

do so by the FCC.

Driving your vehicle

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

• Illuminated ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

• Starting the hybrid system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

• Starting the hybrid system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

• Dual Clutch Transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

• Parking brake – Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

• Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

• Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB). . . . . . . 6-36

• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

• AEB warning message and system control . . . . . . . . 6-39

• Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40

• Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle

in front (front radar). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41

• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42

• Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48

• To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49

• To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49

• To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50

• To temporarily accelerate with the cruise

control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50

• To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 6-50

• To resume cruising speed at more than

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51

• To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . 6-51

Smart Cruise Control system (SCC) . . . . . . . . . . 6-52

• Speed setting (SCC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53

• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (SCC) . . . . . . . . . 6-58

• To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control . 6-61

• To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61

• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62

Blind Spot Detection system (BSD) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68

• BSD (Blind Spot Detection)

/ LCA (Lane Change Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69

• RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72

• Limitations condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) . . . . . . . . . . 6-76

• LKAS operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77

• Warning light and message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80

• Driver's attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82

• LKAS Function Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83

Driver Attention Alert system (DAA). . . . . . . . . . 6-84

• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84

• Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86

• System disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86

• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86

Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89

Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91

• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91

• Reducing the risk of a rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91

• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93

• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93

• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-94

• Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-94

• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95

• Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95

• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95

Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96

• Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96

• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . . 6-98

• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98

• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . . 6-98

• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . . 6-98

• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99

• Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system 6-99

• Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99

• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 6-99

• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99

Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99

Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100

• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100

• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103

Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

• GAW (Gross Axle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does

not leak.

The exhaust system should be

checked whenever the vehicle is

raised to change the oil or for any

other purpose. If you hear a change in

the sound of the exhaust or if you drive

over something that strikes the under-

neath side of the vehicle, have the

exhaust system checked as soon as

possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Engine

exhaust

Do not inhale exhaust fumes or

leave your engine running in a

enclosed area for a prolonged

time. Exhaust fumes contain

carbon monoxide, a colorless,

odorless gas that can cause

unconsciousness and death by

asphyxiation.

WARNING - Open liftgate

Do not drive with the liftgate

open. Poisonous exhaust gases

can enter the passenger com-

partment. If you must drive with

the liftgate open proceed as fol-

lows:

1. Close all windows.

2. Open side vents.

3. Set the air intake control at

“Fresh”, the air flow control

at “Floor” or “Face” and the

fan at the highest speed.

Driving your vehicle

Before entering vehicle

• Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights are

clean.

• Check the condition of the tires.

• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.

• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections

Fluid levels, such as engine oil,

engine coolant, brake fluid, and

washer fluid should be checked on a

regular basis, at the exact interval

depending on the fluid. Further

details are provided in chapter 8,

“Maintenance”.

Before starting

• Close and lock all doors.

• Position the seat so that all con-

trols are easily reached.

• Buckle your seat belt.

• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.

• Check all gauges.

• Check the operation of warning

lights when the engine start/stop

button is turned to the ON position.

• Release the parking brake and

make sure the brake warning light

goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are

familiar with your vehicle and its

equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING - Distracted

driving

Focus on the road while driving.

The driver's primary responsi-

bility is in the safe and legal

operation of the vehicle. Use of

any handled devices, other

equipment or vehicle systems

that distract the driver should

not be used during vehicle

operation.

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Check sur-

roundings

Always check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for peo-

ple, especially children, before

putting a vehicle into D (Drive)

or R (Reverse).

WARNING - Fire risk

When you intend to park or stop

the vehicle with the engine on,

be careful not to depress the

accelerator pedal for a long

period of time. It may overheat

the engine or exhaust system

and cause fire.

WARNING - Loose

objects

Securely store items in your

vehicle. When you make a sud-

den stop or turn the steering

wheel rapidly, loose objects

may drop on the floor and it

could interfere with the opera-

tion of the foot pedals, possibly

causing an accident.

WARNING - Driving while

intoxicated

Do not drive while intoxicated.

Drinking and driving is danger-

ous. Even a small amount of

alcohol will affect your reflexes,

perceptions and judgment.

Driving while under the influ-

ence of drugs is as dangerous

as or more dangerous than driv-

ing drunk.

WARNING - Proper

footwear

Always wear appropriate shoes

when operating your vehicle.

Unsuitable shows (high heels,

ski boots, sandals, etc.) may

interfere with your ability to use

the brake and accelerator ped-

als.

Driving your vehicle

Illuminated ignition switch

(if equipped)

Whenever a front door is opened, the

ignition switch will illuminate for your

convenience, provided the ignition

switch is not in the ON position. The

light will go off immediately when the

ignition switch is turned on. It will

also go off after about 30 seconds

when the door is closed.

Ignition switch position

LOCK

From the left dot, dot sequence is

LOCK-ACC-ON-START.

The ignition key can be removed only

in the LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)

The electrical accessories are opera-

tive. If difficulty is experienced turn-

ing the ignition switch to the ACC

position, turn the key while turning

the steering wheel right and left to

release the tension.

The warning lights can be checked

before the engine is started. This is

the normal running position after the

engine is started.

Do not leave the ignition switch ON if

the engine is not running to prevent

battery discharge.

START

Turn the ignition switch to the START

position to start the engine. The

engine will crank until you release

the key; then it returns to the ON

position. The brake warning light can

be checked in this position.

The anti-theft steering column lock (if

equipped) is not a substitute for the

parking brake. Before leaving the dri-

ver’s seat, always make sure the shift

lever is engaged in P (Park) for dual

clutch transmission, set the parking

brake fully and shut the engine off.

Unexpected and sudden vehicle

movement may occur if these pre-

cautions are not taken.

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)

OQLE055065

OQLE055066

Driving your vehicle

Starting the hybrid system

1.Make sure the parking brake is

applied.

2.Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park). Depress the brake pedal

fully.

WARNING - Key holder

Do not place small purses, mul-

tiple keys, or other heavy acces-

sories on your vehicle key ring.

The driver can accidently push

these objects causing the ACC

position to change while in

motion and disrupt the proper

operation of some of the vehi-

cle's safety features.

WARNING - Leaving the

Vehicle

To avoid unexpected or sudden

vehicle movement, never leave

your vehicle if the transmission

is not locked in the P (Park)

position and the parking brake

is fully engaged. Before leaving

the driver's seat, always make

sure the shift lever is engaged in

P (Park), set the parking brake

fully and shut the engine off.

WARNING - Ignition switch

Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle

is moving. This would result in

loss of directional control and

braking function, which could

cause an accident.

WARNING - Proper

footwear

Always wear appropriate shoes

when operating your vehicle.

Unsuitable shoes (high heels,

ski boots, sandals, etc.) may

interfere with your ability to use

the brake and accelerator pedal.

Driving your vehicle

3. Turn the ignition switch to START.

If the hybrid system starts, the

“ ” indicator will come on.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains sta-

tionary.

Start driving at moderate engine

speeds. (Steep accelerating and

decelerating should be avoided.)

• Always start the vehicle with your

foot on the brake pedal. Do not

depress the accelerator while

starting the vehicle. Do not race

the engine while warming it up.

• If ambient temperature is low, the

“ ” indicator may remain illu-

minated longer than the normal

amount of time.

✽

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

• If the “ ” indicator turns off

while you are in motion, do not

attempt to move the shift lever to

the P (Park) position.

If traffic and road conditions per-

mit, you may put the shift lever in

the N (Neutral) position while the

vehicle is still moving and turn the

ignition switch to START in an

attempt to restart the hybrid sys-

tem.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle to

start the hybrid system.

WARNING - Steering

wheel

Never reach for any controls

through the steering wheel

while the vehicle is in motion.

The presence of your hand or

arm in this area could cause a

loss of vehicle control.

Driving your vehicle

Illuminated ENGINE

START/STOP button

Whenever the front door is opened,

the ENGINE START/STOP button

will illuminate for your convenience.

The light will go off after about 30

seconds when the door is closed.

When all entrances are closed, if you

lock the vehicle by using the trans-

mitter or the smart key, the light will

go off immediately.

ENGINE START/STOP button

position

OFF

To turn off the engine (START/RUN

position) or vehicle power (ON posi-

tion), press the ENGINE

START/STOP button with the shift

lever in the P (Park) position. When

you press the ENGINE

START/STOP button without the shift

lever in the P (Park) position, the

ENGINE START/STOP button will

not change to the OFF position but to

the ACC position.

In an emergency situation while the

vehicle is in motion, you are able to

turn the engine off and to the ACC

position by pressing the ENGINE

START/STOP button for more than 2

seconds or 3 times successively

within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still

moving, you can restart the engine

without depressing the brake pedal

by pressing the ENGINE

START/STOP button with the shift

lever in the N (Neutral) position.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

ODE056004

Not illuminated

Driving your vehicle

106

ACC(Accessory)

Press the ENGINE START/STOP

button while it is in the OFF position

without depressing the brake pedal.

If the ENGINE START/STOP button

is in the ACC position for more than

1 hour, the button is turned off auto-

matically to prevent battery dis-

charge.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP

button while it is in the ACC position

without depressing the brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checked

before the engine is started. Do not

leave the ENGINE START/STOP

button in the ON position for a long

time. The battery may discharge,

because the engine is not running.

START/RUN

To start the engine, depress the

brake pedal and press the ENGINE

START/ STOP button with the shift

lever in the P (Park) position. For

your safety, start the engine with the

shift lever in the P (Park) position.

If you press the ENGINE START/STOP

button without depressing the brake

pedal for dual clutch transmission vehi-

cles, the engine will not start and the

ENGINE START/STOP button

changes as follow:

OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC

Not illuminated

Amber

Red

611

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

If you leave the ENGINE START/

STOP button in the ACC or ON

position for a long time, the battery

will discharge.

Starting the hybrid system

✽✽

NOTICE

• The hybrid system will start by

pressing the Engine Start/Stop

button, only when the smart key is

in the vehicle.

• Even when the smart key is in the

vehicle, if it is far away from the

driver, the hybrid system may not

start.

• When the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton is in the ACC or ON position,

and any door is open, the system

checks for the smart key. When

the smart key is not in the vehicle,

the “ ” indicator will blink and

the warning “Key not in vehicle”

will come on. When all doors are

closed, the chime will also sound

for about 5 seconds. Keep the

smart key in the vehicle when in

the ACC position or if the hybrid

system is ON.

WARNING - Starting

vehicle

Never press the ENGINE

START/STOP button while the

vehicle is in motion except in an

emergency. This would result in

loss of directional control and

braking function, which could

cause an accident.

WARNING

• Always wear appropriate

shoes when operating your

vehicle. Unsuitable shoes,

such as high heels, ski boots,

sandals, flip-flops, etc., may

interfere with your ability to

use the brake and accelerator

pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with the

accelerator pedal depressed.

The vehicle can move and

lead to an accident.

Driving your vehicle

126

1. Always carry the smart key with

you.

2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.

3. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).

4. Depress the brake pedal.

5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton. If the hybrid system starts, the

“ ” indicator will come on.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains sta-

tionary.

Start driving at moderate engine

speeds. (Steep accelerating and

decelerating should be avoided.)

• Always start the vehicle with your

foot on the brake pedal. Do not

depress the accelerator while

starting the vehicle. Do not race

the engine while warming it up.

• If ambient temperature is low, the

“ ” indicator may remain illu-

minated longer than the normal

amount of time.

✽

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

• If the “ ” indicator turns off

while you are in motion, do not

attempt to move the shift lever to

the P (Park) position.

If traffic and road conditions per-

mit, you may put the shift lever in

the N (Neutral) position while the

vehicle is still moving and press

the Engine Start/Stop button in an

attempt to restart the hybrid sys-

tem.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle to

start the hybrid system.

613

Driving your vehicle

• If the battery is weak or the smart

key does not work correctly, you

can start the engine by pressing

the engine start/stop button with

the smart key.

The side with the lock button

should contact the engine

start/stop button directly.

When you press the engine

start/stop button directly with the

smart key, the smart key should

contact the button at a right angle.

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

you can't start the engine normally.

Replace the fuse with a new one. If

it is not possible, you can start the

engine by pressing the ENGINE

START/STOP button for 10 sec-

onds while it is in the ACC posi-

tion. The engine can start without

depressing the brake pedal. But for

your safety always depress the

brake pedal before starting the

engine.

Do not press the ENGINE START/

STOP button for more than 10 sec-

onds except when the stop lamp fuse

is blown.

WARNING - Unintended

vehicle movement

Never leave the smart key in the

vehicle with children or vehicle

occupants who are unfamiliar

with the vehicle operation.

Pushing the ENGINE

START/STOP button while the

smart key is in the vehicle may

result in unintended engine

activation and/or unintended

vehicle movement.

ODE056008

Driving your vehicle

146

Dual clutch transmission oper-

ation

The dual clutch transmission has six

forward speeds and one reverse

speed.

The individual speeds are selected

automatically in the D (Drive) posi-

tion.

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (DCT)

ODE056010

The shift lever can freely operate.

Press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

❈ To move the shift lever from/to P (Parking) or between R (Reverse) and D (Drive), you

must depress the brake pedal for the vehicle to stand still.

615

Driving your vehicle

• The dual Clutch Transmission

gives the driving feel of a manual

transmission, yet provides the

ease of a fully automatic transmis-

sion. Unlike a traditional automatic

transmission, the gear shifting can

be felt (and heard) on the dual

clutch transmission

- Think of it as an automatically

shifting manual transmission.

- Shift into Drive range and get fully

automatic shifting, similar to a con-

ventional automatic transmission.

• Dual clutch transmission adopts

dry-type dual clutch, which is dif-

ferent from torque converter of

automatic transmission, and

shows better acceleration perform-

ance during driving. But, initial

launch might be little bit slower

than Automatic Transmission.

• The dry-type clutch transfers torque

and provides a direct driving feeling

which may feel different from a con-

ventional automatic transmission

with a torque converter. This may be

more noticeable when starting from

a stop or low vehicle speed.

• When rapidly accelerating at low

vehicle speed, engine could rev at

high rpm depending on vehicle

drive condition.

• For smooth launch uphill, press

down the accelerator pedal

smoothly depending on the current

conditions.

• If you release your foot from the

accelerator pedal at low vehicle

speed, you may feel strong engine

brake, which is similar to manual

transmission.

• When driving downhill, you may

use Sports Mode to downshift to a

lower gear in order to control your

speed without using the brake

pedal excessively.

• When you turn the engine on and

off, you may hear clicking sounds

as the system goes through a self

test. This is a normal sound for the

dual Clutch Transmission.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death:

• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle for

people, especially children,

before shifting a vehicle into

D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, then set the parking

brake, and place the ignition

switch in the LOCK/OFF posi-

tion. Unexpected and sudden

vehicle movement can occur

if these precautions are not

followed.

• Do not use engine braking

(shifting from a high gear to

lower gear) rapidly on slip-

pery roads. The vehicle may

slip causing an accident.

Driving your vehicle

166

• To hold the vehicle on a hill use the

foot brake or the parking brake. If

the vehicle is held by applying the

accelerator pedal on a hill the

clutch and transmission will be

overheated resulting in damage.

At this time, a warning message

(“Steep grade! Press brake pedal”)

will appear on the LCD display.

• If the clutch becomes overheated

by excessive use of the clutch to

hold on a hill, you may notice a

shudder feeling and a blinking dis-

play on the instrument cluster.

When this occurs, the clutch is dis-

abled until the clutch cools to nor-

mal temperatures. If this occurs,

pull over to a safe location, shift

into P (Park) and apply the foot

brake for a certain time on the LCD

warning until it disappears.

• If the LCD warning is active, the

foot brake must be applied.

• Ignoring the warnings can lead to

damage to the transmission.

• If the display continues to blink, for

your safety, we recommend that you

contact an authorized Kia dealer.

• Under certain conditions such as

repeated launch on steep grades,

the clutch in the transmission could

overheat.

When the clutch is overheated, the

safe protection mode engages. If

the safe protection mode engages,

the gear position indicator on the

cluster blinks with a chime sound.

At this time, a warning message

(“Transmission temp. is high! Stop

safely”, “Trans hot! Park with engine

on”, “Trans Cooling. Remain parked

for 00 min.”, “Trans Cooled. Resume

driving”) will appear on the LCD dis-

play and driving may not be smooth.

If you ignore this warning, the driv-

ing condition may become worse.

To return the normal driving condi-

tion, stop the vehicle and apply the

foot brake for a few minutes before

driving off.

• Gear shifts may be more notice-

able than a conventional automatic

transmission. This is a normal

characteristic of this type of dual

clutch transmission.

• During the first 1,500 km (1,000

miles), you may feel that the vehi-

cle may not be smooth when accel-

erating at low speed. During this

break-in period, the shift quality

and performance of your new vehi-

cle is continuously optimized.

• Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into D (Drive) or R

(Reverse).

• Do not put the shift lever in N

(Neutral) while driving.

CAUTION

• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not try to accel-

erate in R (Reverse) or any for-

ward gear position with the

brakes on.

• When stopped on slope, do

not hold the vehicle with

accelerator pedal. Use the

service brake or the parking

brake.

617

Driving your vehicle

The indicator in the instrument clus-

ter displays the shift lever position

when the ignition switch is in the ON

position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into P (Park).

To shift from P (Park), you must

depress firmly on the brake pedal

and make sure your foot is off the

accelerator pedal.

The shift lever must be in P (Park)

before turning the engine off.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle

backward.

WARNING

• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion may

cause you to lose control of

the vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,

always make sure the shift

lever is in P (Park), apply the

parking brake, and turn the

engine off.

• Do not use the P (Park) position

in place of the parking brake.

CAUTION

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into or out of R

(Reverse); you may damage the

transmission if you shift into R

(Reverse) while the vehicle is in

motion.

Driving your vehicle

186

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are not

engaged.

- Parking in N (Neutral) gear

Follow the steps below when parking

and you want the vehicle to move

when pushed.

1.After parking your vehicle, step on

the brake pedal and move the shift

lever to P with the ignition button in

ON or while the engine is running.

2.If the parking brake is applied

unlock the parking brake.

3.While pressing the brake pedal,

turn the ignition button OFF.

- For smart key equipped vehicles,

the ignition switch can be moved

to OFF only when the shift lever

is in P.

4.Change the gear shift lever to N

(Neutral) while pressing the brake

pedal and pushing [SHIFT LOCK

RELEASE] button or inserting, a

tool (e.g. flathead screw-driver) into

the [SHIFT LOCK RELEASE]

access hole at the same time.

Then, the vehicle will move when

external force is applied.

WARNING

Do not shift into gear unless

your foot is firmly on the brake

pedal. Shifting into gear when

the engine is running at high

speed can cause the vehicle to

move very rapidly. You could

lose control of the vehicle and

hit people or objects.

WARNING

Do not drive with the shift lever

in N (Neutral).

The engine brake will not work

and lead to an accident.

WARNING - Parking In

Neutral

• With the exception of parking

in neutral gear, always park

the vehicle in [P] (Park) for

safety and apply the parking

brake.

• Before parking in [N] (Neutral)

gear, make sure the parking

ground is level and flat. Do not

park in [N] gear on any slopes

or gradients. If parked and left

in [N], the vehicle may move

and cause serious damage or

injury.

619

Driving your vehicle

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.

The transmission will automatically

shift through a six-gear sequence,

providing the best fuel economy and

power.

For extra power when passing anoth-

er vehicle or driving uphill depress

the accelerator pedal further until

you feel the transmission downshift

to a lower gear.

To stop the vehicle during driving,

please press brake pedal fully to pre-

vent unintended movement.

Manual mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or

in motion, manual mode is selected

by pushing the shift lever from the D

(Drive) position into the manual gate.

To return to D (Drive) range opera-

tion, push the shift lever back into the

main gate.

In manual mode, moving the shift lever

backwards and forwards will allow you

to select the desired range of gears for

the current driving conditions.

+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.

- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down one gear.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Only the six forward gears can be

selected. To reverse or park the

vehicle, move the shift lever to the

R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as

required.

• Downshifts are made automatical-

ly when the vehicle slows down.

When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is

automatically selected.

• When the engine rpm approaches

the red zone the transmission will

upshift automatically.

• If the driver presses the lever to +

(Up) or - (Down) position, the trans-

mission may not make the request-

ed gear change if the next gear is

outside of the allowable rpm range.

ODE056012

Driving your vehicle

206

SPORT Mode / ECO Mode

When you drive after changing the

gear shift lever to manual mode, the

vehicle will automatically shift to

SPORT mode. When you drive the

vehicle after putting the gear shift

lever to ‘D’, the vehicle will automati-

cally shift to ECO mode. Each auto-

matic change in shift will be dis-

played on the instrument cluster.

• ECO mode

This driving mode increases fuel effi-

ciency. The actual fuel mileage will

depend on your driving habits and

road conditions.

• SPORT mode

This driving mode provides sporty

driving experience. Be aware that fuel

efficiency may decrease in this mode.

Shift lock system

For your safety, the dual clutch trans-

mission has a shift lock system which

prevents shifting the transaxle from P

(Park) into R (Reverse) unless the

brake pedal is depressed.

To shift the transaxle from P (Park)

into R (Reverse):

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.

3. Move the shift lever.

If the brake pedal is repeatedly

depressed and released with the shift

lever in the P (Park) position, a chat-

tering noise & vibration near the shift

lever may be heard. This is a normal

condition.

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved

from the P (Park) position into R

(Reverse) position with the brake

pedal depressed, continue depress-

ing the brake, then do the following:

1. Place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock release access

hole.

4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-

driver) into the access hole and

press down on the tool.

ODE056013L

WARNING - Shifting from

park

Always fully depress the brake

pedal before and while shifting

out of the P (park) position into

another position to avoid inad-

vertent motion of the vehicle

which could injure persons in or

around the vehicle.

621

Driving your vehicle

5. Move the shift lever.

6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock

override access hole then install

the cap.

7. We recommend that the system

be inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

Ignition key interlock system

(if equipped)

The ignition key cannot be removed

unless the shift lever is in the P

(Park) position.

Good driving practices

• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other

position with the accelerator pedal

depressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P

(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely

stopped before you attempt to shift

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear and

coast down a hill. This may be

extremely hazardous. Always leave

the car in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can

cause them to overheat and mal-

function. Instead, when you are

driving down a long hill, slow down

and shift to a lower gear. When you

do this, engine braking will help

slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a

lower gear. Otherwise, the lower

gear may not be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do

not depend on placing the

transaxle in P (Park) to keep the

car from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be

especially careful when braking,

accelerating or shifting gears. On a

slippery surface, an abrupt change

in vehicle speed can cause the

drive wheels to lose traction and

the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance and

economy is obtained by smoothly

depressing and releasing the

accelerator pedal.

CAUTION

- Holding the Vehicle Using

Accelerator Pedal

Do not attempt to hold your

vehicle on a hill by applying the

accelerator pedal. This can

cause your clutch and transmis-

sion to be damaged as a result

of overheating.

Driving your vehicle

226

WARNING

If your vehicle becomes stuck in

snow, mud, sand, etc., then you

may attempt to rock the vehicle

free by moving it forward and

backward. Do not attempt this

procedure if people or objects

are anywhere near the vehicle.

During the rocking operation the

vehicle may suddenly move for-

ward of backward as it becomes

unstuck, causing injury or dam-

age to nearby people or objects.

623

Driving your vehicle

Power brakes

Your vehicle has power-assisted

brakes that adjust automatically

through normal usage.

If the hybrid system is not on or is

turned off while driving, the power

assist for the brakes will not work.

You can still stop your vehicle by

applying greater force to the brake

pedal than typical. The stopping dis-

tance, however, will be longer than

with power brakes.

When the hybrid system is not on,

the reserve brake power is partially

depleted each time the brake pedal

is applied. Do not pump the brake

pedal when the power assist has

been interrupted.

Pump the brake pedal only when

necessary to maintain steering con-

trol on slippery surfaces.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Steep hill

braking

Avoid continuous application of

the brakes when descending a

long or steep hill by shifting to a

lower gear. Continuous brake

application will cause the

brakes to overheat and could

result in a temporary loss of

braking performance.

WARNING - HEV driving

down hill

Do not turn off the Hybrid sys-

tem while going down a hill.The

brake booster may not work

sufficiently and the braking dis-

tance may be longer.

CAUTION - Brake Pedal

Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This will

create abnormally high brake

temperatures which can cause

excessive brake lining and pad

wear.

Driving your vehicle

246

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s

ability to safely slow down; the vehi-

cle may also pull to one side when

the brakes are applied. Applying the

brakes lightly will indicate whether

they have been affected in this way.

Always test your brakes in this fash-

ion after driving through deep water.

To dry the brakes, apply them lightly

while maintaining a safe forward

speed until brake performance

returns to normal.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not depress the brake pedal con-

tinuously without the “ ” indica-

tor ON. The battery may be dis-

charged.

In the event of brake failure

If service brakes fail to operate while

the vehicle is in motion, you can

make an emergency stop with the

parking brake. The stopping dis-

tance, however, will be much greater

than normal.

Disc brakes wear indicator

When your brake pads are worn and

new pads are required, you will hear

a high-pitched warning sound from

your front brakes or rear brakes. You

may hear this sound come and go or

it may occur whenever you depress

the brake pedal.

Please remember that some driving

conditions or climates may cause a

brake squeal when you first apply (or

lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-

mal and does not indicate a problem

with your brakes.

Always replace the front or rear

brake pads as pairs.

WARNING - Parking

brake

Avoid applying the parking

brake to stop the vehicle while it

is moving except in an emer-

gency situation. Applying the

parking brake while the vehicle

is moving at normal speeds can

cause a sudden loss of control

of the vehicle. If you must use

the parking brake to stop the

vehicle, use great caution in

applying the brake.

CAUTION - Replace brake

pads

Do not continue to drive with

worn brake pads. Continuing to

drive with worn brake pads can

damage the braking system and

result in costly brake repairs.

625

Driving your vehicle

Parking brake – Foot type

(if equipped)

Applying the parking brake

To engage the parking brake, first

apply the foot brake and then

depress the parking brake pedal

down as far as possible.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the parking brake,

depress the parking brake pedal a

second time while applying the foot

brake. The pedal will automatically

extend to the fully released position.

WARNING - Brake wear

Do not ignore high pitched wear

sounds from your brakes. If you

ignore this audible warning, you

will eventually lose braking per-

formance, which could lead to a

serious accident.

ODE056015

ODE056014

CAUTION - Parking brake

Driving with the parking brake

applied will cause excessive

brake pad (or lining) and brake

rotor wear.

Driving your vehicle

266

Check the brake warning light by

pressing engine start/stop button ON

(do not start the engine). This light will

be illuminated when the parking brake

is applied with the engine start/stop

button in the START or ON position.

Before driving, be sure the parking

brake is fully released and the brake

warning light is off.

If the brake warning light remains on

after the parking brake is released

while the engine is running, there may

be a malfunction in the brake system.

Immediate attention is necessary.

If at all possible, cease driving the

vehicle immediately. If that is not pos-

sible, use extreme caution while

operating the vehicle and only contin-

ue to drive the vehicle until you can

reach a safe location or repair shop.

WARNING - Parking brake

use

• Never allow a passenger to

touch the parking brake. If the

parking brake is released

unintentionally, serious injury

may occur.

• All vehicles should always

have the parking brake fully

engaged when parked to avoid

inadvertent movement of the

vehicles which can injure

occupants or pedestrians.

W-75

627

Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-

dents due to improper or dangerous

driving maneuvers. Even though

vehicle control is improved during

emergency braking, always maintain

a safe distance between you and

objects ahead. Vehicle speeds

should always be reduced during

extreme road conditions. The vehicle

should be driven at reduced speeds

in the following circumstances:

• When driving on rough, gravel or

snow-covered roads

• When driving with tire chains

installed

• When driving on roads where the

road surface is pitted or has differ-

ent surface heights.

Driving in these conditions increases

the stopping distance for your vehicle.

The ABS continuously senses the

speed of the wheels. If the wheels

are going to lock, the ABS system

repeatedly modulates the hydraulic

brake pressure to the wheels.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’

sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-

responding sensation in the brake

pedal. This is normal and it means

your ABS is active.

In order to obtain the maximum benefit

from your ABS in an emergency situa-

tion, do not attempt to modulate your

brake pressure and do not try to pump

your brakes. Press your brake pedal as

hard as possible to allow the ABS to

control the force being delivered to the

brakes.

✽✽

NOTICE

A click sound may be heard in the

engine compartment when the vehi-

cle begins to move after the engine is

started. These conditions are normal

and indicate that the anti-lock brake

system is functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-

tem, your vehicle still requires suf-

ficient stopping distance. Always

maintain a safe distance from the

vehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.

The anti-lock brake system cannot

prevent accidents resulting from

excessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,

operation of the anti-lock brake

system may result in a longer stop-

ping distance than for vehicles

equipped with a conventional

brake system.

Driving your vehicle

286

The ABS warning light will stay on for

approximately 3 seconds after the

engine start/stop button is ON.

During that time, the ABS will go

through self-diagnosis and the light

will go off if everything is normal. If

the light stays on, you may have a

problem with your ABS. Contact an

authorized Kia dealer as soon as

possible.

• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,

and have operated your brakes

continuously, the ABS will be active

continuously and the ABS warning

light may illuminate. Pull your vehi-

cle over to a safe place and stop

the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABS

warning light goes off, then your

ABS system is normal. Otherwise,

you may have a problem with the

ABS. Contact an authorized Kia

dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽

NOTICE

When you jump start your vehicle

because of a drained battery, the

engine may not run as smoothly and

the ABS warning light may turn on at

the same time. This happens because

of low battery voltage. It does not

mean your ABS has malfunctioned.

• Do not pump your brakes!

• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

629

Driving your vehicle

Electronic stability control

(ESC)

The Electronic Stability control

(ESC) system is designed to stabi-

lize the vehicle during cornering

maneuvers. ESC checks where you

are steering and where the vehicle is

actually going. ESC applies the

brakes on individual wheels and

intervenes with the engine manage-

ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

Electronic stability control (ESC) will

not prevent accidents. Excessive

speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers

and hydroplaning on wet surfaces

can still result in serious accidents.

Only a safe and attentive driver can

prevent accidents by avoiding

maneuvers that cause the vehicle to

lose traction. Even with ESC

installed, always follow all the normal

precautions for driving - including

driving at safe speeds for the condi-

tions.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

system is an electronic system

designed to help the driver maintain

vehicle control under adverse condi-

tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv-

ing practices. Factors including speed,

road conditions and driver steering

input can all affect whether ESC will be

effective in preventing a loss of control.

It is still your responsibility to drive and

corner at reasonable speeds and to

leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the wheels,

you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the

brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-

tion in the brake pedal. This is normal

and it means your ESC is active.

✽✽

NOTICE

A click sound may be heard in the

engine compartment when the vehi-

cle begins to move after the engine is

started. These conditions are normal

and indicate that the Electronic

Stability Control System is function-

ing properly.

ODE057016N

WARNING

For maximum protection, always

wear your seat belt. No system,

no matter how advanced, can

compensate for all driver error

and/or driving conditions.

Always drive responsibly.

Driving your vehicle

306

ESC operation

ESC ON condition

• When the engine start/stop

button is turned ON, ESC

and ESC OFF indicator

lights illuminate for approxi-

mately 3 seconds, then

ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF but-

ton for at least half a sec-

ond after turning the igni-

tion ON to turn ESC off.

(ESC OFF indicator will

illuminate). To turn the

ESC on, press the ESC

OFF button (ESC OFF

indicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine,

you may hear a slight tick-

ing sound. This is the ESC

performing an automatic

system self-check and does

not indicate a problem.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-

tion, the ESC indicator light

blinks.

• When the Electronic

Stability Control is operat-

ing properly, you can feel a

slight pulsation in the vehi-

cle. This is only the effect

of brake control and indi-

cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the

mud or driving on a slip-

pery road, pressing the

accelerator pedal may not

cause the engine rpm

(revolutions per minute) to

increase.

ESC operation off

ESC OFF state

This car has 2 kinds of ESC

off states.

If the engine stops when

ESC is off, ESC remains off.

Upon restarting the engine,

the ESC will automatically

turn on again.

631

Driving your vehicle

“Traction Control disabled”

• ESC off state 1

To cancel ESC operation, press the

ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for

less than 3 seconds and the ESC

OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will

illuminate. At this state, the engine

control function does not operate. It

means the traction control function

does not operate. Brake control func-

tion only operates.

“Traction & Stability Control disabled”

• ESC off state 2

To cancel ESC operation, press the

ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for

more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi-

cator light (ESC OFF ) will illumi-

nate and ESC OFF warning chime

will sound. At this state, the engine

control function and brake control

function do not operate. It means the

car stability control function does not

operate any more.

Indicator light

When engine start/stop button is

turned to ON, the indicator light illu-

minates, then goes off if the ESC

system is operating normally.

The ESC indicator light blinks when-

ever ESC is operating or illuminates

when ESC fails to operate.

The ESC OFF indicator light comes

on when the ESC is turned off with

the button.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

WARNING - Electronic sta-

bility control

Drive carefully even though your

vehicle has Electronic Stability

Control. It can only assist you in

maintaining control under cer-

tain circumstances.

Driving your vehicle

326

ESC OFF usage

When driving

• ESC should be turned on for daily

driving whenever possible.

• To turn ESC off while driving, press

the ESC OFF button while driving

on a flat road surface.

✽✽

NOTICE

• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the

ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light

illuminated). If the ESC is left on,

it may prevent the vehicle speed

from increasing, and result in false

diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not

affect ABS or brake system opera-

tion.

Vehicle stability management

(VSM)

This system provides further

enhancements to vehicle stability

and steering responses when a vehi-

cle is driving on a slippery road or a

vehicle detects changes in coeffi-

cient of friction between right wheels

and left wheels when braking.

WARNING - Operating

ESC

Never press the ESC OFF but-

ton while ESC is operating (ESC

indicator light blinks).

If ESC is turned off while ESC is

operating, the vehicle may slip

out of control.

WARNING - Tire/

Wheel size

When replacing tires and wheels,

make sure they are the same size

as the original tires and wheels

installed. Driving with varying

tire or wheel sizes may diminish

any supplemental safety benefits

of the VSM system.

633

Driving your vehicle

VSM operation

When the VSM is in operation, ESC

indicator light ( ) blinks.

When the vehicle stability manage-

ment is operating properly, you can

feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle

and/or abnormal steering responses

(EPS- Electronic Power Steering).

This is only the effect of brake and

EPS control and indicates nothing

unusual.

The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on a sloping road such as a

gradient or incline

• Driving in reverse

• ESC OFF indicator light ( )

remains on the instrument cluster

• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation off

If you press the ESC OFF button to

turn off the ESC, the VSM will also

cancel and the ESC OFF indicator

light ( ) illuminates.

To turn on the VSM, press the button

again. The ESC OFF indicator light

goes out.

Malfunction indicator

The VSM can be deactivated even if

you don’t cancel the VSM operation

by pressing the ESC OFF button. It

indicates that a malfunction has

been detected somewhere in the

Electric Power Steering system or

VSM system. If the ESC indicator

light ( ) or EPS warning light

remains on, take your vehicle to an

authorized Kia dealer and have the

system checked.

✽✽

NOTICE

• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 13 mph (22

km/h) on curves.

• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 6 mph (10

km/h) when a vehicle is braking on

a split-mu surface. A split-mu sur-

face is made of two surfaces which

have different friction forces.

WARNING

- Vehicle stability manage-

ment

Drive carefully even though your

vehicle has vehicle stability

management. It can only assist

you in maintaining control of the

vehicle under certain circum-

stances.

Driving your vehicle

346

• The Vehicle Stability Management

system is not a substitute for safe

driving practices but a supplemen-

tary function only. It is the responsi-

bility of the driver to always check

the speed and the distance to the

vehicle ahead. Always hold the

steering wheel firmly while driving.

• Your vehicle is designed to activate

according to the driver’s intention,

even with installed VSM. Always fol-

low all the normal precautions for

driving at safe speeds for the condi-

tions – including driving in clement

weather and on a slippery road.

Hill-start assist control (HAC)

A vehicle has the tendency to roll

back on a steep hill when it starts to

go after stopping. The Hill-start

Assist Control (HAC) prevents the

vehicle from rolling back by applying

the brakes automatically for about 2

seconds. The brakes are released

when the accelerator pedal is

depressed or after about 2 seconds.

The HAC is activated only for about 2

seconds, so when the vehicle is

starting off always depress the accel-

erator pedal.

Good braking practices

• Check to be sure the parking brake

is not engaged and the parking

brake indicator light is out before

driving away.

• Driving through water may get the

brakes wet. They can also get wet

when the vehicle is washed. Wet

brakes can be dangerous! Your

vehicle will not stop as quickly if the

brakes are wet. Wet brakes may

cause the vehicle to pull to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes

lightly until the braking action

returns to normal, taking care to

keep the vehicle under control at all

times. If the braking action does not

return to normal, stop as soon as it

is safe to do so and call an author-

ized Kia dealer for assistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the

vehicle out of gear. This is extreme-

ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in

gear at all times, use the brakes to

slow down, then shift to a lower

gear so that engine braking will

help you maintain a safe speed.

WARNING - Maintaining

Brake Pressure on Incline

HAC does not replace the need

to apply brakes while stopped on

an incline. While stopped, make

sure you maintain brake pres-

sure sufficient to prevent your

vehicle from rolling backward

and causing an accident. Don’t

release the brake pedal until you

are ready to accelerate forward.

WARNING

For maximum protection,

always wear your seat belt. No

system, no matter how

advanced, can compensate for

all driver error and/or driving

conditions. Always drive

responsibly.

635

Driving your vehicle

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.

Resting your foot on the brake

pedal while driving can be danger-

ous because the brakes might

overheat and lose their effective-

ness. It also increases the wear of

the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-

ing, apply the brakes gently and

keep the vehicle pointed straight

ahead while you slow down. When

you are moving slowly enough for it

to be safe to do so, pull off the road

and stop in a safe place.

• If your vehicle is equipped with a

dual clutch transmission, don't let

your vehicle creep forward. To

avoid creeping forward, keep your

foot firmly on the brake pedal when

the vehicle is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.

Firmly engage the parking brake

and place the shift lever in P (Dual

clutch transmission). If your vehicle

is facing downhill, turn the front

wheels into the curb to help keep

the vehicle from rolling.

If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn

the front wheels away from the

curb to help keep the vehicle from

rolling. If there is no curb or if it is

required by other conditions to

keep the vehicle from rolling, block

the wheels.

• Under some conditions your park-

ing brake can freeze in the

engaged position. This is most like-

ly to happen when there is an

accumulation of snow or ice

around or near the rear brakes or if

the brakes are wet. If there is a risk

that the parking brake may freeze,

apply it only temporarily while you

put the shift lever in P (Dual clutch

transmission) and block the rear

wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.

Then release the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on an

incline with the accelerator pedal.

This can cause the transaxle to

overheat. Always use the brake

pedal or parking brake.

Driving your vehicle

366

AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) (IF EQUIPPED)

The AEB system is designed to

reduce or to avoid accident risk. It

recognizes the distance from the

vehicle ahead or the pedestrian

through the sensors (i.e. radar and

camera), and, if necessary, warns

the driver of accident risk with the

warning message or the warning

alarms.

System setting and activation

System setting

The driver can activate the AEB by

placing the engine start/stop button

to the ON position and by selecting

'User Settings', 'Driving Assist', and

'Autonomous Emergency Braking

System'. The AEB deactivates, when

the driver cancels the system setting.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using the Autonomous

Emergency Braking (AEB) sys-

tem:

• This system is only a supple-

mental system and it is not

intended to, nor does it

replace the need for extreme

care and attention of the driv-

er. The sensing range and

objects detectable by the sen-

sors are limited. Pay attention

to the road conditions at all

times.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-

dance with the road condi-

tions or while cornering.

• Always drive cautiously to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occur-

ring. AEB does not stop the

vehicle completely and does

not avoid collisions.

637

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi-

nates on the LCD display,

when you cancel the AEB

system. The driver can

monitor the AEB ON/OFF status on

the LCD display. When the warning

light remains ON with the AEB acti-

vated, have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized Kia dealer.

The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time in the User

Settings in the instrument cluster

LCD display. The options for the ini-

tial Forward Collision Warning

include the following:

• EARLY - When this setting is select-

ed, the initial Forward

Collision Warning is acti-

vated earlier than normal.

This setting maximizes the

amount of distance

between the vehicle or

pedestrian ahead before

the initial warning occurs. If

the driver feels this setting

is too sensitive to activate

than expectation, change it

to Normal. If the vehicle in

front stops abruptly, the

driver can notice the warn-

ing alarm is late even

though the early option is

selected.

• NORMAL - When this setting is

selected, the initial

Forward Collision

Warning is activated nor-

mally. This setting allows

for a smaller amount of

distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian

ahead before the initial

warning occurs com-

pared to the EARLY set-

ting.

• LATE - When this setting is select-

ed, the initial Forward

Collision Warning is activat-

ed later than normal. This

setting reduces the amount

of distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian ahead

before the initial warning

occurs. The driver can use it

when the traffic is not busy

on the road and driving

speed is lower.

Driving your vehicle

386

Prerequisite for activation

The AEB will activate activated when

the AEB is selected on the LCD dis-

play, and when the following prereq-

uisites are satisfied:

- The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is activated.

- The driving speed is over 6 mph

(10 km/h). (The AEB only works

within a certain range of vehicle

speeds)

- When the AEB recognizes a vehi-

cle or the pedestrian in front. (The

AEB may not recognize every

obstacle or provide warnings and

braking in every situation, so do

not rely on the AEB to stop the

vehicle in instances where the driv-

er sees an obstacle and has the

ability to apply the brakes)

• The AEB automatically activates

when you turn the vehicle on.

The driver can deactivate the AEB

by canceling the in the system set-

ting on the LCD display.

• The AEB automatically deactivates

when canceling the ESC. When the

ESC is canceled, the AEB cannot

be activated on the LCD display.

WARNING

To avoid driver distractions, do

not attempt to set or cancel the

AEB while operating the vehicle.

639

Driving your vehicle

AEB warning message and

system control

The AEB produces warning mes-

sages, warning alarms, and emer-

gency braking based on the level of

risk of a frontal collision, such as

when a vehicle ahead suddenly

brakes, when there is no following dis-

tance from the vehicle in front, or

when it detects a collision with a

pedestrian is imminent.

Forward Warning (1st warning)

The warning message appears on

the LCD display with the warning

alarms.

Collision Warning (2nd warning)

• The warning message appears on

the LCD display with the warning

alarms.

• The AEB applies the brakes within

certain limit to reduce the impact

from a collision.

ODE056075L ODE056076L

Driving your vehicle

406

Emergency braking (3

warning)

• The warning message appears on

the LCD display with the warning

alarms.

• The AEB controls the brakes with-

in certain limit to reduce the impact

from the collision.

The AEB controls the maximum

brakes just before the collision.

Brake operation

• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status

for prompt reaction against the dri-

ver’s depressing the brake pedal.

• The AEB system provides addi-

tional braking power for optimum

braking performance, when the

driver depresses the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly deactivated, when the driver

sharply depresses the accelerator

pedal, or when the driver abruptly

operates the steering wheel.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly canceled, when risk factors dis-

appear.

ODE056077L

WARNING

The AEB assesses the risk of a

collision by monitoring several

variables avoid all collisions.

The AEB might not completely

stop the vehicle before colli-

sion, due to ambient weather

and road conditions. The driver

has the responsibility to drive

safely and control the vehicle.

CAUTION

The driver should always exer-

cise caution when operating

the vehicle, even though there is

no warning message or warning

alarm.

WARNING

The AEB assesses the risk of a

collision by monitoring several

variables, such as the distance

from the vehicle/passer-by in

front, the speed of the

vehicle/passer-by in front, and

the driver's vehicle operation.

Certain conditions such as

inclement weather and road

conditions may affect the oper-

ation of the AEB system.

641

Driving your vehicle

Sensor to detect the distance

from the vehicle in front

(front radar)

In order the AEB system to operate

properly, always make sure the sen-

sor is clean and free of dirt, snow,

and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign

substances on the lens may

adversely affect the sensing perform-

ance of the sensor. It may even tem-

porarily cancel the AEB. Always keep

the sensor lens clean.

Warning message and warning

light

When the sensor is covered or the

sensor lens is dirty with foreign sub-

stances, such as snow, rain, or

debris, the AEB system may not be

able to detect vehicles or pedestri-

ans. In this case, a warning message

will appear on the LCD display to

notify the driver. Remove the foreign

substances to allow the AEB system

to function.

✽✽

NOTICE

• Do not install any accessories, such

as a license plate bracket or

bumper sticker near the sensor

area. Do not replace the bumper

by yourself. Doing so may adverse-

ly affect the sensing performance.

• Always keep the sensor/bumper

area clean.

• Use only a soft cloth to wash the

vehicle. Also, do not spray highly

pressurized water on the sensor

installed on the bumper.

• Be careful not to apply unneces-

sary force on the frontal sensor

area. When the sensor moves out

of the correct position due to

external force, the system may not

operate correctly even without the

warning light or message. In this

case, have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized Kia dealer.

• Use only the genuine Kia sensor

cover. Do not arbitrarily apply

paint on the sensor cover.

ODE056017

ODE057078L

Driving your vehicle

426

System malfunction

• When the AEB is not working prop-

erly, the AEB warning light ( ) will

illuminate and the warning mes-

sage will appear for a few seconds.

After the message disappears, the

master warning light ( ) will illu-

minate. In this case, have your vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

• The AEB warning message may

appear along with the illumination

of the ESC warning light.

ODE056079L

WARNING

The AEB is only a supplemental

system for the driver’s conven-

ience.

It is the driver's responsibility to

control the vehicle. Do not sole-

ly depend on the AEB system.

Rather, maintain a safe braking

distance, and, if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to

lower the driving speed.

WARNING

• In certain instances and under

certain driving conditions, the

AEB system may activate

unintentionally. This initial

warning message appears on

the LED display with a warning

chime. Also, in certain

instances, due to system limi-

tations, the sensor may not

detect the vehicle ahead.

(Continued)

The AEB system may not acti-

vate and the warning mes-

sage will not be displayed.

Read the "Limitation of the

system" section below for

more information.

• The AEB system may not acti-

vate if the driver applies the

brake pedal to avoid a colli-

sion.

• The AEB system operates

only to detect vehicles and/or

pedestrians in front of the

vehicle. The system does not

operate when the vehicle is in

reverse, and it is not designed

to detect other objects on the

road, such as animals.

• The AEB system is not

designed to detect vehicles in

the opposite lane, cross-traf-

fic vehicles that are approach-

ing, or parked vehicles on the

side.

643

Driving your vehicle

Limitation of the system

The AEB system is a supplemental

system for a certain risky driving

conditions and it does not take every

responsibility for all risks from driving

condition.

The AEB monitors the driving situa-

tions through the radar and the cam-

era sensor. For any vehicle activity

occurring outside the sensor range,

the AEB may not function. The driver

should exercise caution in the follow-

ing situations, as the AEB operation

may be limited:

Detecting vehicles

The sensor may be limited when:

- The radar or the camera is contam-

inated with foreign substances.

- It heavily rains or snows.

- There is electromagnetic interfer-

ence.

- Something in the path of travel

deflects the radar waves.

- The vehicle in front has a narrow

body. (i.e. motorcycles and bicycles)

- The driver’s view is degraded by

driving towards sunlight, reflected

light, or darkness.

- The camera cannot see the full

profile of the vehicle in front.

- The vehicle in front is a special

vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded

truck or a trailer.

The vehicle in front does not turn

ON the rear lights, does not have

rear lights, has asymmetric rear

lights, or has rear lights out of angle.

- The outside brightness is greatly

changed, such as entering/exiting

the tunnel.

- The vehicle driving is unstable.

- The radar/camera sensor recogni-

tion is limited.

- When driving on uneven surfaces

or roads with sudden gradient

changes

- The vehicle driving indoors or in an

underground parking lot.

Driving your vehicle

446

- Driving on a curve

The AEB performance may be limit-

ed while driving on a curve. The AEB

may not recognize the vehicle in front

even in the same lane. It may unnec-

essarily produce the warning mes-

sage and the warning alarm, or it

may not produce the warning mes-

sage and the warning alarm at all.

While driving on a curve, exercise

caution, and, if necessary, depress

the brake pedal.

The AEB system may recognize a

vehicle in an adjacent lane when driv-

ing on a curved road. In this case, the

system may apply the brake.

Always pay attention to road and driv-

ing conditions while driving. If neces-

sary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance. Also, when

necessary, you may depress the

accelerator pedal to prevent the sys-

tem from unnecessarily decelerating

your vehicle.

Always check the traffic conditions

around the vehicle.

- Driving on a slope

The AEB performance may be limit-

ed while driving upward or downward

on a slope, and may not recognize

the vehicle in front in the same lane.

It may prematurely produce the

warning message and the warning

alarm, or it may not produce the

warning message and the warning

alarm at all.

When the AEB suddenly recognizes

the vehicle in front while passing

over a slope, you may experience

sharp deceleration.

Always keep your eyes forward while

driving upward or downward on a

slope, and, if necessary, depress the

brake pedal.

OQL055054 ODE056060OQL055053

645

Driving your vehicle

- Changing lanes

When a vehicle changes lanes in

front of you, the AEB system may not

immediately detect the vehicle, espe-

cially if the vehicle changes lanes

abruptly. In this case, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance, and if

necessary, depress the brake pedal

to reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

When driving in stop-and-go traffic,

and a stopped vehicle in front of you

merges out of the lane, the AEB sys-

tem may not immediately detect the

new vehicle that is now in front of

you. In this case, you must maintain

a safe braking distance, and if nec-

essary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

- Recognizing the vehicle

If the vehicle in front of you has cargo

that extends rearward from the cab,

or when the vehicle in front of you

has higher ground clearance, addi-

tional special attention is required.

The AEB system may not be able to

detect the cargo extending from the

vehicle. In these instances, you

much maintain a safe braking dis-

tance from the rearmost object, and

if necessary, depress the brake

pedal to reduce your driving speed in

order to maintain distance.

OQL055057 ODE056061OQL055056

Driving your vehicle

466

Detecting pedestrians

The sensor may be limited when:

- The pedestrian is not fully captured

by the camera sensor, or the

pedestrian does not walk in the

upright position.

- The pedestrian moves very fast.

- The pedestrian abruptly appears in

front.

- The pedestrian wears clothes sim-

ilar in color to the background.

- Conditions outside are too bright or

too dark.

- The vehicle drives at night or in the

darkness.

- There is an item similar in shape a

person’s body structure.

- The pedestrian is small.

- The pedestrian has impaired

mobility.

- The pedestrian blends in with their

surroundings.

- Sensor recognition is limited by

rain, snow, fog, etc.

- There is a group of pedestrians.

✽✽

NOTICE

In some instances, the AEB system

may be canceled when subjected to

electromagnetic interference.

WARNING - Testing the

AEB

The AEB does not operate in

certain situations. Thus, never

test-operate the AEB against a

person or an object. It may

cause a severe injury or even

death.

WARNING - AEB and

Towing

Do not use the AEB system

when towing a vehicle.

Application of the AEB system

while towing may adversely

affect the safety of your vehicle

or the towing vehicle.

WARNING

• Use extreme caution when the

vehicle in front of you has

cargo that extends rearward

from the cab, or when the

vehicle in front of you has

higher ground clearance.

• The AEB system is designed

to detect and monitor the

vehicle ahead through sen-

sors. It is not designed to

detect bicycles, motorcycles,

or smaller wheeled objects,

such as luggage bags, shop-

ping carts, or strollers.

647

Driving your vehicle

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the device.

Radio frequency radiation exposure

information:

This equipment complies with FCC

radiation exposure limits set forth for

uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed

and operated with minimum distance

of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator

(antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-

located or operating in conjunction

with any other antenna or transmit-

ter.

Driving your vehicle

486

The cruise control system allows you

to program the vehicle to maintain a

constant speed without depressing

the accelerator pedal.

This system is designed to function

above approximately 20 mph (30

km/h).

If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in the instru-

ment cluster illuminated) the cruise

control can be switched on acciden-

tally. Keep the cruise control system

off (CRUISE indicator light OFF)

when the cruise control is not in use,

to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.

Use the cruise control system only

when traveling on open highways in

good weather.

Do not use the cruise control when

driving in heavy or varying traffic, or

on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov-

ered) or winding roads or over 6%

up-hill or down-hill roads.

✽✽

NOTICE

• During normal cruise control oper-

ation, when the SET switch is acti-

vated or reactivated after applying

the brakes, the cruise control will

activate after approximately 3 sec-

onds. This delay is normal.

• To activate cruise control, depress

the brake pedal at least once after

turning the engine start/stop but-

ton to the ON position or starting

the engine.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

WARNING - Misuse of

Cruise Control

Do not use cruise control if the

traffic situation does not allow

you to drive safely at a constant

speed and with sufficient dis-

tance to the vehicle in front.

ODE056018

649

Driving your vehicle

To set cruise control speed:

1. Press the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system

on. The CRUISE indicator light in

the instrument cluster will illumi-

nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,

which must be more than 20 mph

(30 km/h).

3. Move the lever down (to SET-),

and release it at the desired

speed. The SET indicator light in

the instrument cluster will illumi-

nate. Release the accelerator at

the same time. The desired speed

will automatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may

slow down slightly when driving uphill

or speed up slightly while going down-

hill.

To increase cruise control set

speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.

Release the lever at the speed you

want.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will increase by 1.0 mph (2

km/h ) each time the lever is operat-

ed in this manner.

OJF055038

OJF055039

OJF055040

Driving your vehicle

506

To decrease the cruising

speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually

slow down. Release the lever at the

speed you want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will decrease by 1.0 mph (2

km/h) each time the lever is operat-

ed in this manner.

To temporarily accelerate with

the cruise control on:

If you want to speed up temporarily

when the cruise control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal.

Increased speed will not interfere

with the cruise control operation or

change the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take your

foot off the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, do

one of the following:

• Depress the brake pedal.

• Shift into N (Neutral) with a dual

clutch transmission.

• Press the CANCEL switch.

• Decrease the vehicle speed lower

than the memory speed by 12 mph

(20 km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than approximately 15 mph (25

km/h).

OJF055041OJF055039

651

Driving your vehicle

Each of these actions will cancel

cruise control operation (the SET

indicator light in the instrument clus-

ter will go off), but it will not turn the

system off. If you wish to resume

cruise control operation, & you have

not met any of the five (5) cancel

modes, move the lever up (to RES+).

You will return to your previously pre-

set speed. If you have met one of the

five cancel modes, pressing the

(RES+) will set the current speed

your at, & will not resume to the pre-

vious memory speed.

To resume cruising speed at

more than approximately 20

mph (30 km/h):

If any method other than the

CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used

to cancel cruising speed and the sys-

tem is still activated, the most recent

set speed will automatically resume

when you move the lever up.

It will not resume, however, if the

vehicle speed has dropped below

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

To turn cruise control off, do

one of the following:

• Press the CRUISE button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the

instrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the engine start/stop button off.

Both of these actions will cancel the

cruise control operation. If you want

to resume the cruise control opera-

tion, repeat the steps provided in “To

set cruise control speed” on the pre-

vious page.

OJF055040

OJF055038

Driving your vehicle

526

SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (SCC) (IF EQUIPPED)

➀ Cruise indicator

➁ Set speed

➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

The SCC allows you to program the

vehicle to maintain a set speed so

long as it is not limited by traffic. When

traffic is encountered the vehicle will

slow down to maintain a set distance

behind traffic without depressing the

accelerator or brake pedal.

• Use the SCC only when traveling

on open highways in good weather.

• Limited visibility (rain, snow, smog,

etc)

• Cruise function should not be used

when the vehicle is being towed to

prevent any damage.

❈ SCC is the abbreviation for Smart

Cruise Control.

WARNING

- Smart Cruise Control

Inadvertent Activation

If the smart cruise control is left

on (CRUISE indicator in the

instrument cluster illuminated),

it can be activated inadvertent-

ly. Keep the advanced smart

cruise control system off

(CRUISE indicator turn off)

when the smart cruise control is

not in use to avoid setting a

speed which the driver is not

aware of.

ODE056095N

WARNING

The Smart Cruise Control

System (SCC) is deactivated

when driving under the speed

of 6.0 mph (10 km/h). In this

case, the it will be unable to

maintain distance from the

vehicle ahead. It is the driver’s

responsibility to depress the

brake to maintain certain dis-

tance from the vehicle ahead.

653

Driving your vehicle

Speed setting (SCC)

To set cruise control speed:

1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn

the system on. The CRUISE indi-

cator in the instrument cluster will

illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed.

• 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 110 mph

(180 km/h) : when there is no

vehicle in front

• 6.2mph (10 km/h) ~ 110 mph

(180 km/h) : when there is a vehi-

cle in front

(Continued)

• The smart cruise control sys-

tem cannot recognize a

stopped vehicle, pedestrians

or an oncoming vehicle.

Always look ahead cautiously

to prevent unexpected and

sudden situations from occur-

ring.

• Use the smart cruise control

system only when traveling

on open highways in good

weather conditions.

ODE056039CN

WARNING

- Smart Cruise Control

Limitations

• The smart cruise control is a

supplemental system and is

not a substitute for safe driv-

ing practices. It is the respon-

sibility of the driver to always

check the speed and distance

to the vehicle ahead.

• Do not use the smart cruise

control when it may not be

safe to keep the car at a con-

stant speed, for instance, driv-

ing in heavy or varying traffic,

or on slippery (rainy, icy or

snow-covered) or winding

roads or over 6% uphill or

down-hill roads.

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

546

3. Move the lever down (to SET-),

and release it at the desired

speed. The set speed and vehicle

to vehicle distance on the LDC

screen will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

The desired speed will automati-

cally be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the

speed may decrease to maintain the

distance to the vehicle ahead.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may

slow down or speed up slightly while

going uphill or downhill.

To increase cruise control set

speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever up (to RES+), and

hold it. Your vehicle set speed will

increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Release the lever at the speed you

want.

• Move the lever up (to RES+), and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will increase by 1 mph (1.0

km/h) each time you move the

lever up (to RES+) in this manner.

• SCC will operate to a maximum

setting of 110 mph (180 km/h).

However all local speed limit laws

must be followed.

ODE056041CN

ODE056040CN

CAUTION

Check the driving condition

before using the toggle switch.

Driving speed may sharply

increase when you push up and

hold the toggle switch.

655

Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruise control

set speed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever down (to SET-), and

hold it. Your vehicle set speed will

decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Release the lever at the speed you

want.

• Move the lever down (to SET-), and

release it immediately. The cruising

speed will decrease by 1 mph (1.0

km/h) each time you move the lever

down (to SET-) in this manner.

• You can set the cruise control to any

speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).

To temporarily accelerate with the

cruise control on:

If you want to speed up temporarily

when the cruise control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal.

Increased speed will not interfere

with cruise control operation or

change the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take your

foot off the accelerator.

If you move the lever down (to SET-)

at increased speed, the cruising

speed will be set again.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful when accelerating tem-

porarily, because the speed is not

regulated automatically at this time

even if there is a vehicle in front of

you.

SCC will be temporarily canceled

when:

Canceled manually

The smart cruise control is temporar-

ily canceled when the brake pedal is

depressed or the CANCEL button is

pressed. The speed and vehicle to

vehicle distance indicator on the

cluster will disappear and the

CRUISE indicator is illuminated con-

tinuously.

ODE056026CNODE056040CN

Driving your vehicle

566

Canceled automatically

• The driver's door is opened.

• The shift lever is shifted to N

(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P(Parking).

• The EPB (electronic parking brake)

is applied.

• The vehicle speed is over 120 mph

(190 km/h)

• The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating.

• The ESC is turned off.

• The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.

• When the vehicle is stopped for

over 5 minutes.

• The driver starts driving by pushing

the lever up (RES +) or down

(SET -) or depressing the acceler-

ator pedal approximately 3 sec-

onds after the vehicle is stopped by

the Smart Cruise Control System

with no other vehicle ahead or a

vehicle stopped far away in front.

• The engine speed is in a danger-

ous range.

• The SCC system has malfunc-

tioned.

• The accelerator pedal is continu-

ously depressed for long time.

Each of these actions will cancel the

SCC operation. (The set speed and

vehicle-to-vehicle distance on the

LCD display will go off.)

If the SCC is cancelled automati-

cally, the SCC will not resume even

though the RES+ or SET- lever is

moved. Also, the EPB (electronic

parking brake) will be applied when

the vehicle is stopped.

- When activating the AEB

(Autonomous Emergency Braking)

If the SCC is cancelled by a reason

not mentioned, have the system

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

If the system is automatically

cancelled, the warning chime

will sound and a message

(“Smart Cruise Control can-

celed”) will appear for a few sec-

onds.

You must adjust the vehicle

speed by depressing the accel-

erator or brake pedal according

to the road and driving condi-

tions ahead.

Always check the road condi-

tions. Do not rely on the warning

chime.

657

Driving your vehicle

To resume cruise control set

speed:

If any method other than the CRUISE

button was used to cancel cruising

speed and the system is still activat-

ed, the cruising speed will automati-

cally resume when you move the

lever up/down (to RES+ or SET-).

If you move the lever up (to RES+),

the speed will resume to the recently

set speed. When the speed of the

vehicle is greater than or equal to 6.2

mph (10 km/h) but less than 20 mph

(30 km/h), the smart cruise control

system will be reset only when there

is a vehicle in front.

To turn cruise control off:

Press the CRUISE button. (the

CRUISE indicator in the instrument

cluster will go off).

ODE056039CN

WARNING - Following

Distance

• To avoid collisions, always be

aware of the selected speed

and vehicle to vehicle dis-

tance settings when activat-

ing your smart cruise control

system.

• Always maintain sufficient

braking distance and deceler-

ate your vehicle by applying

the brakes if necessary.

ODE056041CN

Driving your vehicle

586

Vehicle to vehicle distance

setting (SCC)

To set vehicle to vehicle distance:

This function allows you to program

the vehicle to maintain relative dis-

tance to the vehicle ahead without

depressing the accelerator pedal or

brake pedal.

The vehicle to vehicle distance will

automatically activate when the SCC

is on.

Select the appropriate distance

according to road conditions and

vehicle speed.

Each time the button is pressed, the

vehicle to vehicle distance changes

as follows:

For example, if you drive at 56 mph

(90 km/h), the distance is maintained

as follows;

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet

(52.5 m)

Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet

(40 m)

Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet

(32.5 m)

Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet

(25 m)

✽✽

NOTICE

The smart cruise control system

remember the last vehicle to vehicle

distance which the driver used in the

vehicle with AEB.

ODE056042CN

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

659

Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle will maintain the set

speed, when the lane ahead is clear.

• The vehicle will slow down or

speed up within selected speed to

maintain the selected distance,

when there is a vehicle ahead of

you in the lane. (A vehicle will

appear in front of your vehicle in

the LCD display only when there is

an actual vehicle in front of you)

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,

your vehicle will travel at a steady

cruising speed after accelerating to

the selected speed.

• The warning chime sounds and

LCD display blinks if it is hard to

maintain the selected distance to

the vehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,

actively adjust the vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal

according to the road condition

ahead and driving condition.

• Even if the warning chime is not acti-

vated, always pay attention to the

driving conditions to prevent danger-

ous situations from occurring.

ODE056082N

ODE056081N

ODE056083N

ODE056080N

Distance 4

Distance 2

Distance 3

Distance 1

Driving your vehicle

606

If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:

less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) moves to

the next lane, the warning chime will

sound and a message will appear.

If a vehicle enters into your lane mov-

ing less than the designated speed,

you can adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal.

Radar to detect distance to the

vehicle ahead

The sensor detects distance to the

vehicle ahead.

If the sensor is covered with dirt or

other foreign matter, the vehicle to

vehicle distance control may not

operate correctly.

Always keep the sensor clean.

Radar check message

If the radar or cover is dirty or

obscured with foreign matter such as

snow, this message (“Smart Cruise

Control disabled temporarily”) will

appear and it will disappear after for

a while. In this case, the system may

not function temporarily, but it does

not indicate a malfunction of the

Advanced Smart Cruise Control

System. Clean the radar or cover by

using a soft cloth and it will operate

normally.

SCC (Smart Cruise Control)

malfunction message

The message (“Check Smart Cruise

Control System”) will appear when

the vehicle to vehicle distance control

system is not functioning normally.

Take your vehicle to an authorized

Kia dealer and have the system

checked.

ODE056017

ODE056084L

661

Driving your vehicle

• Always keep the sensor and

bumper clean.

• Use only a genuine Kia sensor

cover for your vehicle.

• Do not install accessories around

the sensor and do not replace the

bumper by yourself. It may interfere

with the sensor performance.

• Impact damage to the sensor or

sensor area may cause the sensor

to move slightly off position and

result in the SCC not operating

correctly without any warning or

indicator from the cluster. If this

occurs, have your vehicle checked

by an authorized Kia dealer as

soon as possible.

To adjust the sensitivity of

Smart Cruise Control

The sensitivity of vehicle speed when

following the front vehicle to maintain

the set distance can be adjusted. Go

to the User Settings Mode (Driving

Assist) and select SCC (Smart

Cruise Control). You may select one

of the three stages you prefer.

• Slow:

Vehicle speed to maintain the set

distance to the vehicle ahead is

slower than normal speed.

• Normal:

Vehicle speed to maintain the set

distance to the vehicle ahead is

normal

• Fast:

Vehicle speed to maintain the set

distance to the vehicle ahead is

faster than normal speed.

✽✽

NOTICE

The system remembers the last

selected mode.

To convert to cruise control

mode:

The driver may choose to only use

the cruise control mode (speed con-

trol function) by doing as follows:

1.Turn the SCC on (the cruise indica-

tor light will be on but the system

will not be activated).

2.Push the distance to distance

switch for more than 2 seconds.

3.Choose between “Smart cruise

control (SCC) mode” and “Cruise

control (CC) mode”.

CAUTION - Sensor

Damage

To prevent sensor cover dam-

age from occurring, wash the

car with a soft cloth.

WARNING

When using the cruise control

mode, you must manually

assess the distance to other

vehicles as the system will not

automatically brake to slow

down for other vehicles.

Driving your vehicle

626

Limitations of the system

The SCC may have limits to its ability

to detect distance to the vehicle ahead

due to road and traffic conditions.

On curves

• On curves, the SCC may not

immediately detect a moving vehi-

cle in your lane, and then your

vehicle could accelerate to the set

speed. Also, the vehicle speed will

rapidly slow down when the vehicle

ahead is recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on curves and adjust your vehicle

speed by depressing the accelera-

tor or brake pedal according to the

road and driving conditions ahead.

• Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent

lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal

according to the road and driving

conditions ahead. Apply the accel-

erator pedal and select the appro-

priate set speed. Check to be sure

that the road conditions permit safe

operation of the SCC.

OJF055025

663

Driving your vehicle

On inclines

• During uphill or downhill driving, the

SCC may not immediately detect a

moving vehicle in your lane, and

may cause your vehicle to acceler-

ate to the set speed. Also, the vehi-

cle speed may rapidly slow down

when the vehicle ahead is recog-

nized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on inclines and adjust your vehicle

speed by depressing the accelera-

tor or brake pedal according to the

road and driving conditions ahead.

Lane changing

• A vehicle which moves into your

lane from an adjacent lane cannot

be recognized by the sensor until it

is in the sensor's detection range.

• The sensor may not detect imme-

diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-

denly. Always pay attention to the

traffic, road and driving conditions.

• If a vehicle which moves into your

lane is slower than your vehicle, your

speed may decrease to maintain the

distance to the vehicle ahead.

• If a vehicle which moves into your

lane is faster than your vehicle,

your vehicle will accelerate to the

selected speed.

• Your vehicle may accelerate when

a vehicle ahead of you disappears.

• When you are warned that the

vehicle ahead of you is not detect-

ed, drive with caution.

OJF055028ODE056060

OJF055049

Driving your vehicle

646

Vehicle recognition

Some vehicles ahead in your lane

cannot be recognized by the sensor

as follows:

- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles

- Vehicles offset to one side

- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles

- Stopped vehicles

- Vehicles with small rear profiles

such as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the sensor if any of

following occurs:

- When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in the

liftgate

- While making turns by steering

- When driving to one side of the lane

- When driving on narrow lanes or on

curves

Adjust your vehicle speed by

depressing the brake pedal accord-

ing to the road condition ahead and

driving condition.

• When vehicles are at a standstill

and the vehicle in front of you

changes to the next lane, be care-

ful when your vehicle starts to

move because it may not immedi-

ately recognize the stopped vehi-

cle in front of you.

In this case, you must maintain a

safe braking distance, and if nec-

essary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

OJF055048

OJF055029

665

Driving your vehicle

• Always look out for pedestrians

when your vehicle is maintaining a

distance with the vehicle ahead.

• Always be cautious for vehicles

that are taller with higher clear-

ance, or vehicles carrying loads

that stick out of the back of the

vehicle.

OJF055050 ODE056061

WARNING

When using the SCC, the the

following precautions:

• If an emergency stop is nec-

essary, you must apply the

brakes. The vehicle cannot be

stopped at every emergency

situation by using the SCC

system.

• Keep a safe distance accord-

ing to road conditions and

vehicle speed. If the vehicle to

vehicle distance is too close,

a serious collision may result.

• Always maintain sufficient

braking distance and deceler-

ate your vehicle by applying

the brakes if necessary.

• The SCC system cannot rec-

ognize a stopped vehicle,

pedestrians, or an oncoming

vehicle. Always look ahead to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occur-

ring.

(Continued)

Driving your vehicle

666

- After an engine start, please stop

for several seconds. If system ini-

tialization is not completed, the

SCC does not normally operate.

- After an engine start, if any objects

are not detected or the sensor

cover is obscured with foreign sub-

stances, there is a possibility that

the SCC system may not work.

- The following conditions may

cause a malfunction: over-loading

the liftgate, suspension modifica-

tion, tire replacement with unau-

thorized tires or tires with different

tread wear and pressure levels.

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user’s authority to operate

the device.

WARNING - Inclines &

Towing

Do not use SCC on steep

inclines or when towing another

vehicle or trailer since such

extreme loading can interfere

with your vehicle's ability to

maintain the selected speed.

(Continued)

• Vehicles moving in front of

you with a frequent lane

change may cause a delay in

the system's reaction or may

cause the system to react to a

vehicle actually in an adjacent

lane. Always drive cautiously

to prevent unexpected and

sudden situations from occur-

ring.

• Always be aware of the select-

ed speed and vehicle to vehi-

cle distance. The driver

should not solely rely on the

system but always pay atten-

tion to driving conditions and

control the vehicle speed.

• The SCC system may not rec-

ognize complex driving situa-

tions so always pay attention

to driving conditions and con-

trol the vehicle speed.

• For safe operation of the SCC

system, carefully read and fol-

low the instructions in this

manual before use.

667

Driving your vehicle

Radio frequency radiation expo-

sure information:

This equipment complies with FCC

radiation exposure limits set forth for

an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed

and operated with minimum distance

of 20 cm between the radiator

(antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-

located or operating in conjunction

with any other antenna or transmit-

ter.

Driving your vehicle

686

The Blind Spot Detection System

(BSD) uses a radar sensor to alert

the driver.

The system monitors the rear area of

the vehicle and provides information

to the driver with an early warning.

(1) BSD (Blind Spot Detection)

The warning range depends on

your vehicle speed. However, if

your vehicle is about 6 mph (10

km/h) faster than the other vehi-

cle, the system will not warn you.

(2) LCA (Lane Change Assist)

When a vehicle approaches you at

high speed, the system will warn

you. The driver may notice differ-

ent warning distances depending

on other vehicle’s speed.

(3) RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)

When your vehicle moves rear-

ward, and the sensor detects an

approaching vehicle in the left or

right side, the system will warn

you. The driver may notice differ-

ent warning distances depending

on other vehicle’s speed.

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - BSD

Limitations

• The Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) is a supplemen-

tal system. Do not solely rely

on the system and always pay

attention to drive safely.

• The Blind Spot Detection

System may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle

and is not a substitute for

proper and safe lane chang-

ing procedures. Always drive

safely and use caution when

changing lanes.

ODE056063L

669

Driving your vehicle

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist)

Operating conditions

The indicator on the switch will illumi-

nate when the Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) switch is pressed with

the Engine Start/Stop Button ON.

If vehicle speed exceeds 18.6 mph

(30 km/h), the system will activate.

If you press the switch again, the

switch indicator and system will be

turned off.

If the vehicle is turned off, the system

will remember the last settings upon

restart.

When the system is not used turn the

system off by turning off the switch.

When the system is turned on the

warning light will illuminate for 3 sec-

onds on the outside rearview mirror.

Warning type

The system will activate when:

1. The system is on.

2. Vehicle speed is above 18.6 mph

(30 km/h).

3. Other vehicles are detected in the

rear side.

WARNING

The Blind Spot Detection

System with Lane Change

Assist and Rear Cross Traffic

Alert is not a substitute for

proper and safe lane changing

procedures. Always drive safely

and use caution when changing

lanes. The Blind Spot Detection

System may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle.

ODE057031N

Driving your vehicle

706

If a vehicle is detected within the

boundary of the system, a warning

light will illuminate on the outside

rearview mirror.

If the detected vehicle is not in

detecting range, the warning will turn

off.

The second stage alarm will activate

when:

1. A vehicle has been detected in the

blind spot area by the radar sys-

tem and

2. The turn signal is on to change a

lane

When the second stage alert is acti-

vated, a warning light will blink on the

outside rearview mirror and an alarm

will sound.

If you move the turn signal switch to

the original position, the second

stage alert will be deactivated.

- The second stage alarm may be

deactivated.

• To activate the alarm:

Go to the User Settings Mode →

Sound and select “BSD” on the

LCD display.

• To deactivate the alarm:

Go to the User Settings Mode →

Sound and deselect “BSD” on the

LCD display.

ODE056034

2nd stage

ODE056033

1st stage

CAUTION

The alarm function helps alert

the driver. Deactivate this func-

tion only when it is necessary.

671

Driving your vehicle

Detecting sensor

The sensors are located inside of the

rear bumper.

Always keep the rear bumper clean

for the system to work properly.

Warning message

“Blind Spot Detection disabled tem-

porarily”

This message will appear to notify

the driver if one of the following

occurs. The light on the switch and

the system will turn off automatically.

- There are foreign substances on the

surface or inside the rear bumper or

it is hot near the rear bumper.

- When a trailer or carrier is installed.

- When driving in a wide area with

few vehicles around.

- When driving in bad weather such as

heavy rain or snow.

Remove the foreign substance on

the rear bumper.

After the foreign substance is

removed, if you drive for approxi-

mately 10 minutes, the system will

work normally.

If the system does not work normally

even though the foreign substance is

removed, take your vehicle to an

authorized Kia dealer and have the

system checked.

If the system does not work properly,

a warning message (“Check BSD

System”) will appear and the light on

the switch will turn off. The system

will turn off automatically.

Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

ODE056032

Driving your vehicle

726

RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)

When your vehicle moves in reverse

from a parking position, the sensor

monitors approaching vehicles to the

left and right side of the vehicle and

gives information to the driver.

Operating conditions

• Go to the User Settings Mode ➝

Driving Assist ➝ Rear Collision

Warning and select “Rear Cross

Traffic Alert” on the LCD display.

The system will turn on and stand

by to be activated.

• Select RCTA again, to turn the sys-

tem off.

• If the vehicle is turned off, the

RCTA system will remember the

last settings upon restart. Always

turn the RCTA system off when not

in use.

• The system operates when the

vehicle speed is below 6.2 mph (10

km/h) with the shift lever in R

(Reverse).

• The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic

Alert) detecting range is 1.6 feet

(0.5 m) ~ 65 feet (20 m) based on

the side direction. If the approach-

ing vehicle speed is

2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36

km/h) within sensing range, it is

detected. However, the system

sensing range can vary based on

conditions. Always pay attention to

your surroundings.

Warning type

ODE056064

ODE056091L

OQLE055130

ODE056092L

673

Driving your vehicle

• If the vehicle detected by sensors

approaches your vehicle, the warn-

ing chime will sound and the warn-

ing light will blink on the outside

rearview mirror.

• If the detected object is not in your

way, move the vehicle away from

the detected object slowly; and the

warning will cancel once the object

has been safely cleared.

• The system may not operate prop-

erly due to other factors or circum-

stances. Always pay attention to

your surroundings.

❈ If your vehicle's left or right side

bumper is blinded by a barrier or

vehicles, the system sensing abili-

ty may be deteriorated.

WARNING

The Blind Spot Detection

System with Lane Change

Assist and Rear Cross Traffic

Alert is not a substitute for

proper and safe lane changing

procedures. Always drive safely

and use caution when changing

lanes. The Blind Spot Detection

System may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle.

CAUTION

• The system may not work

properly if the bumper has

been replaced or if repair work

has been done near the sen-

sor.

• The detection area differs

according to the road's width.

If the road is narrow the sys-

tem may detect other vehicles

in the next lane.

• If the road is very wide the

system may not detect other

vehicles.

• The system may turn off due

to strong electromagnetic

interference.

Driving your vehicle

746

Limitations condition

Driver's Attention

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations for the system may

not assist the driver and may not

work properly.

- Curved roads, tollgates, etc.

- The surrounding of the sensor cover

is dirty with rain, snow, mud, etc.

- The rear bumper near the sensor is

covered or obstructed with foreign

matter such as a sticker, bumper

guard, bicycle racks, etc.

- The rear bumper is damaged or the

sensor is out of place.

- The height of the vehicle has signif-

icantly changed such as when the

liftgate is loaded with heavy

objects, abnormal tire pressure etc.

- Due to bad weather such as heavy

rain or snow.

- A fixed object is near such as a

guardrail, etc.

- A substantial amount of metallic

objects such as a construction

area.

- A large vehicle is nearby such as a

bus or truck.

- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

- A flat trailer is near.

- If two vehicles near each other

accelerate together.

- When another vehicle passes by at

a high rate of speed.

- When changing lanes.

- When going down or up a steep,

uneven road.

- When another vehicle drives very

close the back bumper/liftgate.

- When a trailer or carrier is installed.

- When the temperature of the rear

bumper is very high or low.

- When bike racks, etc. cover the

sensor.

- When reversing from a parking

space with pillars or metal struc-

tures.

- When you are reversing and if the

detected vehicle is simultaneously

reversing.

- If there are small objects like shop-

ping carts and baby carriages.

- If there is a vehicle with decreased

ride height (lowered).

- When the vehicle is close to anoth-

er vehicle.

- When driving through a narrow

road with many plants.

- When driving on wet surface.

- When driving in a wide area with

not many constructions and cars

(desert, suburb, field)

675

Driving your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror may not

alert the driver when:

- The outside rearview mirror hous-

ing is very dirty.

- The window is very dirty.

- The windows are tinted very dark.

This device complies with Part 15

of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

Driving your vehicle

766

The Lane Keeping Assist System

detects the lane markers on the road

with a front view camera at the front

windshield, and assists the driver’s

steering to help keep the vehicle in

the lanes.

When the system detects the vehicle

straying from its lane, it alerts the

driver with a visual and audible warn-

ing, while applying a slight counter-

steering torque, trying to prevent the

vehicle from moving out of its lane.

LANE KEEPING ASSIST SYSTEM (LKAS) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING

Do not turn the steering wheel

suddenly when the vehicle is

being directed by the LKA sys-

tem. This can result in a sudden

loss of control and crash of the

vehicle.

ODE056029

WARNING - LKAS

Limitations

The LKAS is a supplemental

system and should not be sole-

ly relied upon by the driver. Do

not attempt sudden steering

maneuvers while the LKAS is

activated. If the vehicle is driven

at high speeds, the LKAS may

not adjust the steering wheel. It

is the driver's responsibility to

always pay attention to the road

and maintain control over the

steering wheel while driving.

WARNING

• Driver is responsible for being

aware of surroundings and

steering the vehicle for safe

driving practices.

• LKAS helps prevent the driver

from moving out of the lane

unintentionally by assisting

the driver’s steering. However,

the system is just a conven-

ience function and the steer-

ing wheel is not always con-

trolled. While driving, the driv-

er should pay attention to the

steering wheel.

• The operation of the LKAS

can be cancelled or not work

properly according to road

condition and surroundings.

Always be cautious when

driving.

677

Driving your vehicle

• Do not disassemble a front view

camera temporarily for tinted win-

dow or attaching any types of coat-

ings and accessories. If you disas-

semble the camera and assemble

it again, take your vehicle to an

authorized Kia dealer and have the

system checked to need a calibra-

tion.

• When you replace the windshield

glass, front view camera or related

parts of the steering, take your

vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer

and have the system checked to

need a calibration.

• The system detects lane markers

and controls the steering wheel by

a front view camera, therefore, if

the lane markers are hard to

detect, the system may not work

properly. Always be cautious when

using the system.

• When the lane markers are hard to

detect, please refer to “Driver’s

Attention”.

• Do not remove or damage the

related parts of LKAS.

• Do not place objects on the crash

pad that reflects light such as mir-

rors, white paper, etc. it may cause

malfunction of LKAS if the sunlight

is reflected.

• You may not hear warning sound of

LKAS because of the excessive

audio sound.

• If you continue to drive with your

hands off the steering wheel, the

LKAS will stop controlling the

steering wheel after the hands off

alarm. After then, if you drive with

your hands on the steering wheel,

the control will be activated again.

• If the vehicle speed is high, steer-

ing torque for assistance will not be

enough to keep your vehicle within

the lane. If so, the vehicle may

move out of its lane. Obey speed

limit when using LKAS.

• If you attach objects to the steering

wheel, the system may not assist

steering.

• If you attach objects to the steering

wheel, hands off alarm may not

work properly.

LKAS operation

To activate/deactivate the LKAS:

With the ignition switch in the ON

position, press the LKAS button

located on the instrument panel on

the lower left hand side of the driver.

The indicator in the cluster display

will initially illuminate white.

When the indicator (white) activated

in the previous ignition cycle, the

system turns on without any control.

If you press the LKAS button again,

the indicator on the cluster display

will go off.

ODE057046N

Driving your vehicle

786

The color of indicator will change

depend on the condition of LKAS.

- White : Sensor does not detect the

lane marker or vehicle

speed is less than 40 mph

(64 km/h).

- Green : Sensor detects the lane

marker and system is able

to control the steering.

LKAS activation

• To see the LKAS screen on the

LCD display in the cluster, tab to

the Assist mode ( ).

• After LKAS is activated, if both lane

markers are detected, vehicle

speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h)

and all the activation conditions are

satisfied, a green steering wheel

indicator will illuminate and the

steering wheel will be controlled.

WARNING

The Lane Keeping Assist

System is a system to help pre-

vent the driver from leaving the

lane. However, the driver should

not solely rely on the system

but always check the road con-

ditions when driving.

ODE056098L

679

Driving your vehicle

• If the speed of the vehicle is over

40 mph (64 km/h) and the system

detects lane markers, the color

changes from gray to white.

When the conditions below are met,

LKAS will be enable to assist steer-

ing.

• Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64

km/h).

• Both lane markers are detected by

LKAS.

• The vehicle is between the lane

markers.

If LKAS can assist steering, a green

steering wheel indicator will illumi-

nate.

Warning

• If the vehicle leaves a lane, the

lane marker you cross will blink on

the LCD display.

• If the vehicle moves out its lane

and the steering torque for assis-

tance is not enough, the line indi-

cator of deviation direction will

blink.

ODE056070L/ODE056098L

■ Lane undetected

■ Lane detected

ODE056096L/ODE056097L

■ Left lane

■ Right lane

Driving your vehicle

806

If the driver takes hands off the steer-

ing wheel for several seconds while

the LKA is activated, the system will

warn the driver.

• The warning message may appear

late according to road conditions.

Therefore, always have your hands

on the steering wheel while driving.

• If you hold the steering wheel light-

ly, the system would generate

hands off warning because LKAS

can treat the situation as you do

not grab the wheel.

If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after

several seconds, the system will not

control the steering wheel and warn

the driver only when the driver cross-

es the lane markers.

However, if the driver has their hands

on the steering wheel again, the sys-

tem will start controlling the steering

wheel.

Warning light and message

The LKA failure indicator (yellow) will

illuminate if the LKA is not working

properly. Take your vehicle to an

authorized Kia dealer and have the

system checked.

ODE056099L

ODE056100L

681

Driving your vehicle

✽✽

NOTICE

The steering wheel may feel heavier

when the steering wheel is assisted

by the system than when it is not.

The system will be cancelled under the

following situations:

• You change lanes with the turn sig-

nal.

- Using the turn signal to change

lanes.

- If you change lanes without the

turn signal on, the steering wheel

might be controlled.

• LKAS can transit to steering assist

mode when the car is near to mid-

dle of the lane after system on or

the lane was changed. LKAS can

not assist steering if the vehicle fol-

lows lane marker too close contin-

uously before transition to steering

assist mode.

• The control of ESC (Electronic

Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle

Stability Management) is activated.

• The steering will not be assisted

when you drive fast on a sharp

curve.

• The steering will not be assisted

when vehicle speed is below 40

mph (64 km/h) and over 110 mph

(177 km/h).

• The steering will not be assisted

when you change lanes fast.

• The steering will not be assisted

when you brake suddenly.

• The steering will not be assisted

when the lane is very wide or nar-

row.

• The steering will not be assisted

when only one side lane marker is

detected.

• There are more than two lane

markers such as a construction

area.

• Radius of a curve is too small.

• When you turn steering wheel sud-

denly, the LKAS will be disabled

temporarily.

• Driving on a steep slope or hill.

WARNING

• The driver is responsible for

accurate steering.

• Even though the steering is

assisted by the system, the

driver may control the steer-

ing wheel.

• Turn off the system and drive

the vehicle in below situa-

tions.

- In bad weather

- In bad road condition

- When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by the

driver frequently.

Driving your vehicle

826

DRIVER’S ATTENTION

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations as the LKAS sys-

tem may not operate property due

to system limitations



When lane and road condition is

poor

- It is difficult to distinguish the

lane marker from road when the

lane marker is covered with dust

or sand.

- It is difficult to distinguish the

color of the lane marker from

road.

- There is something that looks

like a lane marker.

- The lane marker is indistinct or

damaged.

- The number of lanes increases/

decreases or the lane lines are

crossing (Driving through a toll

plaza/toll gate, merged/divided

lane).

- There are more than two lane

markers.

- The lane marker is very thick or

thin.

- The lane marker is not visible

due to snow, rain, stain, a puddle

or other factors.

- A shadow is on the lane marker

because of a median strip,

guardrail, noise barriers and

others.

- When the lane markers are com-

plicated or a structure substi-

tutes for the lines such as a

construction area.

- There are crosswalk signs or

other symbols on the road.

- The lane suddenly disappears

such as at the intersection.

- The lane marker in a tunnel is

covered with dirt or oil and etc.



When external condition is inter-

vened

- The brightness of outside

changes suddenly when enter-

ing/existing a tunnel or passing

under a bridge.

- The headlamps are not on at

night or in a tunnel, or light level

is low.

- There is a boundary structure in

the roadway.

- The light of street, sun, or

oncoming vehicle reflects from

the water on the road.

- When light shines brightly in the

reverse direction you drive.

- The distance between the vehi-

cle and the vehicle in front is

very short or the vehicle ahead

drives hiding the lane line.

- You drive on a steep grade or a

sharp curve.

- The vehicle vibrates heavily.

- The temperature near inside mir-

ror is very high due to direct sun

light and etc.

683

Driving your vehicle



When front visibility is poor

- The lens or windshield is cov-

ered by strange materials.

- The sensor cannot detect the

lane because of fog, heavy rain

or snow.

- The windshield is fogged by

humid air in the vehicle.

- Putting something on the crash

pad and etc.

LKAS Function Change

The driver can change from LKAS to

Lane Departure Warning System

(LDWS) or change the LKAS mode

between Standard LKA and Active

LKA from the User Settings Mode on

the LCD display.

Lane Departure

LDWS alerts the driver with a visual

and acoustic warning when the sys-

tem detects the vehicle leaving the

lane. In this mode, the steering wheel

will not be controlled. When the vehi-

cle’s front wheel contacts the inside

edge of lane line, LKAS issues the

lane departure warning.

Standard LKA

The Standard LKA mode guides the

driver to keep the vehicle within the

lanes. It rarely controls the steering

wheel, when the vehicle drives well

inside the lanes. However, it starts to

control the steering wheel, when the

vehicle is about to deviate from the

lanes.

Active LKA

The active LKA mode provides more

frequent steering wheel control in

comparison with the Standard LKA

mode. Active LKA can reduce the dri-

ver’s fatigue to assist the steering for

maintaining the vehicle in the middle

of the lane.

WARNING

The Lane Keeping Assist

System is a system to help pre-

vent the driver from leaving the

lane. However, the driver should

not solely rely on the system

but always take the necessary

actions for safe driving prac-

tices.

Driving your vehicle

846

The Driver Attention Alert (DAA) sys-

tem displays the condition of the dri-

ver's fatigue level and inattention.

System setting and activation

System setting

• The Driver Attention Alert system

is set to be in the OFF position,

when your vehicle is first delivered

to you from the factory.

• To turn ON the Driver Attention

Alert system, turn on the engine,

and then select 'User Settings →

Driving Assist → Driver Attention

Alert → Normal/Early' on the LCD

display.

• The Driver can select mode of the

Driver Attention Alert System.

- Normal : The Driver Attention

Alert system alerts the driver of

his/her fatigue level or inattentive

driving practices.

- Early : The Driver Attention Alert

system alerts the driver of his/her

fatigue level or inattentive driving

practices faster than Normal

mode.

• The set-up of the Driver Attention

Alert system will be maintained, as

selected, when the engine is re-

started.

DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT SYSTEM (DAA) (IF EQUIPPED)

ODE057134L

685

Driving your vehicle

Drivers’ Attention level

• The driver can monitor their driving

conditions on the LCD display.

The DAA screen will appear when

you select the Assist mode tab

( ) on the LCD display if the

system is activated. (For more

information, refer to “LCD

Modes” in chapter 4.)

• The driver's attention level is dis-

played on the scale of 1 to 5. The

lower the number is, the more inat-

tentive the driver is.

• The number decreases when the

driver does not take a break for a

certain period of time.

• The number increases when the

driver attentively drives for a cer-

tain period of time.

• When the driver turns on the sys-

tem while driving, it displays ‘Last

Break time’ and level reflected that.

Take a break

• The “Consider taking a break”

message appears on the LCD dis-

play and a warning sounds in order

to suggest the driver to take a

break, when the driver’s attention

level is below 1.

• The Driver Attention Alert system

does not suggest the driver to take

a break, when the total driving time

is shorter than 10 minutes.

ODE057135L

■ System off

ODE057133L

■ Attentive driving

ODE057136L

■ Inattentive driving

ODE057137L

Driving your vehicle

866

Resetting the system

• The last break time is set to 00:00

and the driver's attention level is

set to 5 (very attentive) when the

driver resets the Driver Attention

Alert system.

• The Driver Attention Alert system

resets in the following situations.

- The engine is turned OFF.

- The driver unfastens the seat belt

and then opens the driver’s door.

- Stop lasting more than 10 min-

utes.

• The Driver Attention Alert system

operates again, when the driver

restarts driving.

System disabled

The Driver Attention Alert system

enters the ready status and displays

the 'Disabled' screen in the following

situations.

- The camera sensor keeps failing to

detect the lanes.

- Driving speed remains under 40

mph (64 km/h) or over 110 mph

(177 km/h).

System malfunction

When the “Check Driver Attention

Alert” warning message appears, the

system is not working properly. In this

case, have the vehicle inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

ODE057138L ODE057139L

687

Driving your vehicle

WARNING

• The Driver Attention Alert

system is not a substitute for

safe driving practices, but a

supplemental system only. It

is the responsibility of the

driver to always drive cau-

tiously to prevent unexpected

and sudden situations from

occurring. Pay attention to the

road conditions at all times.

• The system may suggest a

break according to the dri-

ver’s driving pattern or habits

even if the driver doesn’t feel

fatigue.

• The driver, who feels fatigued,

should take a break, even

though there is no break sug-

gestion by the Driver

Attention Alert system.

CAUTION

The Driver Attention Alert sys-

tem utilizes the camera sensor

on the front windshield for its

operation.

To prevent potential damage to

the camera and keep the camera

sensor operating under optimal

conditions, observe the follow-

ings:

• Do not disassemble camera

temporarily for tinted window

or attaching any types of coat-

ings and accessories. If you

disassemble a camera and

assemble it again, take your

vehicle to an authorized Kia

dealer and have the system

checked for calibration.

• Do not place any reflective

objects (i.e. white paper, mir-

ror) over the dashboard. Any

light reflection may cause a

mal-function of the Driver

Attention Alert (DAA) system.

(Continued)

• Pay extreme caution to keep

the camera sensor out of

water.

• Do not arbitrarily disassemble

the camera assembly, nor

apply any impact on the cam-

era assembly.

• Playing the vehicle audio sys-

tem at high volume may offset

the Driver Attention Alert sys-

tem warning sounds.

Driving your vehicle

886

✽✽

NOTICE

The Driver Attention Alert system

may not properly operate with limit-

ed alerting in the following situa-

tions:

• Not properly recognize lane (For

more information, refer to “Lane

Keeping Assist System (LKAS)” in

this chapter.)

• Rough or intentionally evasive

driving

• Large tire pressure deviation,

uneven wear, poor wheel align-

ment, etc.

• Severe winding road

• Uneven road surface condition

• Windy road

• The vehicle drives through a

windy area.

• The vehicle is controlled by the

following driving assist systems:

- Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS)

- Blind Spot Detection System

- Autonomous Emergency

Braking (AEB) System

- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

System

689

Driving your vehicle

Your vehicle's fuel economy depends

mainly on your style of driving, where

you drive and when you drive.

Each of these factors affects how

many miles (kilometers) you can get

from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate

your vehicle as economically as pos-

sible, use the following driving sug-

gestions to help save money in both

fuel and repairs:

• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate. Don't make "jack-

rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts

and maintain a steady cruising

speed. Don't race between stop-

lights. Try to adjust your speed to

the traffic so you don't have to

change speeds unnecessarily.

• Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-

sible. Always maintain a safe dis-

tance from other vehicles so you

can avoid unnecessary braking.

This also reduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The

faster you drive, the more fuel your

vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate

speed, especially on the highway,

is one of the most effective ways to

reduce fuel consumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This

can increase fuel consumption and

also increase wear on these com-

ponents. In addition, driving with

your foot resting on the brake pedal

may cause the brakes to overheat,

which reduces their effectiveness

and may lead to more serious con-

sequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep them

inflated to the recommended pres-

sure. Incorrect inflation, either too

much or too little, results in unnec-

essary tire wear. Check the tire

pressures at least once a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are

aligned correctly. Improper align-

ment can result from hitting curbs

or driving too fast over irregular

surfaces. Poor alignment causes

faster tire wear and may also result

in other problems as well as

greater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condi-

tion. For better fuel economy and

reduced maintenance costs, main-

tain your vehicle in accordance

with the maintenance schedule in

chapter 8. If you drive your vehicle

in severe conditions, more frequent

maintenance is required (see

chapter 8 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-

mum service, your vehicle should

be kept clean and free of corrosive

materials. It is especially important

that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be

allowed to accumulate on the

underside of the vehicle. This extra

weight can result in increased fuel

consumption and also contribute to

corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-

sary weight in your vehicle. Weight

reduces fuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer

than necessary. If you are waiting

(and not in traffic), turn off your

engine and restart only when

you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

Driving your vehicle

906

• Remember, your vehicle does not

require extended warm-up. After

the engine has started, allow the

engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds

prior to placing the vehicle in gear.

In very cold weather, however, give

your engine a slightly longer warm-

up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.

Lugging is driving too slowly in a

very high gear resulting in engine

bucking. If this happens, shift to a

lower gear. Over-revving is racing

the engine beyond its safe limit.

This can be avoided by shifting at

the recommended speed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.

The air conditioning system is

operated by engine power so your

fuel economy is reduced when you

use it.

• Opening windows at high speeds

can reduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds

and headwinds. To help offset

some of this loss, slow down when

driving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating

condition is important both for econ-

omy and safety. Therefore, have an

authorized Kia dealer perform

scheduled inspections and mainte-

nance.

WARNING - Engine off

during motion

Never turn the engine off to

coast down hills or anytime the

vehicle is in motion. The power

steering and power brakes will

not function properly without the

engine running. In addition, turn-

ing off the engine start/stop but-

ton while driving could engage

the steering wheel lock resulting

in loss of vehicle steering. Keep

the engine on and downshift to

an appropriate gear for an

engine braking effect.

691

Driving your vehicle

Hazardous driving conditions

When hazardous driving conditions

are encountered such as water,

snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-

ards, follow these suggestions:

• Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.

• Avoid sudden braking or steering.

• When braking with non-ABS

brakes pump the brake pedal with

a light up-and-down motion until

the vehicle is stopped.

Do not pump the brake pedal on a

vehicle equipped with ABS.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,

use the second gear. Accelerate

slowly to avoid spinning the drive

wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-

slip material under the drive

wheels to provide traction when

stalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Reducing the risk of a rollover

This multi-purpose passenger vehi-

cle is defined as a Sports Utility

Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a

significantly higher rollover rate than

other types of vehicles. SUV's have

higher ground clearance and a nar-

rower track to make them capable of

performing in a wide variety of off-

road applications. Specific design

characteristics give them a higher

center of gravity than ordinary vehi-

cles. An advantage of the higher

ground clearance is a better view of

the road, which allows you to antici-

pate problems. They are not

designed for cornering at the same

speeds as conventional passenger

vehicles, any more than low-slung

sports vehicles are designed to per-

form satisfactorily in off-road condi-

tions. Due to this risk, driver and pas-

sengers are strongly recommended

to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover

crash, an unbelted person is signifi-

cantly more likely to die than a per-

son wearing a seat belt. There are

steps that a driver can make to

reduce the risk of a rollover.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - Downshifting

Do not downshift with a dual

clutch transmission while driv-

ing on slippery surfaces. The

sudden change in tire speed

could cause the tires to skid

and result in an accident.

Driving your vehicle

926

If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or

abrupt maneuvers, do not load your

roof rack with heavy cargo, and

never modify your vehicle in any way.

WARNING

Your vehicle is equipped with

tires designed to provide safe

ride and handling capability. Do

not use a size and type of tire

and wheel that is different from

the one that is originally

installed on your vehicle. It can

affect the safety and perform-

ance of your vehicle, which

could lead to steering failure or

rollover and serious injury.

When replacing the tires, be

sure to equip all four tires with

the tire and wheel of the same

size, type, tread, brand and

load-carrying capacity. If you

nevertheless decide to equip

your vehicle with any tire/wheel

combination not recommended

by Kia for off road driving, you

should not use these tires for

highway driving.

WARNING - Rollover

Reduce speed when you turn

corners. The center of gravity of

AWD vehicles is higher than

that of conventional FWD vehi-

cles, making them more likely to

roll over when you turn corners

too fast.

WARNING - Rollover

As with other Sports Utility

Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate

this vehicle correctly may result

in loss of control, an accident or

vehicle rollover.

• Utility vehicles have a signifi-

cantly higher rollover rate

than other types of vehicles.

• Specific design characteris-

tics (higher ground clearance,

narrower track, etc.) give this

vehicle a higher center of

gravity than ordinary vehicles.

• A SUV is not designed for cor-

nering at the same speeds as

conventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt

maneuvers.

(Continued)

• In a rollover crash, an unbelt-

ed person is significantly

more likely to die than a per-

son wearing a seat belt. Make

sure everyone in the vehicle is

properly buckled up.

693

Driving your vehicle

Rocking the vehicle

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle

to free it from snow, sand, or mud,

first turn the steering wheel right and

left to clear the area around your

front wheels. Then, shift back and

forth between R (Reverse) and any

forward gear in vehicles equipped

with a dual clutch transmission. Do

not race the engine, and spin the

wheels as little as possible. If you are

still stuck after a few tries, have the

vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to

avoid engine overheating and possi-

ble damage to the transaxle.

The ESC system should be turned

OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in

corners, especially when roads are

wet. Ideally, corners should always

be taken under gentle acceleration. If

you follow these suggestions, tire

wear will be held to a minimum.

CAUTION - Vehicle rocking

Prolonged rocking may cause

engine overheating, transaxle

damage or failure, and tire dam-

age.

CAUTION - Spinning tires

Do not spin the wheels, espe-

cially at speeds more than 35

mph (56 km/h). Spinning the

wheels at high speeds when the

vehicle is stationary could

cause a tire to overheat which

could result in tire damage that

may injure bystanders.

WARNING - Sudden

Vehicle Movement

Do not attempt to rock the vehi-

cle if people or objects are near-

by. The vehicle may suddenly

move forward or backwards as it

becomes unstuck.

Driving your vehicle

946

Driving at night

Because night driving presents more

hazards than driving in the daylight,

here are some important tips to

remember:

• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-

cles, as it may be more difficult to

see at night, especially in areas

where there may not be any street

lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the

glare from other driver's head-

lights.

• Keep your headlights clean and

properly aimed. (On vehicles not

equipped with the automatic head-

light aiming feature.) Dirty or

improperly aimed headlights will

make it much more difficult to see

at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-

lights of oncoming vehicles. You

could be temporarily blinded, and it

will take several seconds for your

eyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make driving

dangerous, especially if you’re not

prepared for the slick pavement.

Here are a few things to consider

when driving in the rain:

• A heavy rainfall will make it harder

to see and will increase the dis-

tance needed to stop your vehicle,

so slow down.

• Keep your windshield wiping

equipment in good shape. Replace

your windshield wiper blades when

they show signs of streaking or

missing areas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condi-

tion, making a quick stop on wet

pavement can cause a skid and

possibly lead to an accident. Be

sure your tires are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it

easier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-

dles can affect your brakes. If you

must go through puddles, try to

drive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gotten

your brakes wet, apply them lightly

while driving until normal braking

operation returns.

695

Driving your vehicle

Driving in flooded areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas

unless you are sure the water is no

higher than the bottom of the wheel

hub. Drive through any water slowly.

Allow adequate stopping distance

because brake performance may be

affected.

After driving through water, dry the

brakes by gently applying them sev-

eral times while the vehicle is moving

slowly.

Driving off-road

Drive carefully off-road because your

vehicle may be damaged by rocks or

roots of trees. Become familiar with

the off-road conditions where you

are going to drive before you begin

driving.

Highway driving

Tires

Adjust the tire inflation pressures to

specification. Low tire inflation pres-

sures will result in overheating and

possible failure of the tires.

Avoid using worn or damaged tires

which may result in reduced traction

or tire failure.

Never exceed the maximum tire

inflation pressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil

High speed travel consumes more

fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-

get to check both the engine coolant

and engine oil.

Drive belt

A loose or damaged drive belt may

result in overheating of the engine.

WARNING - Under/over

inflated tires

Always check the tires for proper

inflation before driving.

Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,

loss of vehicle control, and sud-

den tire failure leading to acci-

dents, injuries, and even death.

For proper tire pressures, refer to

“Tires and wheels” in chapter 9.

WARNING - Tire tread

Always check the tire tread

before driving your vehicle.

Worn-out tires can result in loss

of vehicle control. Worn-out tires

should be replaced as soon as

possible. For further information

and tread limits, refer to "Tires

and wheels" in chapter 8.

Driving your vehicle

966

Severe weather conditions in the

winter result in greater wear and

other problems. To minimize the

problems of winter driving, you

should follow these suggestions:

Snowy or icy conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it

may be necessary to use snow tires

or to install tire chains on your tires.

If snow tires are needed, it is neces-

sary to select tires equivalent in size

and type of the original equipment

tires. Failure to do so may adversely

affect the safety and handling of your

vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,

rapid acceleration, sudden brake

applications, and sharp turns are

potentially very hazardous practices.

During deceleration, use engine

braking to the fullest extent. Sudden

brake applications on snowy or icy

roads may cause skids to occur. You

need to keep sufficient distance

between the vehicle in operation in

front of your vehicle. Also, apply the

brake gently. It should be noted that

installing tire chains on the tire will

provide a greater driving force, but

will not prevent side skids.

Tire chains are not legal in all states.

Check state laws before fitting tire

chains.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi-

cle, make sure they are radial tires of

the same size and load range as the

original tires. Mount snow tires on all

four wheels to balance your vehicle’s

handling in all weather conditions.

Keep in mind that the traction provid-

ed by snow tires on dry roads may

not be as high as your vehicle's orig-

inal equipment tires.You should drive

cautiously even when the roads are

clear. Check with the tire dealer for

maximum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without

first checking local, state and munic-

ipal regulations for possible restric-

tions against their use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire size

Snow tires should be equivalent

in size and type to the vehicle's

standard tires. Otherwise, the

safety and handling of your vehi-

cle may be adversely affected.

697

Driving your vehicle

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires are

thinner, they can be damaged by

mounting some types of snow chains

on them. Therefore, the use of snow

tires is recommended instead of

snow chains. Do not mount tire

chains on vehicles equipped with

aluminum wheels; snow chains may

cause damage to the wheels. If snow

chains must be used, use wire-type

chains with a thickness of less than

0.47 in (12 mm). Damage to your

vehicle caused by improper snow

chain use is not covered by your

vehicle manufacturers warranty.

When using tire chains, install tire

chains only on the front tires.

The snow chain connecting hooks

may be damaged from contacting

vehicle components causing the

snow chains to come loose from the

tire. Make sure the snow chains are

SAE class “S” certified.

Always check chain installation for

proper mounting after driving

approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to

1 km) to ensure safe mounting.

Retighten or remount the chains if

they are loose.

If your vehicle has 18 inch tires, do

not use tire chains.

They can damage your vehicle

(wheel, suspension and body).

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow the

manufacturer's instructions and

mount them as tightly as you can.

Drive slowly with chains installed. If

you hear the chains contacting the

body or chassis, stop and tighten

them. If they still make contact, slow

down until it stops. Remove the

chains as soon as you begin driving

on cleared roads.

When mounting snow chains, park

the vehicle on level ground away

from traffic. Turn on the vehicle

Hazard Warning flashers and place a

triangular emergency warning device

behind the vehicle if available.

Always place the vehicle in P (Park),

apply the parking brake and turn off

the engine before installing snow

chains.

CAUTION - Snow chains

Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for

your tires. Incorrect snow

chains can cause damage to the

vehicle body and suspension

and may not be covered by your

vehicle manufacturer warranty.

ODE056062

Driving your vehicle

986

• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.

• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s recom-

mended speed limit, whichever is

lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,

holes, sharp turns, and other road

hazards, which may cause the

vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel

braking.

Use high quality ethylene gly-

col coolant

Your vehicle is delivered with high

quality ethylene glycol coolant in the

cooling system. It is the only type of

coolant that should be used because

it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-

ing system, lubricates the water

pump and prevents freezing. Be sure

to replace or replenish your coolant

in accordance with the maintenance

schedule in chapter 8. Before winter,

have your coolant tested to assure

that its freezing point is sufficient for

the temperatures anticipated during

the winter.

Check battery and cables

Winter puts additional burdens on

the battery system. Visually inspect

the battery and cables as described

in chapter 8. The level of charge in

your battery can be checked by an

authorized Kia dealer or a service

station.

Change to "winter weight" oil

if necessary

In some climates it is recommended

that a lower viscosity "winter weight"

oil be used during cold weather. See

chapter 9 for recommendations. If

you aren't sure what weight oil you

should use, consult an authorized

Kia dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignition

system

Inspect your spark plugs as

described in chapter 8 and replace

them if necessary. Also check all

ignition wiring and components to be

sure they are not cracked, worn or

damaged in any way.

CAUTION - Snow chains

• Chains that are the wrong size

or improperly installed can

damage your vehicle's brake

lines, suspension, body and

wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten the

chains any time you hear them

hitting the vehicle.

699

Driving your vehicle

To keep locks from freezing

To keep the locks from freezing,

squirt an approved de-icer fluid or

glycerine into the key opening. If a

lock is covered with ice, squirt it with

an approved de-icing fluid to remove

the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,

you may be able to thaw it out by

using a heated key. Handle the heat-

ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washer

anti-freeze in system

To keep the water in the window

washer system from freezing, add an

approved window washer anti-freeze

solution in accordance with instruc-

tions on the container. Window wash-

er anti-freeze is available from an

authorized Kia dealer and most auto

parts outlets. Do not use engine

coolant or other types of anti-freeze

as these may damage the paint fin-

ish.

Don’t let your parking brake

freeze

Under some conditions your parking

brake can freeze in the engaged

position. This is most likely to happen

when there is an accumulation of

snow or ice around or near the rear

brakes or if the brakes are wet. If

there is a risk the parking brake may

freeze, apply it only temporarily while

you put the gear shift lever in P (Park,

Dual clutch transmission) and block

the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot

roll. Then release the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-

mulate underneath

Under some conditions, snow and

ice can build up under the fenders

and interfere with the steering. When

driving in severe winter conditions

where this may happen, you should

periodically check underneath the

vehicle to be sure the movement of

the front wheels and the steering

components are not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipment

Depending on the severity of the

weather, you should carry appropri-

ate emergency equipment. Some of

the items you may want to carry

include tow straps or chains, flash-

light, emergency flares, sand, shov-

el, jumper cables, window scraper,

gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-

ket, etc.

TRAILER TOWING

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Driving your vehicle

1006

Vehicle capacity weight:

849 lbs. (385 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-

mum combined weight of occupants

and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped

with a trailer, the combined weight

includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:

Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons,

Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum

number of occupants including a

driver, your vehicle may carry.

However, the seating capacity may

be reduced based upon the weight of

all of the occupants, and the weight

of the cargo being carried or towed.

Do not overload the vehicle as there

is a limit to the total weight, or load

limit including occupants and cargo,

the vehicle can carry.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

ODE067042N/ODE067043N/ODE067055N/ODE067056N

The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire

pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be

in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

Tire and loading information label

6101

Driving your vehicle

Towing capacity:

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:

The cargo capacity of your vehicle

will increase or decrease depending

on the weight and the number of

occupants.

Steps For Determining Correct

Load Limit -

1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX

kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's

placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of

the driver and passengers that will

be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of

the driver and passengers from

XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the

available amount of cargo and lug-

gage load capacity. For example, if

the "XXX" amount equals 1400

lbs. and there will be five 150 lb

passengers in your vehicle, the

amount of available cargo and lug-

gage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of

luggage and cargo being loaded

on the vehicle. That weight may

not safely exceed the available

cargo and luggage load capacity

calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-

er, load from your trailer will be

transferred to your vehicle. Consult

this manual to determine how this

reduces the available cargo and

luggage load capacity of your

vehicle.

WARNING - Loose cargo

Do not travel with unsecured

blunt objects in the passenger

compartment of your vehicle

(e.g. suit cases or unsecured

child seats). These items may

strike occupant during a sud-

den stop or crash.

Driving your vehicle

1026

C190F03JM

Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs

Weight (385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

B Weight

805 lbs

161 lbs (73 kg) × 5

(365 kg)

Available Cargo and

44 lbs

Luggage weight (20 kg)

ABC

Example 3

C190F02JM

Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs

Weight (385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

B Weight

750 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 5

(340 kg)

Available Cargo and

99 lbs

Luggage weight (45 kg)

ABC

Example 2

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs

Weight (385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

B Weight

300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2

(136 kg)

Available Cargo and

549 lbs

Luggage weight (249 kg)

Example 1

ABC

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight

and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's

capacity weight.

6103

Driving your vehicle

Certification label

The certification label is located on

the driver's door sill at the center pillar.

This label shows the maximum allow-

able weight of the fully loaded vehi-

cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR

includes the weight of the vehicle, all

occupants, fuel and cargo.

This label also tells you the maxi-

mum weight that can be supported

by the front and rear axles, called

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on your

front and rear axles, you need to go to

a weigh station and weigh your vehi-

cle.Your dealer can help you with this.

Be sure to spread out your load equal-

ly on both sides of the centerline.

The label will help you decide how

much cargo and installed equipment

your vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle

- like suitcases, tools, packages, or

anything else - they are moving as

fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop

or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,

the items will keep going and can

cause an injury if they strike the driv-

er or a passenger.

✽✽

NOTICE

Overloading your vehicle may cause

damage. Repairs would not be cov-

ered by your warranty. Do not over-

load your vehicle.

OJFA055280

WARNING - Over loading

Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR for

either the front or rear axle and

vehicle capacity weight.

Exceeding these ratings can

affect your vehicle’s handling

and braking ability.

WARNING - Over loading

Do not overload your vehicle.

Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in your vehi-

cle's tires and possible tire fail-

ure, increased stopping dis-

tances and poor vehicle han-

dling--all of which may result in

a crash.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

This chapter will guide you in the

proper loading of your vehicle and/or

trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle

weight within its design rating capa-

bility, with or without a trailer. Properly

loading your vehicle will provide max-

imum return of the vehicle design

performance. Before loading your

vehicle, familiarize yourself with the

following terms for determining your

vehicle's weight ratings, with or with-

out a trailer, from the vehicle's speci-

fications and the compliance label:

Base curb weight

This is the weight of the vehicle

including a full tank of fuel and all

standard equipment. It does not

include passengers, cargo, or option-

al equipment.

Vehicle curb weight

This is the weight of your new vehicle

when you picked it up from your deal-

er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weight

This figure includes all weight added

to the Base Curb Weight, including

cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)

This is the total weight placed on

each axle (front and rear) - including

vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR

(Gross axle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight that can be carried by a single

axle (front or rear). These numbers

are shown on the compliance label.

The total load on each axle must

never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)

This is the Base Curb Weight plus

actual Cargo Weight plus passen-

gers.

GVWR

(Gross vehicle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight of the fully loaded vehicle

(including all options, equipment,

passengers and cargo). The GVWR

is shown on the certification label

located on the driver’s door sill.

6 104

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 7-3

• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 7-3

• If you have a flat tire while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 7-4

• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 7-4

Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

• Before jump starting (for Hybrid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

• Method to disconnect the (-) cable for regular

maintenance (For Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . 7-12

• Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12

• Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14

• Low tire pressure position telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14

• Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

• This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules . 7-17

If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) . . 7-18

• Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

• Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . 7-20

• Components of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

• Using the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

• Distributing the sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25

• Checking the tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

• Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

If an accident occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to exer-

cise extreme caution when

approaching, overtaking, or passing

your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer-

gency repairs are being made or

when the vehicle is stopped near the

edge of a roadway.

Depress the flasher switch with the

ignition switch in any position. The

flasher switch is located in the center

facia panel. All turn signal lights will

flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-

ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work when

the hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using

the hazard warning flasher while

the vehicle is being towed.

ODE066001

What to do in an emergency

If the engine stalls at a cross-

road or crossing

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N

(Neutral) position and then push the

vehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire while

driving

If a tire goes flat while you are driv-

ing:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow

down while driving straight ahead.

Do not apply the brakes immedi-

ately or attempt to pull off the road

as this may cause a loss of con-

trol. When the vehicle has slowed

to such a speed that it is safe to do

so, brake carefully and pull off the

road. Drive off the road as far as

possible and park on firm level

ground. If you are on a divided

highway, do not park in the median

area between the two traffic lanes.

2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn

on your emergency hazard flash-

ers, set the parking brake and put

the transaxle in P.

3. Have all passengers get out of the

vehicle. Be sure they all get out on

the side of the vehicle that is away

from traffic.

4. When changing a flat tire, follow

the instruction provided later in

this section.

If the engine stalls while driv-

ing

1. Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-

tiously off the road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try to start the hybrid system

again. If your vehicle will not start,

contact an authorized Kia dealer

or seek other qualified assistance.

✽✽

NOTICE

If there was a check engine light and

loss of power or stall and if safe to do

so, wait at least 10 seconds to restart

the vehicle after it stalls. This may

reset the car so it will no longer run

at low power (limp home) condition.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If engine doesn't turn over or

turns over slowly

1. Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park) and the

emergency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to

be sure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the light

dims or goes out when you oper-

ate the starter, the battery is dis-

charged.

4. Check the starter connections to

be sure they are securely tight-

ened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to

start it. See instructions for "Jump

starting".

If engine turns over normally

but does not start

1. Check the fuel level.

2. With the ignition switch in the

LOCK position, check all connec-

tors at the ignition coils and spark

plugs. Reconnect any that may be

disconnected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine

compartment.

4. If the engine still does not start,

call an authorized Kia dealer or

seek other qualified assistance.

WARNING - Push/

pull start

Do not push or pull the vehicle

to start it. Push or pull starting

may cause the catalytic con-

verter to overload and create a

fire hazard.

What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING

Before Jump Starting

(For Hybrid)

Over discharge of 12V battery

- Press the reconnection

(“12V Batt Reset”) switch (1) :

This car has a reconnection switch

which can reset the over discharged

12V battery and enable getting the

car started without jump-start.

• Press the “12V Batt Reset” switch(1)

located on the lower left dash.

• Immediately start car by stepping

on the brake pedal and pressing

the Start switch within few seconds.

• To charge 12V battery, keep driving

or idling the car more than 30 min-

utes.

If you do not start the vehicle immedi-

ately after pressing the “12V Batt

Reset” switch (1), the power of 12V

battery is automatically disconnected

after few seconds to save the 12V

battery from additional discharge. If

the 12V battery is disconnected prior

to starting the vehicle, press “12V Batt

Reset” switch (1) again and then

immediately start the car as explained

above.

Repeated use of the “12V Batt Reset”

switch(1) without a sufficient engine

ON cycle (30 Min+) may cause over

discharge of the 12V battery, which will

prevent car starting. If the 12V battery

is over discharged to a point that the

reset does not work, try to jump-start

the vehicle. (refer to jump-starting)

After starting the vehicle (HEV

Ready), the 12V battery is being

charged whether the engine is run-

ning or not. Although there is no

engine-sound, it is not necessary to

step on the accelerator pedal.

Once the 12V battery is fully dis-

charged and reconnected, the 12V

battery is initialized.

The following items should be reset

after the battery has been discharged

or the battery has been disconnected.

• Auto up/down window

(See chapter 4)

• Sunroof (See chapter 4)

• Trip computer (See chapter 4)

• Climate control system

(See chapter 4)

• Driver position Memory System

(See chapter 3)

• Audio (See chapter 5)

As explained above, if the vehicle

cannot be started after pressing the

“12V Batt Reset” switch(1) due to

over discharge, try to jump-start

(refer to Jump-starting).

ODE047042N

What to do in an emergency

Charging method for 12V battery

(A) It is recommended to charge the

12V battery by starting and run-

ning the vehicle (HEV Ready

Mode) for a minimum of 30 min-

utes if a 12V reset, or jump start

has been used.

(B) If you cannot start the vehicle :

• After connecting the jumper cables

at the recommended locations, you

should press “12V batt Reset”

switch(1) to charge the battery.

• The voltage range of the charger

should be 13.3~14V and its current

range should be less than 60A.

(13.8V is recommended).

External power source using 12V

battery

(Except the use of dash cameras)

The use of external power acces-

sories may reduce performance and

function of the vehicle. Especially,

the use of dash cameras may cause

a shut off the power of the vehicle

prior to the dash camera’s automatic

shut-down.

If the power of the car is shut off,

start the vehicle as explained above

(refer to “Over discharge of 12V bat-

tery”)

CAUTION

• The use of an improper charg-

er with a voltage and current

range higher than specified

may cause overheating and

damage to the 12V battery.

• The use of an incorrect charg-

er will lead to a power shut-off

to save the 12V battery. Stop

using the incorrect charger

once the power of the vehicle

is shut off.

What to do in an emergency

Method to disconnect the (-)

cable for regular maintenance

(For Hybrid)

When the vehicle is under regular

maintenance, make sure to separate

the (-) cable inside the luggage room

before maintenance.

Procedures to separate the (-) cable

is as below :

• Fold the rear left side seat.

• Using the key or (-) screwdriver,

remove the service cover (A) on

the luggage trim.

• Separate the (-) cable (B).

Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

Jump starting

Connect cables in numerical order

and disconnect in reverse order.

Remove the air filter cover before

connecting the cable to part (4).

Jump starting can be dangerous if

done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid

harm to yourself or damage to your

vehicle or battery, follow these jump

starting procedures. If in doubt, we

strongly recommend that you have a

competent technician or towing serv-

ice jump start your vehicle.

ODE036021

ODE046170N

ODE046171N

ODE066002N

What to do in an emergency

CAUTION - Push/pull start

to 12 Volt Battery

Use only a 12-volt jumper sys-

tem. You can damage a 12-volt

starting motor, ignition system,

and other electrical parts

beyond repair by use of a 24-

volt power supply (either two

12-volt batteries in series or a

24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery

Never attempt to check the elec-

trolyte level of the battery as

this may cause the battery to

rupture or explode.

WARNING - Frozen

batteries

Do not attempt to jump start the

vehicle if the discharged battery

is frozen as the battery may

rupture or explode.

WARNING - Battery

cables

Do not connect the jumper cable

from the negative terminal of the

booster battery to the negative

terminal of the discharged bat-

tery, directly. This can cause the

discharged battery to overheat

and crack, degradation.

Connect the jumper cable from

the negative terminal of the

booster battery to the chassis

ground in the engine room.

WARNING - Electrolyte

• Do not charge or discharge

arbitrarily. It may lead to fault,

electric shock or burns.

• Do not damage the unit in

such ways as drop, deform,

impact, out or spear with a

sharp object. It may cause

electrolyte leakage or fire.

• Breakdown of the unit may lead

to electrolyte leakage or flam-

mable gas generation. Contact

an authorized Kia dealer imme-

diately.

• If electrolyte leaks out, avoid

contact with eyes, skin or

clothes. In event of accident,

flush with water and get med-

ical help immediately.

• Do not place near open flame

or incinerate. It may lead to

fire or explosion.

• Keep out of reach of children

or animals.

• Keep the unit away from mois-

ture of liquid. Do not touch or

use if liquids have been

spilled on.

WARNING - Sulfuric acid

risk

Automobile batteries contain

sulfuric acid. When jump start-

ing your vehicle, be careful not

to get sulfuric acid on yourself,

your clothing, or on the vehicle.

This acid is poisonous and

highly corrosive.

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure

1.Make sure the booster battery is

12-volt and that its negative termi-

nal is grounded.

2.If the booster battery is in another

vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to

come in contact.

3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical

loads.

4.Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus-

tration. First connect one end of a

jumper cable to the positive termi-

nal of the discharged battery (1),

then connect the other end to the

positive terminal of the booster

battery (2).

Proceed to connect one end of the

other jumper cable to the negative

terminal of the booster battery (3),

then the other end to a solid, sta-

tionary, metallic point (for example,

the engine lifting bracket) away

from the battery (4). Do not con-

nect it to or near any part that

moves when the engine is cranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to

contact anything except the correct

battery terminals or the correct

ground. Do not lean over the bat-

tery when making connections.

5.Start the engine of the vehicle with

the booster battery and let it run at

2,000 rpm, then start the engine of

the vehicle with the discharged

battery.

If the cause of your battery discharg-

ing is not apparent, you should have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized Kia dealer.

Push-starting

Vehicles equipped with dual clutch

transmission lock system cannot be

push-started.

Follow the directions in this section

for jump-starting.

WARNING - Tow starting

vehicle

Never tow a vehicle to start it.

When the engine starts, the

vehicle can suddenly surge for-

ward and could cause a colli-

sion with the tow vehicle.

What to do in an emergency

107

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates

overheating, you will experience a

loss of power, or hear loud pinging or

knocking, the engine is probably too

hot. If this happens, you should:

1. Turn on the emergency warning

flasher and stop in a safe place.

Move the shift lever to P (Park)

and engage the parking brake.

2. If hot steam does not come out

from the engine room, carefully

open the engine room and check

whether the water pump connec-

tor is properly engaged. If the con-

nector is not properly engaged,

stop the engine immediately and

properly engage the connector.

Then, turn the engine on.

3. Turn on the air conditioner.

4. If the “HEV Warning” light turns on

in the driver instrument cluster, or

engine coolant or hot steam emits

from the engine coolant filler, stop

the engine immediately. Then, call

the nearest authorized Kia dealer

for assistance. If the “Engine

Warning” light remains illuminated

or the engine coolant is not flowing

out, keep the engine running.

Open the engine hood for ventila-

tion to help cool down the engine.

5. Check whether the engine coolant

temperature is low enough by

checking its temperature. If the

engine coolant level is low, please

check the connecting parts

between the radiator hose, heater

hose, and water pump for any

signs of leakage. When there is no

sign of leakage, please refill the

engine coolant. If causes and

signs of engine overheating such

as warning light illumination,

engine coolant leakage, or cooling

fan malfunction are found, stop the

vehicle the earliest. Then, call the

nearest authorized Kia dealer for

assistance.

WARNING - Under the

Hood

While the engine is running,

keep hair, hands and clothing

away from moving parts such

as the fan and drive belts to pre-

vent injury.

711

What to do in an emergency

6. If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the engine

temperature has returned to nor-

mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,

carefully add coolant to the reser-

voir to bring the fluid level in the

reservoir up to the halfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping

alert for further signs of overheat-

ing. If over heating happens again,

call the nearest authorized Kia

dealer for assistance.

✽✽

NOTICE

Serious loss of coolant indicates

there is a leak in the cooling system

and should be checked as soon as

possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

When the engine overheats from

low engine coolant, suddenly

adding engine coolant may

cause cracks in the engine. To

prevent damage, add engine

coolant slowly in small quantities

WARNING - Radiator Cap

Do not remove the

radiator cap when the

engine is hot. This

can allow coolant to

blow out of the open-

ing and cause seri-

ous burns.

What to do in an emergency

127

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale /

TPMS malfunction indicator

(2) Low tire pressure position telltale

(Shown on the LCD display)

Check tire pressure

• You can check the tire pressure in

the information mode on the clus-

ter.

- Refer to “User settings mode” in

chapter 4.

• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min-

utes later after driving.

• If tire pressure is not displayed

when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive

to display” message displays. After

driving, check the tire pressure.

• You can change the tire pressure

unit in the user settings mode on

the cluster.

- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User set-

tings mode” in chapter 4).

✽✽

NOTICE

• The tire pressure may change due

to factors such as parking condi-

tion, driving style, and altitude

above sea level.

• Low tire pressure warning may

sound when a tire’s pressure unit is

equal or higher than nearby tires.

This is a normal occurrence, which

is due to the change in tire pressure

along with tire temperature.

• The tire pressure shown on the

dashboard may differ from the

tire pressure measured by tire

pressure gauge.

ODE066003

ODE067051L

713

What to do in an emergency

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-

vided), should be checked monthly

when cold and inflated to the inflation

pressure recommended by the vehi-

cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-

ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If

your vehicle has tires of a different

size than the size indicated on the

vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-

sure label, you should determine the

proper tire inflation pressure for

those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your

vehicle has been equipped with a tire

pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

that illuminates a low tire pressure

telltale when one or more of your

tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pres-

sure telltale illuminates, you should

stop and check your tires as soon as

possible, and inflate them to the

Proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-

cantly under-inflated tire causes the

tire to overheat and can lead to tire

failure. Under-inflation also reduces

fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and

may affect the vehicle’s handling and

stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a

substitute for proper tire maintenance,

and it is the driver’s responsibility to

maintain correct tire pressure, even if

under-inflation has not reached the

level to trigger illumination of the

TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped

with a TPMS malfunction indicator to

indicate when the system is not

operating properly. The TPMS mal-

function indicator is combined with

the low tire pressure telltale. When

the system detects a malfunction,

the telltale will flash for approximate-

ly one minute and then remain con-

tinuously illuminated. This sequence

will continue upon subsequent vehi-

cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-

tion exists. When the malfunction

indicator is illuminated, the system

may not be able to detect or signal

low tire pressure as intended. TPMS

malfunctions may occur for a variety

of reasons, including the installation

of replacement or alternate tires or

wheels on the vehicle that prevent

the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction

telltale after replacing one or more

tires or wheels on your vehicle to

ensure that the replacement or alter-

nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS

to continue to function properly.

What to do in an emergency

147

✽✽

NOTICE

If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure

indicator does not illuminate for 3

seconds when the ignition switch is

turned to the ON position or engine

is running, or if they remain illumi-

nated after coming on for approxi-

mately 3 seconds, take your vehicle

to your nearest authorized Kia deal-

er and have the system checked.

Low tire pressure

telltale

Low tire pressure position tell-

tale

When the tire pressure monitoring

system warning indicators are illumi-

nated, one or more of your tires is

significantly under-inflated.

If the telltale illuminates, immediately

reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-

nering and anticipate increased stop-

ping distances. You should stop and

check your tires as soon as possible.

Inflate the tires to the Proper pres-

sure as indicated on the vehicle’s

placard or tire inflation pressure label

located on the driver’s side center pil-

lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a

service station or if the tire cannot

hold the newly added air, replace the

low pressure tire with the spare tire.

Then the TPMS malfunction indicator

and the Low Tire Pressure telltale

may turn on and illuminate after

restarting and about 20 minutes of

continuous driving before you have

the low pressure tire repaired and

replaced on the vehicle.

In winter or cold weather, the low tire

pressure telltale may be illuminated if

the tire pressure was adjusted to the

recommended tire inflation pressure

in warm weather. It does not mean

your TPMS is malfunctioning

because the decreased temperature

leads to a proportional lowering of

tire pressure.

ODE067053N

715

What to do in an emergency

When you drive your vehicle from a

warm area to a cold area or from a

cold area to a warm area, or the out-

side temperature is greatly higher or

lower, you should check the tire infla-

tion pressure and adjust the tires to

the recommended tire inflation pres-

sure.

When filling tires with more air, con-

ditions to turn off the low tire pres-

sure telltale may not be met. This is

because a tire inflator has a margin

of error in performance. The low tire

pressure telltale will be turned off if

the tire pressure is above the recom-

mended tire inflation pressure.

TPMS (Tire Pressure

Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator

The low tire pressure telltale will illu-

minate after it blinks for approximate-

ly one minute when there is a prob-

lem with the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System. If the system is

able to correctly detect an underinfla-

tion warning at the same time as sys-

tem failure then it will illuminate both

the TPMS malfunction and low tire

pressure position telltales e.g. if

Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS

malfunction indicator illuminates, but

if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear

Right tire is under-inflated, the low

tire pressure position telltales may

illuminate together with the TPMS

malfunction indicator.

Have the system checked by an

authorized Kia dealer as soon as

possible to determine the cause of

the problem.

• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may be illuminated if the vehicle is

moving around electric power sup-

ply cables or radios transmitters

such as at police stations, govern-

ment and public offices, broadcast-

ing stations, military installations,

airports, or transmitting towers,

etc. This can interfere with normal

operation of the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may be illuminated if snow chains

are used or some separate elec-

tronic devices such as notebook

computer, mobile charger, remote

starter or navigation etc., are used

in the vehicle. This can interfere

with normal operation of the Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS).

WARNING - Low pressure

damage

Do not drive on low pressure

tires. Significantly low tire pres-

sure can cause the tires to over-

heat and fail making the vehicle

unstable resulting in increased

braking distances and a loss of

vehicle control.

What to do in an emergency

167

Changing a tire with TPMS

If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire

Pressure telltale will come on. Have

the flat tire repaired by an authorized

Kia dealer as soon as possible or

replace the flat tire with the spare

tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tire

pressure sensor mounted inside the

tire behind the valve stem. You must

use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-

ommended that you always have

your tires serviced by an authorized

Kia dealer.

Even if you replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire

Pressure telltale will remain on until

the low pressure tire is repaired and

placed on the vehicle.

After you replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire, the TPMS

malfunction indicator may illuminate

after a few minutes because the

TPMS sensor mounted on the spare

wheel is not initiated.

Once the low pressure tire is inflated

again to the recommended pressure

and installed on the vehicle or the

TPMS sensor mounted on the

replaced spare wheel is initiated by

an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS

malfunction indicator and the low tire

pressure telltale will turn off within a

few minutes of driving.

If the indicator has not disappeared

after a few minutes of driving, please

visit an authorized Kia dealer.

If an original mounted tire is replaced

with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor

on the replaced spare wheel should

be initiated and the TPMS sensor on

the original mounted wheel should be

deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on

the original mounted wheel located in

the spare tire carrier still activates,

the tire pressure monitoring system

may not operate properly. Have the

tire with TPMS serviced or replaced

by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - Repair

Agents

Never use a puncture-repairing

agent not approved by Kia to

repair and/or inflate a low pres-

sure tire. The sealant not

approved by Kia may damage

the tire pressure sensor.

717

What to do in an emergency

You may not be able to identify a low

tire by simply looking at it. Always

use a good quality tire pressure

gauge to measure the tire's inflation

pressure. Please note that a tire that

is hot (from being driven) will have a

higher pressure measurement than a

tire that is cold (from sitting station-

ary for at least 3 hours and driven

less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that

3 hour period).

Allow the tire to cool before measur-

ing the inflation pressure. Always be

sure the tire is cold before inflating to

the recommended pressure.

A cold tire means the vehicle has

been sitting for 3 hours and driven for

less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3

hour period.

Never use tire sealant if your vehicle

is equipped with a Tire Pressure

Monitoring System. The liquid

sealant can damage the tire pres-

sure sensors.

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damage

caused by external factors such as

nails or road debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,

immediately take your foot off the

accelerator, apply the brakes grad-

ually and with light force, and slow-

ly move to a safe position off the

road.

✽✽

NOTICE - Protecting TPMS

Tampering with, modifying, or dis-

abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS) components may

interfere with the system's ability to

warn the driver of low tire pressure

conditions and/or TPMS malfunc-

tions. Tampering with, modifying,

or disabling the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS) compo-

nents may void the warranty for

that portion of the vehicle.

This device complies with Part

15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user’s authority to operate

the device.

What to do in an emergency

187

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT)

For safe operation, carefully read

and follow the instructions in this

manual before use.

(1) Compressor

(2) Sealant bottle

The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary

fix to the tire and the tire should be

inspected by an authorized Kia deal-

er as soon as possible.

Have your tire repaired as soon as

possible. The tire may loose air pres-

sure at any time after inflating with

the Tire Mobility Kit.

ODE067020L

ODE068020L

■ for 18 inch tire

■ for 16 inch tire

WARNING - Tire wall

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit

to repair large punctures or

damage to the tire sidewalls. In

these situations, the tire cannot

be sealed completely and air

will leak from the tire. This can

result in tire failure.

CAUTION

When two or more tires are flat,

do not use the tire mobility kit

because the one supplied canis-

ter of sealant in the Tire Mobility

Kit is to only enough sealant for

one flat tire.

WARNING

Speed with temporary fix

Do not exceed a speed of 50

mph (80 km/h) when driving

with a tire sealed with the Tire

Mobility Kit.

While driving, if you experience

any unusual vibration, ride dis-

turbance, or noise, reduce your

speed and drive with caution

until you can safely pull off to

the side of the road.

719

What to do in an emergency

Introduction

With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay

mobile even after experiencing a tire

puncture.

The system of compressor and seal-

ing compound effectively and com-

fortably seals most punctures in a

passenger car tire caused by nails or

similar objects and reinflates the tire.

After you ensured that the tire is prop-

erly sealed you can drive cautiously

on the tire (up to 120 miles (200 km))

at a max. speed of 50 mph (80 km/h)

in order to reach a service station or

tire dealer to have the tire replace-

ment.

It is possible that some tires, espe-

cially with larger punctures or damage

to the sidewall, cannot be sealed

completely.

Air pressure loss in the tire may

adversely affect tire performance.

For this reason, you should avoid

abrupt steering or other driving

maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is

heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.

The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed

or intended as a permanent tire

repair method and is to be used for

one tire only.

This instruction shows you step by

step procedure to temporarily seal

the puncture.

Read the section “Notes on the safe

use of the Tire Mobility Kit”.

ODE067021L

ODEP068021

■ for 18 inch tire

■ for 16 inch tire

What to do in an emergency

207

Notes on the safe use of the

Tire Mobility Kit

• Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with the

Tire Mobility Kit away from moving

traffic.

• To be sure your vehicle will not

move, even when you're on fairly

level ground, always set your park-

ing brake.

• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for

sealing/inflation passenger car

tires. Only punctured areas located

within the tread region of the tire

can be sealed using the Tire

Mobility Kit.

• Do not use on motorcycles, bicy-

cles or any other type of tires.

• When the tire and wheel are dam-

aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit

for your safety.

• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not

be effective for tire damage larger

than approximately 0.16 in. (4

mm).

Please contact the nearest Kia

dealership if the tire cannot be

made roadworthy with the Tire

Mobility Kit.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a

tire is severely damaged by driving

run flat or with insufficient air pres-

sure.

• Do not remove any foreign objects

such as nails or screws that have

penetrated the tire.

• Provided the car is outdoors, leave

the engine running. Otherwise

operating the compressor may

eventually drain the car battery.

• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit

unattended while it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-

ning for more than 10 min. at a time

or it may overheat.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if

the ambient temperature is below -

22°F (-30°C).

WARNING

Do not use the Tire sealant after

the sealant has expired (i.e.

past the expiration date on the

sealant container). This can

increase the risk of tire failure.

CAUTION

When repairing a flat tire with

the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK),

quickly remove the sealant on

the tire pressure sensor and

wheel. When installing the

repaired tire and wheel, tighten

the wheel nut to a torque value

of 11 ~ 13 kgf·m.

WARNING - Sealant

• Keep out of reach of children.

• Avoid contact with eyes.

• Do not swallow.

721

What to do in an emergency

✽✽

NOTICE

The sealant container and insert

hose (3) cannot be reused. Purchase

an extra after use.

WARNING

• If the sealant gets on your

skin, wash it with a large

amount of water. If skin irrita-

tion continues, visit a doctor

for examination.

• If the sealant gets into your

eyes, raise your eyelid and

wash for at least 15 minutes. If

eye irritation continues, visit a

doctor for examination.

• If you have drank the sealant,

wash the mouth and drink a

large amount of water.

However, do not give anything

to an unconscious person

and see the doctor immediate-

ly.

Exposure to the sealant for a

long time may cause damage

to the bodily tissues.

What to do in an emergency

227

■ for 18 inch tire

ODE067044

■ for 16 inch tire

ODE068044L

1. Speed restriction label

2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction

3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel

4. Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct con-

nection

5. Holder for the sealant bottle

6. Compressor

7. On/off switch

8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pres-

sure

9. Button for reducing tire inflation pressure

Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the

compressor housing.

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

723

What to do in an emergency

Using the Tire Mobility Kit

Carefully follow below steps.

1. Shake the sealant bottle.

ODE067006N

ODEP067048

WARNING

Before using the Tire Mobility

Kit, follow the instructions on

the sealant bottle.

Remove the label with the

speed restriction from the

sealant bottle and apply it to the

steering wheel.

Please note the expiry date on

the sealant bottle.

CAUTION

Before using the tire repair kit,

please read carefully the

instruction attached on the

sealant bottle. Detach the speed

limit label on the sealant case

and put it on a highly visible

place. Always drive within the

speed limit.

What to do in an emergency

247

2. Connect the filling hose (3) onto

the connector of the sealant bottle

(A).

3. Ensure that button (9) on the com-

pressor is not pressed.

4. Unscrew the valve cap from the

valve of the defective wheel and

screw filling hose (3) of the sealant

bottle onto the valve.

5. Insert the sealant bottle into the

housing of the compressor (5) so

that the bottle is upright.

✽✽

NOTICE

If a visable foreign object has punc-

tured the tire, do not remove it

before using Tire Mobility Kit.

✽

NOTICE

If the sealant is injected when the

tire air pressure injection valve and

sealant injection hose are not fully

interlocked, the sealant may over-

flow and clog the valve.

OKIA067011

ODE068057L

■ for 16 inch tire

■ for 18 inch tire

ODE066007 ODE066041N

725

What to do in an emergency

6. Ensure that the compressor is

switched off, position 0.

7 Connect between compressor and

the vehicle power outlet (4) using

the cable and connectors.

8. With the engine start/stop button

position on or ignition switch posi-

tion on, switch on the compressor

and let it run for approximately 5 ~

7 minutes to fill the sealant up to

cold tire recommended pressure.

(refer to the Tire and Wheels,

chapter 9). The inflation pressure

of the tire after filling is unimpor-

tant and will be checked/corrected

later. Be careful not to overinflate

the tire and stay away from the tire

when filling it.

9. Switch off the compressor.

10. Detach the hoses from the

sealant bottle connector and

from the tire valve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-

age location in the vehicle.

Distributing the sealant

11. Immediately drive approximately

4 ~ 6 miles (7 ~ 10 km or, about

10 min) to evenly distribute the

sealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph

(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall

below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).

While driving, if you experience any

unusual vibration, ride disturbance or

noise, reduce your speed and drive

with caution until you can safely pull

off of the side of the road.

ODE066008L

WARNING - Carbon

monoxide

Carbon monoxide poisoning

and suffocation is possible if

the engine is left running in a

poorly ventilated or unventilat-

ed location (such as inside a

building).

ODE066040N

WARNING - Tire pressure

Do not attempt to drive your

vehicle if the tire pressure is

below 29 psi (200 kPa). This

could result in an accident due

to sudden tire failure.

What to do in an emergency

267

Checking the tire inflation

pressure

1. After driving approximately 4 ~ 6

miles (7 ~ 10 km or about 10 min),

stop at a safe location.

2. Connect the filling hose (3) of the

compressor (clip mounted side)

directly and then connect the fill

ing hose (3) (opposite side) to the

tire valve.

3. Connect between compressor and

the vehicle power outlet using the

cable and connectors.

3. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to

the cold tire recommended pres-

sure as indicated on the vehicle’s

placard or tire inflation pressure

label located on the driver’s side

center pillar outer panel. (In this

owner’s manual, refer to the Tire

and Wheels, chapter 9)

- To increase the inflation pres-

sure : Switch on the compres-

sor, position I. To check the cur-

rent inflation pressure setting,

briefly switch off the compressor.

✽✽

NOTICE

The pressure gauge may show high-

er than actual reading when the

compressor is running. To get an

accurate tire reading, the compres-

sor needs to be turned off.

CAUTION

When you use the Tire Mobility

Kit, the tire pressure sensors

and wheel may be stained by

sealant. Therefore, remove the

tire pressure sensors and wheel

stained by sealant and have

your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION

Do not let the compressor run

for more than 10 minutes; other-

wise, the device may overheat

and be damaged.

727

What to do in an emergency

- To reduce the inflation pres-

sure: Press the button (9) on the

compressor.

CAUTION - Tire pressure

sensor

When you use the Tire Mobility

Kit including sealant not

approved by Kia, the tire pres-

sure sensors may be damaged

by sealant. The sealant on the

tire pressure sensor and wheel

should be removed when you

replace the tire with a new one

and inspect the tire pressure

sensors at an authorized dealer.

What to do in an emergency

287

Technical Data

18 inch tire 16 inch tire

System Voltage DC 12 V DC 12 V

Working Voltage DC 10 – 15 V DC 10 – 15 V

Amperage rating

MAX. 10 ± 1 A

(at DC 12V operation)

MAX. 10 ± 1 A

(at DC 12V operation)

Suitable for use at temperatures

- 22 ~ + 158 °F

(- 30 ~ + 70 °C)

- 22 ~ + 158 °F

(- 30 ~ + 70 °C)

Max. working pressure 87 psi (6 bar) 87 psi (6 bar)

Size

Compressor

6.3 X 5.9 X 2.2 in.

(161 X 150 X 55.8 mm)

6.3 X 5.9 X 2.2 in.

(161 X 150 X 55.8 mm)

Sealant bottle

ø 3.3 X 4.1 in.

(ø 85 X 104 mm)

ø 3.3 X 3.2 in.

(ø 85 X 81 mm)

Compressor weight

1.43 ± 0.07 lbs

(650 ± 30g)

1.43 ± 0.07 lbs

(650 ± 30g)

Sealant volume 18.3 cu. in (300 ml) 12.2 cu. in. (200 ml)

❈ Sealant and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorized vehicle or tire

dealer. Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home. Liquid residue from the

sealant should be disposed of by your vehicle or tire dealer or in accordance with local

waste disposal regulations.

729

What to do in an emergency

TOWING

Towing service

If emergency towing is necessary,

we recommend having it done by an

authorized Kia dealer or a commer-

cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting

and towing procedures are neces-

sary to prevent damage to the vehi-

cle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or

flatbed is recommended.

On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to

tow the vehicle with the rear wheels

on the ground (without dollies) and

the front wheels off the ground. If any

of the loaded wheels or suspension

components are damaged or the

vehicle is being towed with the front

wheels on the ground, use a towing

dolly under the front wheels. When

being towed by a commercial tow

truck and wheel dollies are not used,

the front of the vehicle should always

be lifted, not the rear.

WARNING - Side and

curtain Air bag

If your vehicle is equipped with

side and curtain air bag, set the

ignition switch to LOCK or ACC

position when the vehicle is

being towed.

The side and curtain air bag

may deploy when the ignition is

ON, and the rollover sensor

detects the situation as a

rollover.

ODE066010L

What to do in an emergency

307

When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies :

1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC

position.

2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).

3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook

(if equipped)

1. Open the liftgate, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover pressing

the upper (front) / lower (rear) part

of the cover on the bumper.

CAUTION - Towing gear

position

Failure to place the transaxle

shift lever in N (Neutral) may

cause internal damage to the

transaxle.

CAUTION - Towing

• Do not tow the vehicle back-

wards with the front wheels on

the ground as this may cause

damage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type

equipment. Use wheel lift or

flatbed equipment.

ODE066012

ODE066011

ODE066014

ODE066015

■ Front

■ Rear

731

What to do in an emergency

3. Install the towing hook by turning it

clockwise into the hole until it is

fully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook and

install the cover after use.

Emergency towing

If towing is necessary, have it

done by an authorized Kia dealer

or a commercial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in an

emergency, your vehicle may be

temporarily towed using a cable or

chain secured to the emergency tow-

ing hook under the front (or rear) of

the vehicle. Use extreme caution

when towing the vehicle. A driver

must be in the vehicle to steer it and

operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done

only on hard-surfaced roads for a

short distance and at low speed.

Also, the wheels, axles, power train,

steering and brakes must all be in

good condition.

• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other

conditions from which the vehicle

cannot be driven out under its own

power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than

the vehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles should

communicate with each other fre-

quently.

ODE066016

ODE066017

■ Front

■ Rear

What to do in an emergency

327

• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.

• Use only a cable or chain specifical-

ly intended for use in towing vehi-

cles. Securely fasten the cable or

chain to the towing hook provided.

• Before emergency towing, check if

the hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chain

securely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it

steadily and with even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do not

pull from the side or at a vertical

angle. Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 16

feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or

red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)

wide) in the middle of the strap for

easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing

strap is not loosened during tow-

ing.

CAUTION

Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for

towing may damage the body of

your vehicle.

WARNING - Emergency

Towing Precautions

Use extreme caution when tow-

ing the vehicle.

• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which

would place excessive stress

on the emergency towing hook

and towing cable or chain. The

hook and towing cable or

chain may break and cause

serious injury or damage.

• If the disabled vehicle is

unable to be moved, do not

forcibly continue the towing.

We recommend that you con-

tact an authorized Kia dealer

or a commercial tow truck

service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight

ahead as possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle

during towing.

ODE066018

733

What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing precautions

• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so

the steering wheel isn’t locked.

• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).

• Release the parking bake.

• Press the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you will

have reduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be

required because the power steer-

ing system will be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill,

the brakes may overheat and brake

performance will be reduced. Stop

often and let the brakes cool off.

• If the car is being towed with all

four wheels on the ground, it can

be towed only from the front. Be

sure that the transaxle is in neutral.

Be sure the steering is unlocked by

placing the ignition switch in the

ACC position. A driver must be in

the towed vehicle to operate the

steering and brakes.

CAUTION - Dual clutch

transmission

• To avoid serious damage to the

dual clutch transmission, limit

the vehicle speed to 10 mph

(15 km/h) and drive less than 1

mile (1.5 km) when towing.

• Before towing, check the dual

clutch transmission for fluid

leaks under your vehicle. If the

dual clutch transmission fluid

is leaking, flatbed equipment

or a towing dolly must be

used.

IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS

✽✽

NOTICE

Any gas or electrolyte leakage from

your vehicle is not only poisonous

but also flammable. Upon witness-

ing one of those, make sure your car

is parked in a safe area away from

any roads, open the windows, and

maintain a safe distance away from

the vehicle. Immediately contact an

authorized Kia dealer and advise

them that a hybrid vehicle is

involved.

• If you need towing, refer to

"Towing" in the previous pages.

• When the vehicle is severely dam-

aged, remain a safe distance of 50

feet (15 meter) or more between

your vehicle and other

vehicles/flammables.

If a fire occurs :

Immediately call emergency services

(911) and advise the emergency

responders that a hybrid vehicle is

involved.

WARNING - High voltage

components

• For your safety, do not touch

high voltage cables, connec-

tors and package modules.

High voltage components are

orange in color.

• Exposed cables or wires may

be visible inside or outside of

the vehicle. Never touch the

wires or cables, because an

electrical shock, an injury, or a

death may occur.

WARNING - Submersion

in water

Do not touch your vehicle if it

has been submerged in water.

The high-voltage battery may

cause shock or may catch fire.

Immediately contact the author-

ities and advise them of the

condition of your vehicle and

that a hybrid vehicle is involved.

734

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 8-15

Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

• Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

• Inverter coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

• Recommended coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Engine clutch actuator fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

• Checking the engine clutch actuator fluid level 8-27

Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

• Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31

• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31

Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

Battery (Plug-in Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38

• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38

• Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39

• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40

Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41

• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41

• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 8-41

• Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43

• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44

• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45

• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45

• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46

• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46

• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46

• Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-50

• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53

• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53

• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53

• Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54

• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54

• Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-56

• Inner panel fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57

• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 8-59

• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-62

Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84

• Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84

• Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-85

• Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86

• Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-87

• Headlamp (HID type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 8-87

• Headlamp (LED type) replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-88

• Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb replacement . . . 8-88

• Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 8-89

• Fog lamp/DRL bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-90

• Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-90

• Tail lamp (inside) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-92

• Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-93

• Back-up lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-93

• High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . 8-93

• License plate lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-94

• Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-94

• Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 8-95

• Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 8-95

• Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 8-95

• Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 8-96

• Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 8-97

• Liftgate room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 8-97

Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98

• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98

• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-103

Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-106

• Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-106

• Evaporative emission control (Including ORVR :

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . 8-106

• Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-107

California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-109

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ODE076001

■■

Hybrid (Kappa 1.6 GDI)

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Engine oil dipstick

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Inverter coolant reservoir

6. Fuse box

7. Engine clutch actuator reservoir tank

8. Air cleaner

9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

Maintenance

ODEP077001

■■

Plug-in Hybrid (Kappa 1.6 GDI)

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Engine oil dipstick

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Inverter coolant reservoir

6. Fuse box

7. Engine clutch actuator reservoir tank

8. Air cleaner

9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES

You should exercise the utmost care

to prevent damage to your vehicle

and injury to yourself whenever per-

forming any maintenance or inspec-

tion procedures.

Should you have any doubts con-

cerning the inspection or servicing of

your vehicle, we strongly recom-

mend that you have an authorized

Kia dealer perform this work.

An authorized Kia dealer has factory-

trained technicians and genuine Kia

parts to service your vehicle proper-

ly. For expert advice and quality serv-

ice, see an authorized Kia dealer.

Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-

cient servicing may result in opera-

tional problems with your vehicle that

could lead to vehicle damage, an

accident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽

NOTICE

Maintenance Service and Record

Retention are the owner's responsi-

bility.

You should retain documents that

show proper maintenance has been

performed on your vehicle in accor-

dance with the scheduled mainte-

nance service charts shown on the

following pages. You need this infor-

mation to establish your compliance

with the servicing and maintenance

requirements of your vehicle war-

ranties.

Detailed warranty information is

provided in your Warranty &

Consumer Information manual.

Repairs and adjustments required as

a result of improper maintenance or

a lack of required maintenance are

not covered.

We recommend you have your vehi-

cle maintained and repaired by an

authorized Kia dealer. An authorized

Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service

quality standards and receives tech-

nical support from Kia in order to pro-

vide you with a high level of service

satisfaction.

✽✽

NOTICE - NHTSA Safety

Corrosion Alert

The National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration (NHTSA) has

issued a general warning to all vehi-

cle owners of all brands regarding

the risks associated with vehicle

underbody corrosion. From your

initial purchase, take the following

steps to prevent unsafe corrosion

damage to your vehicle:

(Continued)

Maintenance

(Continued)

• Wash the undercarriage of your

vehicle regularly during the win-

ter and whenever your vehicle has

been exposed to such salts or

chemicals.

• Do a thorough washing of the

undercarriage at the end of the

winter.

• Use professional service techni-

cians or governmental inspection

stations to annually inspect for

corrosion.

• Immediately seek an inspection of

your vehicle if you become visual-

ly aware of corrosion flaking or

scaling or if you become aware of

a change in vehicle performance,

such as soft or spongy brakes, flu-

ids leaking, impairment of direc-

tional control, suspension noises

or rattling metal straps.

NHTSA further advises that after

a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen-

tial that you take these indicated

maintenance steps to ensure that

you protect yourself from unsafe

corrosion conditions.

Owner maintenance precau-

tions

Improper or incomplete service may

result in problems. This section gives

instructions only for the maintenance

items that are easy to perform.

As explained earlier in this section,

several procedures can be done only

by an authorized Kia dealer with spe-

cial tools.

✽✽

NOTICE

Improper owner maintenance dur-

ing the warranty period may affect

warranty coverage. For details, read

the separate Warranty & Consumer

Information manual provided with

the vehicle. If you're unsure about

any servicing or maintenance proce-

dure, have it done by an authorized

Kia dealer.

WARNING - Maintenance

work

Do not wear jewelry or loose

clothing while working under

the hood of your vehicle with

the engine running. These can

become entangled in moving

parts, if you must run the

engine while working under the

hood, make certain that you

remove all jewelry (especially

rings, bracelets, watches, and

necklaces) and all neckties,

scarves, and similar loose

clothing before getting near the

engine or cooling fans.

WARNING - Touching

metal parts

Do not touch metal parts

(including strut bars) while the

engine is operating or hot.

Doing so could result in serious

bodily injury. Turn the engine off

and wait until the metal parts

cool down to perform any main-

tenance work on the vehicle.

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE

The following lists are vehicle checks

and inspections that should be per-

formed by the owner or an author-

ized Kia dealer at the frequencies

indicated to help ensure safe,

dependable operation of your vehi-

cle.

Any adverse conditions should be

brought to the attention of your deal-

er as soon as possible.

These Owner Maintenance Checks

are generally not covered by war-

ranties and you may be charged for

labor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule

When you stop for fuel:

• Check the engine oil level.

• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.

• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.

• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:

• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell of

exhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steering

wheel. Notice any increased steer-

ing effort or looseness in the steer-

ing wheel, or change in its straight-

ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly

turns slightly or “pulls” to one side

when traveling on smooth, level

road.

• When stopping, listen and check

for unusual sounds, pulling to one

side, increased brake pedal travel

or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the

operation of your transaxle occurs,

check the transaxle fluid level.

• Check the dual clutch transmission

P (Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.

• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the air

conditioning system during or after

use is normal).

WARNING - Hot coolant

Be careful when checking your

engine coolant level when the

engine is hot. Scalding hot

coolant and steam may blow

out under pressure.

WARNING

When you open the engine

hood, turn the Hybrid system

off. If not, it may result in death

or serious injury because of the

high voltage flow.

Maintenance

At least monthly:

• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.

• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn

signals and hazard warning flash-

ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of all

tires including the spare for tires

that are worn, show uneven wear,

or are damaged.

• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

At least twice a year

(i.e., every Spring and Fall) :

• Check the radiator, heater and air

conditioning hoses for leaks or

damage.

• Check the windshield washer

spray and wiper operation. Clean

the wiper blades with clean cloth

dampened with washer fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.

• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.

• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.

At least once a year :

• Clean the body and door drain

holes.

• Lubricate the door hinges and

check the hood hinges.

• Lubricate the door and hood locks

and latches.

• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.

• Check the air conditioning system.

• Inspect and lubricate dual clutch

transmission linkage and controls.

• Clean the battery and terminals.

• Check the brake fluid level.

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Follow the Normal Maintenance

Schedule if the vehicle is usually

operated where none of the following

conditions apply. If any of the following

conditions apply, follow the

Maintenance Under Severe Usage

Conditions.

• Repeatedly driving short distance

of less than 5miles (8 km) in nor-

mal temperature or less than 10

miles (16 km) in freezing tempera-

ture.

• Extensive engine idling or low

speed driving for long distances.

• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,

unpaved, graveled or salt-spread

roads.

• Driving in areas using salt or other

corrosive materials or in very cold

weather.

• Driving in heavy dust condition.

• Driving in heavy traffic area.

• Driving on uphill, downhill, or

mountain roads repeatedly.

• Towing a trailer or using a camper

on roof rack.

• Driving for patrol car, taxi, other

commercial use of vehicle towing.

• Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h).

• Frequently driving in stop-and-go

conditions.

If your vehicle is operated under the

above conditions, you should

inspect, replace or refill more fre-

quently than the following Normal

Maintenance Schedule. After 120

months or 150,000 miles continue to

follow the prescribed maintenance

intervals.

Maintenance

108

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.

Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the

frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Drive belts *

At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months,

after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil

filter

Kappa 1.6 GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *

Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months

Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I

Spark plugs Kappa 1.6 GDI Replace every 100,000 miles (150,000 km) or 120 months

Valve clearance *

Kappa 1.6 GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.

: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the

operation.

811

Maintenance

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

HSG belt *

I I I I I I R I I I I I I I I

Rotate tires Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)

Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Coolant (Engine)

At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years,

after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models(CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. If HSG belt noise

occurred, readjust HSG belt tension before replace.

Maintenance

128

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I -

Dual clutch transmission fluid - - - - I - - - - I - - - - I

Replace engine clutch actuator fluid I R I R I R I R I R I R I R I

Engine clutch actuator hose and lines I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -

Fuel tank air filter *

- I - I - I - I - I - I - I -

Fuel lines, hoses and connections - - - I - - - I - - - I - - -

Parking brake - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -

Brake fluid - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -

Tire rotation Rotate every 10,000 km (6,500 miles)

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched-

ule depends on fuel quality.

813

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer

to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Engine oil and engine oil filter

Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6

months

A, B, C, D, E,

F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs

More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K

Dual clutch transmission fluid

Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt

Every 30,000 miles (48,000 km)

or 24 months

C, D, E, K

Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km)

or 6 months

C, D, E, K

Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors I More frequently C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

Maintenance

148

Severe driving conditions

A- Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km)

in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freez-

ing temperature

B- Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-

tances

C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-

spread roads

D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in

very cold weather

E- Driving in heavy dust condition

F - Driving in heavy traffic area

G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly

H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towing

J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Drive shafts and boots I More frequently

C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter

More frequently C, E, G

815

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter

The engine oil and filter should be

changed at the intervals specified in

the maintenance schedule. If the

vehicle is being driven in severe con-

ditions, more frequent oil and filter

changes are required.

HSG (Hybrid starter & genera-

tor) belt

The HSG belt should be changed at

the intervals specified in the mainte-

nance schedule.

Fuel filter (for gasoline)

Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped a

lifetime fuel filter that integrated with

the fuel tank. Regular maintenance

or replacement is not needed but

depends on fuel quality. If there are

some important safety matters like

fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of

power, hard starting problem etc, fuel

filter inspection or replace is needed.

The fuel filter be Inspected or

replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-

nections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and

connections for leakage and dam-

age. Have an authorized Kia dealer

replace any damaged or leaking

parts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap

should be inspected at those inter-

vals specified in the maintenance

schedule. Make sure that a new

vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-

rectly replaced.

Maintenance

168

Vacuum crankcase ventilation

hoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-

dence of heat and/or mechanical

damage. Hard and brittle rubber,

cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and

excessive swelling indicate deterio-

ration. Particular attention should be

paid to examine those hose surfaces

nearest to high heat sources, such

as the exhaust manifold.

Inspect the hose routing to assure

that the hoses do not come in con-

tact with any heat source, sharp

edges or moving component which

might cause heat damage or

mechanical wear. Inspect all hose

connections, such as clamps and

couplings, to make sure they are

secure, and that no leaks are pres-

ent. Hoses should be replaced

immediately if there is any evidence

of deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filter

A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is

recommended when the filter is

replaced.

Spark plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs

of the correct heat range.

Cooling system

Check the cooling system compo-

nents, such as the radiator, coolant

reservoir, hoses and connections for

leakage and damage. Replace any

damaged parts.

Coolant (Engine / Inverter)

The coolant should be changed at

the intervals specified in the mainte-

nance schedule.

Dual clutch transmission Fluid

Inspect the dual clutch transmission

fluid according to the maintenance

schedule.

Brake hoses and lines

Visually check for proper installation,

chafing, cracks, deterioration and

any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-

ed or damaged parts immediately.

817

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE - NHTSA Safety

Corrosion Alert

NHTSA has warned all vehicle own-

ers of all brands that they must main-

tain their vehicles in a manner which

will prevent brake hose and brake line

failures due to corrosion when such

vehicles are exposed to winter road

salt and related chemicals. While seri-

ous corrosion conditions typically only

manifest themselves as safety issues

after 7 years of vehicle use, the corro-

sion process starts immediately and

thus underbody cleaning maintenance

must commence from your vehicle's

first exposure to road salts and chem-

icals. NHTSA urges vehicle owners to

take the following steps to prevent

corrosion:

(Continued)

1. Wash the undercarriage of your

vehicle regularly throughout the

winter and do a thorough washing

in the spring to remove road salt

and other de-icing chemicals.

2. Monitor the brake system for

signs of corrosion by having regu-

lar professional inspections and

watching for signs of problems,

including loss of brake fluid,

unusual leaks and soft or spongy

feel in the brake pedal.

3. Replace the entire brake pipe

assembly if you find severe corro-

sion that causes scaling or flaking

of brake components.

Brake fluid

Check the brake fluid level in the

brake fluid reservoir. The level should

be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks

on the side of the reservoir. Use only

hydraulic brake fluid conforming to

DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

Parking brake

Inspect the parking brake system

including the parking brake pedal

and cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipers

and rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear,

discs for run out and wear, and

calipers for fluid leakage.

Maintenance

188

Exhaust pipe and muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,

muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-

rioration, or damage. Start the

engine and listen carefully for any

exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-

nections or replace parts as neces-

sary.

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections

for looseness or damage. Retighten

to the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &

boots/lower arm ball joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine

off, check for excessive free-play in

the steering wheel.

Check the linkage for bends or dam-

age. Check the dust boots and ball

joints for deterioration, cracks, or

damage. Replace any damaged

parts.

Drive shafts and boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and

clamps for cracks, deterioration, or

damage. Replace any damaged

parts and, if necessary, repack the

grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and

connections for leakage and dam-

age.

When checking engine oil, engine

coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid,

always be sure to clean the area

around any filler plug, drain plug, or

dipstick before checking or draining

any lubricant or fluid. This is espe-

cially important in dusty or sandy

areas and when the vehicle is used

on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug

and dipstick areas will prevent dirt

and grit from entering the engine and

other mechanisms that could be

damaged.

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS

819

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on level

ground.

2. Start the engine and allow it to

reach normal operating tempera-

ture.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for a

few minutes (about 5 minutes) for

the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,

and reinsert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should

be between F and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to

bring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil

from being spilled on engine com-

ponents.

Use only the specified engine oil.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants

and capacities” in chapter 9.)

CAUTION - Replacing

engine oil

Do not overfill the engine oil. It

may damage the engine.

WARNING - Radiator hose

Be very careful not to touch the

radiator hose when checking or

adding the engine oil as it may

be hot enough to burn you.

ODE076002

■ Gasoline Engine (Kappa 1.6L-GDI)

ODE076003

■ Gasoline Engine (Kappa 1.6L-GDI)

Maintenance

208

Changing the engine oil and

filter

Have engine oil and filter changed by

an authorized Kia dealer according

to the Maintenance Schedule at the

beginning of this chapter.

WARNING - Used engine

oil

Used engine oil may cause irrita-

tion or cancer of the skin if left in

contact with the skin for pro-

longed periods of time. Always

protect your skin by washing

your hands thoroughly with

soap and warm water as soon as

possible after handling used oil.

821

Maintenance

COOLANT

The high-pressure cooling system

has a reservoir filled with year round

antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is

filled at the factory.

Check the antifreeze protection and

coolant level at least once a year: at

the beginning of the winter season,

and before traveling to a colder cli-

mate.

Checking the coolant level

• Turn the engine off and wait until it

cools down. Use extreme care

when removing the radiator cap.

Wrap a thick towel around it, and

turn it counterclockwise slowly to

the first stop. Step back while the

pressure is released from the cool-

ing system.

When you are sure all the pressure

has been released, press down on

the cap, using a thick towel, and

continue turning counterclockwise

to remove it.

• Even if the engine is not operating,

do not remove the radiator cap or

the drain plug while the engine and

radiator are hot. Hot coolant and

steam may still blow out under

pressure, causing serious injury.

The engine coolant and/or inverter

coolant level is influenced by the

hybrid system temperature. Before

checking or refilling the engine

coolant and/or inverter coolant,

turn the hybrid vehicle off.

WARNING

Removing radiator

cap

Never attempt to remove the

radiator cap while the engine is

operating or hot. Doing so

might lead to cooling system

and engine damage and could

result in serious personal injury

from escaping hot coolant or

steam.

CAUTION - Radiator cap

Never attempt to remove the

radiator cap while the engine is

operating or hot. Doing so

might lead to cooling system

and engine damage.

Maintenance

228

Engine coolant

Check the condition and connections

of all cooling system hoses and

heater hoses. Replace any swollen

or deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filled

between MAX and MIN marks on the

side of the coolant reservoir when

the engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enough

specified coolant to provide protec-

tion against freezing and corrosion.

Bring the level to MAX, but do not

overfill. If frequent additions are

required, see an authorized Kia deal-

er for a cooling system inspection.

Inverter coolant

The coolant level should be filled

between MAX and MIN marks on the

side of the coolant reservoir when

the engine is cool.

WARNING - Cooling fan

Use caution when

working near the

blade of the cooling

fan. The electric

motor (cooling fan) is

controlled by engine coolant

temperature, refrigerant pres-

sure and vehicle speed. it may

sometimes operate even when

the engine is not running.

ODE076005

ODE076053

■ Hybrid

ODEP077053

■ Plug-in Hybrid

823

Maintenance

If the coolant level is low, add enough

specified coolant to provide protec-

tion against freezing and corrosion.

Bring the level to MAX, but do not

overfill. If frequent additions are

required, see an authorized Kia deal-

er for a cooling system inspection.

Recommended coolant

• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water or soft water for

your vehicle and never mix hard

water in the coolant filled at the fac-

tory. An improper coolant mixture

can result in serious malfunction or

engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be

protected by an ethylene-glycol

with phosphate based coolant to

prevent corrosion and freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol

coolant or mix them with the spec-

ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that contains

more than 60% antifreeze or less

than 35% antifreeze. This would

reduce the effectiveness of the

solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the

following table.

Ambient

Temperature

Mixture Percentage

(volume)

Antifreeze Water

5°F (-15°C)

35 65

-13°F (-25°C)

40 60

-31°F (-35°C)

50 50

-49°F (-45°C)

60 40

Maintenance

248

✽✽

NOTICE

Make sure the coolant cap is proper-

ly closed after refill of coolant.

Otherwise the engine could be over-

heated while driving.

1. Check if the radiator cap label is

straight In front.

WARNING

Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator cap

when the engine and radiator

are hot. Scalding hot coolant

and steam may blow out under

pressure which may result in

serious injury.

■ Inverter coolant reservoir cap (Hybrid)

■ Engine coolant reservoir cap

ODE076004

■ Inverter coolant reservoir cap (Plug-in Hybrid)

ODEP077004

ODE076006

OQL075072

■ Engine room front view

825

Maintenance

2. Make sure that the tiny protru-

sions inside the coolant cap

should be securely interlocked.

Changing the coolant

Have the coolant changed by an

authorized Kia dealer according to

the Maintenance Schedule at the

beginning of this chapter.

CAUTION

Put a thick cloth or fabric

around the radiator cap before

refilling the coolant in order to

prevent the coolant from over-

flowing into engine parts such

as the generator.

ODE076007

■ Engine room rear view

Maintenance

268

BRAKE FLUID

Checking the brake fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoir

periodically. The fluid level should be

between MAX (Maximum) and MIN

(Minimum) marks on the side of the

reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap

and adding brake fluid, clean the

area around the reservoir cap thor-

oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-

ination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the

MAX (Maximum) level. The level will

fall with accumulated mileage. This is

a normal condition associated with

the wear of brake linings. If the fluid

level is excessively low, have the

brake system checked by an author-

ized Kia dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants

and capacities” in chapter 9.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

In the event the brake system

requires frequent additions of fluid,

the vehicle should be inspected by

an authorized Kia dealer.

When changing and adding brake

fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it

come in contact with your eyes. If

brake fluid should come in contact

with your eyes, immediately flush

them with a large quantity of fresh

tap water. Have your eyes examined

by a doctor as soon as possible.

Brake fluid, which has been exposed

to open air for an extended time

should never be used as its quality

cannot be guaranteed. It should be

disposed of properly.

CAUTION - Brake fluid

Do not allow brake fluid to con-

tact the vehicle's body paint, as

paint damage will result.

CAUTION - Proper fluid

Only use brake fluid in brake

system. Small amounts of

improper fluids (such as engine

oil) can cause damage to the

brake system.

ODE076008

827

Maintenance

ENGINE CLUTCH ACTUATOR FLUID

Checking the engine clutch

actuator fluid level

In normal driving conditions, the

actuator fluid level does not go down

rapidly. However, oil consumption

rate may rise as vehicle mileage

increases, and leakage in actuator

related parts may result in increased

consumption of the engine clutch

actuator oil. Regularly check and

make sure the engine clutch actuator

oil fluid level is between [MIN] and

[MAX] marks.

If the oil level is below [MIN] mark,

we recommend that your vehicle be

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

If the fluid level is excessively low, we

recommend that the system be

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

Use only the specified engine clutch

actuator fluid.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants

or capacities” in chapter 9.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

✽✽

NOTICE - Loss of engine

clutch actuator fluid

In the event the engine clutch actua-

tor requires frequent additions of

fluid, we recommend that the system

be inspected by an authorized Kia

dealer.

WARNING - Engine clutch

actuator fluid

When changing and adding

engine clutch actuator fluid,

handle it carefully. Do not let it

come in contact with your eyes.

If engine clutch actuator fluid

should come in contact with

your eyes, immediately flush

them with a large quantity of

fresh tap water. Have your eyes

examined by a doctor as soon

as possible.

ODE076057

Maintenance

288

CAUTION

Do not allow engine clutch actu-

ator fluid to contact the vehi-

cle's body paint, as paint dam-

age will result. The engine

clutch actuator fluid that has

been exposed to open air for an

extended time should never be

used as its quality cannot be

guaranteed. It should be proper-

ly disposed. Do not put in the

wrong kind of fluid. A few drops

of mineral-based oil, such as

engine oil, in your engine clutch

actuator system can damage

engine clutch actuator system

parts.

829

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid

level

The reservoir is translucent so that

you can check the level with a quick

visual inspection.

Check the fluid level in the washer

fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-

sary. Plain water may be used if

washer fluid is not available.

However, use washer solvent with

antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-

mates to prevent freezing.

WARNING - Flammable

fluid

Do not allow the washer fluid to

come in contact with open

flames or sparks.The windshield

washer fluid reservoir is flamma-

ble under certain circumstances.

This can result in a fire.

WARNING - Windshield

fluid

Do not drink the windshield

washer fluid. The windshield

washer fluid is poisonous to

humans and animals.

WARNING - Coolant

• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severely

obscure visibility when sprayed

on the windshield and may

cause loss of vehicle control.

ODE076009

Maintenance

308

Checking the parking brake

Check whether the stroke is within

specification when the parking brake

pedal is depressed with 66 lb, 294 N

(30 kg) of force. Also, the parking

brake alone should securely hold the

vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the

stroke is more or less than specified,

have the parking brake adjusted by

an authorized Kia dealer.

Stroke : 6~7 notch

PARKING BRAKE

OJF055017

831

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement

It must be replaced when necessary,

and should not be washed.

You can clean the filter when inspect-

ing the air cleaner element.

Clean the filter by using compressed

air.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover

attaching clips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

3. Replace the air cleaner filter.

4. Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips.

ODE076011

ODE076012L ODE076013

Maintenance

328

Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.

If the vehicle is operated in extreme-

ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the

element more often than the usual

recommended intervals. (Refer to

“Maintenance under severe usage

conditions” in this chapter.)

CAUTION - Air filter

maintenance

• Do not drive with the air clean-

er removed; this will result in

excessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner

filter, be careful that dust or

dirt does not enter the air

intake, or damage may result.

• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of

a non-genuine part could

damage the air flow sensor.

833

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

Filter inspection

The climate control air filter should

be replaced according to the

Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle

is operated in severely air-polluted

cities or on dusty rough roads for a

long period, it should be inspected

more frequently and replaced earlier.

When you replace the climate control

air filter, replace it performing the fol-

lowing procedure, and be careful to

avoid damaging other components.

1. Open the glove box and remove

the stoppers on both sides.

2. With the glove box open, pull the

support strap (1).

ODE076014ODE076015

Maintenance

348

3. Remove the climate control air fil-

ter cover while pressing the lock

on both sides of the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air fil-

ter.

5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

When replacing the climate control

air filter install it properly. Otherwise,

the system may produce noise and

the effectiveness of the filter may be

reduced.

ODE076054 OQL075021

835

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection

Commercial hot waxes applied by

automatic car washes have been

known to make the windshield diffi-

cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-

shield or the wiper blades with for-

eign matter can reduce the effective-

ness of the windshield wipers.

Common sources of contamination

are insects, tree sap, and hot wax

treatments used by some commer-

cial car washes. If the blades are not

wiping properly, clean both the win-

dow and the blades with a good

cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse

thoroughly with clean water.

Blade replacement

When the wipers no longer clean

adequately, the blades may be worn

or cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms

or other components, do not attempt

to move the wipers manually.

The use of a non-specified wiper

blade could result in wiper malfunc-

tion and failure.

1JBA5122

CAUTION - Wiper blades

To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, do not use gasoline,

kerosene, paint thinner, or other

solvents on or near them.

Maintenance

368

Front windshield wiper blade

Type A

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the

wiper blade assembly to expose

the plastic locking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the

blade assembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.

4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm.

1LDA5023

CAUTION - Wiper arms

Do not allow the wiper arm to

fall against the windshield,

since it may chip or crack the

windshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

OHM078060

OHM078061

837

Maintenance

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then

pull down the blade assembly and

remove it.

3. Install the new blade assembly.

4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

shield.

Rear window wiper blade

1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out

the wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly by

inserting the center part into the

slot in the wiper arm until it clicks

into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly is

installed firmly by trying to pull it

slightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms

or other components, have an

authorized Kia dealer replace the

wiper blade.

OHM078062

OHM078063

CAUTION - Wiper arms

Do not allow the wiper arm to

fall against the windshield,

since it may chip or crack the

windshield.

Maintenance

388

BATTERY (PLUG-IN HYBRID)

For best battery service

• Keep the battery securely mount-

ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.

• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated with

petroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from

the battery immediately with a

solution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be

used for an extended time, discon-

nect the battery cables.

Always read the following

instructions carefully when

handling a battery.

If any electrolyte gets into

your eyes, flush your eyes

with clean water for at least

15 minutes and get immedi-

ate medical attention.

If electrolyte gets on your

skin, thoroughly wash the

contacted area. If you feel

pain or burning sensation,

get medical attention imme-

diately.

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to the

environment and human

health. Dispose the battery

according to your local law(s)

or regulation.

The battery contains lead. Do

not dispose of it after use.

Please return the battery to

an authorized Kia dealer to

be recycled.

Never attempt to recharge the bat-

tery when the battery cables are con-

nected.

WARNING - Risk of

explosion

Keep lit cigarettes and

all other flames or

sparks away from the

battery.

The battery contains

hydrogen -- a highly

combustible gas which

will explode if it comes

in contact with a flame or

spark.

Keep batteries out of the

reach of children

because batteries con-

tain highly corrosive

SULFURIC ACID and

electrolytes. Do not

allow battery acid to

contact your skin, eyes,

clothing or paint finish.

Wear eye protection

when charging or work-

ing near a battery.

Always provide ventila-

tion when working in an

enclosed space.

ODE076016

839

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

If you connect unauthorized elec-

tronic devices to the battery, the bat-

tery may be discharged. Never use

unauthorized devices.

Recharging the battery

Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,

calcium-based battery.

• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-

ple, the headlamps or interior

lamps were left on while the vehi-

cle was not in use), recharge it by

slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually discharges

because of high electric load while

the vehicle is being used, recharge

it at 20-30A for two hours.

WARNING - Risk of elec-

trocution

Never touch the electrical igni-

tion system while the vehicle is

running. This system works

with high voltage which can

shock you.

WARNING - Recharging

Battery

Never attempt to recharge the

battery when the battery cables

are connected.

WARNING - Battery lead

compound

Battery posts, terminals, and

related accessories contain

lead and lead compounds.

Wash hands after handling.

Maintenance

408

When recharging the battery,

observe the following precautions:

• The battery must be removed from

the vehicle and placed in an area

with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or

flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charging,

and stop or reduce the charging

rate if the battery cells begin

gassing (boiling) violently or if the

temperature of the electrolyte of

any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).

• Wear eye protection when check-

ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.

1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.

• Before performing maintenance or

recharging the battery, turn off all

accessories and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable must be

removed first and installed last

when the battery is disconnected.

Reset items

The following items should be reset

after the battery has been dis-

charged or the battery has been dis-

connected.

• Auto up/down window

(See chapter 4)

• Sunroof (See chapter 4)

• Trip computer (See chapter 4)

• Climate control system

(See chapter 4)

• Driver position memory system

(See chapter 3)

• Audio (See chapter 5)

841

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS

Tire care

For proper maintenance, safety, and

maximum fuel economy, you must

always maintain recommended tire

inflation pressures and stay within

the load limits and weight distribution

recommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire infla-

tion pressures

All tire pressures (including the

spare) should be checked when the

tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the

vehicle has not been driven for at

least three hours or driven less than

one mile (1.6 km).

Recommended pressures must be

maintained for the best ride, top vehi-

cle handling, and minimum tire wear.

For recommended inflation pressure

refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter

All specifications (sizes and pres-

sures) can be found on a label

attached to the driver’s side center

pillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-

flation

Inflate your tires consistent with

the instructions provided in this

manual. Severe underinflation

(10 psi (70 kPa) or more) can

lead to severe heat build-up,

causing blowouts, tread separa-

tion and other tire failures that

can result in the loss of vehicle

control.This risk is much higher

on hot days and when driving

for long periods at high speeds.

ODE086006L

Maintenance

428

• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handling and

reduced fuel economy. Wheel

deformation also is possible. Keep

your tire pressures at the proper

levels. If a tire frequently needs

refilling, have it checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harsh

ride, excessive wear at the center

of the tire tread, and a greater pos-

sibility of damage from road haz-

ards.

• Warm tires normally exceed rec-

ommended cold tire pressures by 4

to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not

release air from warm tires to

adjust the pressure or the tires will

be underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation

valve caps. Without the valve cap,

dirt or moisture could get into the

valve core and cause air leakage. If

a valve cap is missing, install a

new one as soon as possible.

Tire pressure

Always observe the following:

• Check tire pressure when the tires

are cold. (After vehicle has been

parked for at least three hours or

hasn't been driven more than one

mile (1.6 km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of your spare

tire each time you check the pres-

sure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle. Be

careful not to overload a vehicle

luggage rack if your vehicle is

equipped with one.

Checking tire inflation pres-

sure

Check your tires once a month or

more.

Also, check the tire pressure of the

spare tire.

How to check

Use a good quality gauge to check

tire pressure. You cannot tell if your

tires are properly inflated simply by

looking at them. Radial tires may

look properly inflated even when

they're underinflated.

Check the tire's inflation pressure

when the tires are cold. - "Cold"

means your vehicle has been sitting

for at least three hours or driven no

more than 1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNING - Tire Inflation

Overinflation or underinflation

can reduce tire life, adversely

affect vehicle handling, and

lead to sudden tire failure. This

could result in loss of vehicle

control and potential injury.

843

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire

valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-

ly onto the valve to get a pressure

measurement. If the cold tire inflation

pressure matches the recommended

pressure on the tire and loading

information label, no further adjust-

ment is necessary. If the pressure is

low, add air until you reach the rec-

ommended amount.

If you overfill the tire, release air by

pushing on the metal stem in the

center of the tire valve. Recheck the

tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be

sure to put the valve caps back on

the valve stems. They help prevent

leaks by keeping out dirt and mois-

ture.

• Inspect your tires frequently for

proper inflation as well as wear and

damage. Always use a tire pres-

sure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too little

pressure wear unevenly causing

poor handling, loss of vehicle con-

trol, and sudden tire failure leading

to accidents, injuries, and even

death. The recommended cold tire

pressure for your vehicle can be

found in this manual and on the tire

label located on the driver's side

center pillar.

• Remember to check the pressure

of your spare tire. Kia recommends

that you check the spare every

time you check the pressure of the

other tires on your vehicle.

Tire rotation

To equalize tread wear, it is recom-

mended that the tires be rotated

every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or

sooner if irregular wear develops.

During rotation, check the tires for

correct balance.

When rotating tires, check for uneven

wear and damage. Abnormal wear is

usually caused by incorrect tire pres-

sure, improper wheel alignment, out-

of-balance wheels, severe braking or

severe cornering. Look for bumps or

bulges in the tread or side of tire.

Replace the tire if you find either of

these conditions. Replace the tire if

fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,

be sure to bring the front and rear tire

pressures to specification and check

lug nut tightness.

Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter

Maintenance

448

Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tires are rotated.

Rotate radial tires that have an

asymmetric tread pattern only from

front to rear and not from right to left.

Wheel alignment and tire bal-

ance

The wheels on your vehicle were

aligned and balanced carefully at the

factory to give you the longest tire life

and best overall performance.

In most cases, you will not need to

have your wheels aligned again.

However, if you notice unusual tire

wear or your vehicle pulling one way

or the other, the alignment may need

to be reset.

If you notice your vehicle vibrating

when driving on a smooth road, your

wheels may need to be rebalanced.

WARNING - Mixing tires

• Do not use the compact spare

tire (if equipped) for tire rota-

tion.

• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-

stances. This may cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics.

CAUTION - Wheel weight

Improper wheel weights can

damage your vehicle's alu-

minum wheels. Use only

approved wheel weights.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)

845

Maintenance

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear

Indicator (A) will appear as a solid

band across the tread. This shows

there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)

of tread left on the tire. Replace the

tire when this happens.

Do not wait for the band to appear

across the entire tread before replac-

ing the tire.

The ABS works by comparing the

speed of the wheels. The tire size

affects wheel speed. When replacing

tires, all 4 tires must use the same

size originally supplied with the vehi-

cle. Using tires of a different size can

cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake

System) and ESC (Electronic

Stability Control) to work irregularly.

✽✽

NOTICE

• We recommend that when replac-

ing tires, use the same which were

originally supplied with the vehi-

cle. If not, driving performance

could be altered.

• When replacing tires (or wheels),

it is recommended to replace the

two front or two rear tires (or

wheels) as a pair.

Replacing just one tire can serious-

ly affect your vehicle's handling.

Wheel replacement

When replacing the metal wheels for

any reason, make sure the new

wheels are equivalent to the original

factory units in diameter, rim width

and offset.

A wheel that is not the correct size

may adversely affect wheel and

bearing life, braking and stopping

abilities, handling characteristics,

ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-

ance, snow chain clearance,

speedometer and odometer calibra-

tion, headlight aim and bumper

height.

OUM076204L

Maintenance

468

Tire traction

Tire traction can be reduced if you

drive on worn tires, tires that are

improperly inflated or on slippery

road surfaces. Tires should be

replaced when tread wear indicators

appear. Slow down whenever there

is rain, snow or ice on the road, to

reduce the possibility of losing con-

trol of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance

In addition to proper inflation, correct

wheel alignment helps to decrease

tire wear. If you find a tire is worn

unevenly, have your dealer check the

wheel alignment.

When you have new tires installed,

make sure they are balanced. This

will increase vehicle ride comfort and

tire life. Additionally, a tire should

always be rebalanced if it is removed

from the wheel.

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies and

describes the fundamental charac-

teristics of the tire and also provides

the tire identification number (TIN)

for safety standard certification. The

TIN can be used to identify the tire in

case of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or Brand name is

shown.

CAUTION - Wheel

Wheels that do not meet Kia's

specifications may fit poorly

and result in damage to the

vehicle or unusual handling and

poor vehicle control.

OJF085008L

847

Maintenance

2. Tire size designation

A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire

size designation. You will need this

information when selecting replace-

ment tires for your car. The following

explains what the letters and num-

bers in the tire size designation

mean.

Example tire size designation:

(These numbers are provided as an

example only; your tire size designa-

tor could vary depending on your

vehicle.)

P205/55R16 89H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tires

marked with the prefix “P’’ are

intended for use on passenger

vehicles or light trucks; however,

not all tires have this marking).

205 - Tire width in millimeters.

55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of its

width.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).

16 - Rim diameter in inches.

89 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximum

load the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the

speed rating chart in this section

for additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-

tant information that you need if you

ever have to replace one. The follow-

ing explains what the letters and

numbers in the wheel size designa-

tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:

6.0JX16

6.0 - Rim width in inches.

J - Rim contour designation.

16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-

ferent speed ratings currently being

used for passenger vehicles. The

speed rating is part of the tire size

designation on the sidewall of the

tire. This symbol corresponds to that

tire's designed maximum safe oper-

ating speed.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum Speed

Speed

Rating

Symbol

Maintenance

488

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire

Identification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,

based on the manufacturing date,

(including the spare tire) should be

replaced by new ones. You can find

the manufacturing date on the tire

sidewall (possibly on the inside of the

wheel), displaying the DOT Code.

The DOT Code is a series of num-

bers on a tire consisting of numbers

and English letters. The manufactur-

ing date is designated by the last four

digits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT means a

plant code number, tire size and

tread pattern and the last four num-

bers indicate week and year manu-

factured.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents

that the tire was produced in the 16th

week of 2018.

4. Tire ply composition and mate-

rial

The number of layers or plies of rub-

ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire

manufacturers also must indicate the

materials in the tire, which include

steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

The letter "R" means radial ply con-

struction; the letter "D" means diago-

nal or bias ply construction; and the

letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-

struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflation

pressure

This number is the greatest amount of

air pressure that should be put in the

tire. Do not exceed the maximum per-

missible inflation pressure. Refer to

the Tire and Loading Information label

for recommended inflation pressure.

6. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum

load in kilograms and pounds that can

be carried by the tire. When replacing

the tires on the vehicle, always use a

tire that has the same load rating as

the factory installed tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading

Quality grades can be found where

applicable on the tire sidewall

between tread shoulder and maxi-

mum section width.

For example:

TREADWEAR 440

TRACTION A

TEMPERATURE A

WARNING - Tire age

Replace tires within the recom-

mended time frame. Failure to

replace tires as recommended

can result in sudden tire failure,

which could lead to a loss of

control and an accident.

849

Maintenance

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-

tive rating based on the wear rate of

the tire when tested under controlled

conditions on a specified govern-

ment test course. For example, a tire

graded 150 would wear one-and-a-

half times (1½) as well on the gov-

ernment course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires

depends upon the actual conditions

of their use, however, and may

depart significantly from the norm

due to variations in driving habits,

service practices and differences in

road characteristics and climate.

Tires degrade over time, even when

they are not being used. Regardless

of the remaining tread, we recom-

mend that tires be replaced after

approximately six (6) years of normal

service. Heat caused by hot climates

or frequent high loading conditions

can accelerate the aging process.

These grades are molded on the

side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.

The tires available as standard or

optional equipment on your vehicles

may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to

lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those

grades represent the tires ability to

stop on wet pavement as measured

under controlled conditions on spec-

ified government test surfaces of

asphalt and concrete. A tire marked

C may have poor traction perform-

ance.

The traction grade assigned to this

tire is based on straight-ahead brak-

ing traction tests, and does not

include acceleration, cornering,

hydroplaning, or peak traction char-

acteristics.

Maintenance

508

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the

highest), B and C representing the

tire’s resistance to the generation of

heat and its ability to dissipate heat

when tested under controlled condi-

tions on a specified indoor laboratory

test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can

cause the material of the tire to

degenerate and reduce tire life, and

excessive temperature can lead to

sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-

responds to a level of performance

which all passenger car tires must

meet under the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.

Grades B and A represent higher

levels of performance on the labora-

tory test wheel than the minimum

required by law.

Tire terminology and defini-

tions

Air Pressure: The amount of air

inside the tire pressing outward on

the tire. Air pressure is expressed in

kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per

square inch (psi).

Accessory Weight: This means the

combined weight of optional acces-

sories. Some examples of optional

accessories are, dual clutch trans-

mission, power seats, and air condi-

tioning.

Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a

tire's height to its width.

Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords

that is located between the plies and

the tread. Cords may be made from

steel or other reinforcing materials.

Bead: The tire bead contains steel

wires wrapped by steel cords that

hold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in

which the plies are laid at alternate

angles less than 90 degrees to the

centerline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of

air pressure in a tire, measured in

kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per

square inch (psi) before a tire has

built up heat from driving.

Curb Weight: This means the weight

of a motor vehicle with standard and

optional equipment including the

maximum capacity of fuel, oil and

coolant, but without passengers and

cargo.

DOT Markings: A code molded into

the sidewall of a tire signifying that

the tire is in compliance with the U.S.

Department of Transportation motor

vehicle safety standards. The DOT

code includes the Tire Identification

Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des-

ignator which can also identify the

tire manufacturer, production plant,

brand and date of production.

851

Maintenance

GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight

Rating for the Front Axle.

GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight

Rating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: The

side of an asymmetrical tire, that

must always face outward when

mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for

air pressure.

Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat-

ed by its manufacturer as primarily

intended for use on lightweight trucks

or multipurpose passenger vehicles.

Load Index: An assigned number

ranging from 1 to 279 that corre-

sponds to the load carrying capacity

of a tire.

Load ratings: The maximum load

that a tire is rated to carry for a given

inflation pressure.

Maximum Inflation Pressure: The

maximum air pressure to which a

cold tire may be inflated. The maxi-

mum air pressure is molded onto the

sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating: The load

rating for a tire at the maximum per-

missible inflation pressure for that

tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:

The sum of curb weight; accessory

weight; vehicle capacity weight; and

production options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight: The

number of occupants a vehicle is

designed to seat multiplied by 150

lbs. (68kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designated

seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall: The side

of a asymmetrical tire that has a par-

ticular side that faces outward when

mounted on a vehicle. The outward

facing sidewall bears white lettering

or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or

model name molding that is higher or

deeper than the same moldings on

the inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire

used on passenger cars and some

light duty trucks and multipurpose

vehicles.

Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel

cords

Pneumatic tire: A mechanical

device made of rubber, chemicals,

fabric and steel or other materials,

that, when mounted on an automo-

tive wheel, provides the traction and

contains the gas or fluid that sustains

the load.

Maintenance

528

Production options weight: The

combined weight of installed regular

production options weighing over 5

lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard

items which they replace, not previ-

ously considered in curb weight or

accessory weight, including heavy

duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,

heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Recommended Inflation Pressure:

Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-

ed tire inflation pressure and shown

on the tire placard.

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in

which the ply cords that extend to the

beads are laid at 90 degrees to the

centerline of the tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tire and

upon which the tire beads are seat-

ed.

Sidewall: The portion of a tire

between the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumeric

code assigned to a tire indicating the

maximum speed at which a tire can

operate.

Traction: The friction between the

tire and the road surface. The

amount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tire that

comes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators: Narrow

bands, sometimes called "wear

bars," that show across the tread of a

tire when only 1/16 inch of tread

remains.

UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality

Grading Standards, a tire information

system that provides consumers with

ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-

ture and treadwear. Ratings are

determined by tire manufacturers

using government testing proce-

dures. The ratings are molded into

the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-

ber of designated seating positions

multiplied by 150 lbs. (68kg) plus the

rated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the

Tire: Load on an individual tire due

to curb and accessory weight plus

maximum occupant and cargo

weight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:

Load on an individual tire that is

determined by distributing to each

axle its share of the curb weight,

accessory weight, and normal occu-

pant weight and driving by 2.

Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-

ly attached to a vehicle showing the

original equipment tire size and rec-

ommended inflation pressure.

853

Maintenance

All season tires

Kia specifies all season tires on

some models to provide good per-

formance for use all year round,

including snowy and icy road condi-

tions. All season tires are identified

by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud

and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow

tires have better snow traction than

all season tires and may be more

appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

Kia specifies summer tires on some

models to provide superior perform-

ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-

formance is substantially reduced in

snow and ice. Summer tires do not

have the tire traction rating M+S

(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in

snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-

mends the use of snow tires or all

season tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

If you equip your car with snow tires,

they should be the same size and

have the same load capacity as the

original tires. Snow tires should be

installed on all four wheels; other-

wise, poor handling may result.

Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28

kPa) more air pressure than the

pressure recommended for the stan-

dard tires on the tire label on the dri-

ver's side of the center pillar, or up to

the maximum pressure shown on the

tire sidewall, whichever is less.

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120

km/h) when your vehicle is equipped

with snow tires.

WARNING

Do not use summer tires at tem-

peratures below 45°F (7°C) or

when driving on snow or ice. At

temperatures below 45°F (7°C),

summer tires can lose elastici-

ty, and therefore traction and

braking power as well. Change

the tires on your vehicle to win-

ter or all-weather tires of the

same size as the standard tires

of the vehicle. Both types of

tires are identified by the M+S

(Mud and Snow) marking. Using

summer tires at very cold tem-

peratures could cause cracks to

form, thereby damaging the

tires permanently.

Maintenance

548

Tire chains

Tire chains, if necessary, should be

installed on the front wheels.

Be sure that the chains are installed

in accordance with the manufactur-

er's instructions.

To minimize tire and chain wear, do

not continue to use tire chains when

they are no longer needed.

• When driving on roads covered

with snow or ice, drive at less than

20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wire

chains.

• If you hear noise caused by chains

contacting the body, retighten the

chain to avoid contact with the

vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage, retighten

the chains after driving 0.3~0.6

miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains on vehicles

equipped with aluminum wheels.

In unavoidable circumstances, use

a wire type chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.47

inches (12 mm) to prevent damage

to the chain’s connection.

Radial-ply tires

Radial-ply tires provide improved

tread life, road hazard resistance and

smoother high speed ride. The radi-

al-ply tires used on this vehicle are

of belted construction and are select-

ed to complement the ride and han-

dling characteristics of your vehicle.

Radial-ply tires have the same load

carrying capacity as bias-ply or bias

belted tires of the same size and use

the same recommended inflation

pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires

with bias-ply or bias belted tires is

not recommended. Any combina-

tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias

belted tires when used on the same

vehicle will seriously deteriorate

vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-

low is: identical radial-ply tires should

always be used as a set of four.

Longer wearing tires can be more

susceptible to irregular tread wear. It

is very important to follow the tire

rotation interval shown in this section

to achieve the tread life potential of

these tires. Cuts and punctures in

radial-ply tires are repairable only in

the tread area, because of sidewall

flexing. Consult your tire dealer for

radial-ply tire repairs.

855

Maintenance

Low aspect ratio tire

(if equipped)

Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect

ratio is lower than 50, are provided

for sporty looks.

Because the low aspect ratio tires

are optimized for handling and brak-

ing, it may be more uncomfortable to

ride in and there is more noise com-

pare with normal tires.

• It is not easy to recognize the tire

damage with your own eyes. But if

there is the slightest hint of tire

damage, even though you cannot

see it, have the tire checked or

replaced because the tire damage

may cause air leakage from the tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driving on

a rough road, off road, pothole,

manhole, or curb stone, it will not

be covered by the warranty.

• You can find out the tire information

on the tire sidewall.

CAUTION

Because the sidewall of the low

aspect ratio tire is shorter than

the normal, the wheel and tire of

the low aspect ratio tire is easi-

er to be damaged. So, follow the

instructions below.

• When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiously

because tires and wheels may

be damaged. And after driv-

ing, inspect tires and wheels.

• When passing over a pothole,

speed bump, manhole, or curb

stone, drive slowly so that the

tires and wheels are not dam-

aged.

• If the tire is impacted, we rec-

ommend that you inspect the

tire condition or contact an

authorized Kia dealer.

• To prevent damage to the tire,

inspect the tire condition and

pressure every 1,900 miles

(3,000 km).

Maintenance

568

FUSES

❈ Left side : Normal , Right side : Blown

A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-

tected from electrical overload dam-

age by fuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,

one located in the driver’s side panel

bolster, the other in the engine com-

partment near the battery.

If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-

sories, or controls do not work, check

the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse

has blown, the element inside the

fuse will melt.

If the electrical system does not

work, first check the driver’s side

fuse panel.

Always replace a blown fuse with

one of the same rating.

If the replacement fuse blows, this

indicates an electrical problem. Avoid

using the system involved and imme-

diately consult an authorized Kia

dealer.

Three kinds of fuses are used: blade

type for lower amperage rating, car-

tridge type, and multi fuse for higher

amperage ratings.

• Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on

electric wiring to the vehicle.

WARNING - Fuse replace-

ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-

thing but another fuse of the

same rating.

• A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possibly a

fire.

• Never install a wire or alu-

minum foil instead of the

proper fuse - even as a tem-

porary repair. It may cause

extensive wiring damage and

a possible fire.

CAUTION

Do not use a screwdriver or any

other metal object to remove

fuses because it may cause a

short circuit and damage the

system.

OJF075021

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse

■ BFT

857

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

• When replacing fuse, turn the

ignition “OFF” and turn off

switches of all electrical devices

then remove battery (-) terminal.

• The actual fuse/relay panel label

may differ from equipped items.

Inner panel fuse replacement

1. Turn the engine start/stop button

to the OFF position and all other

switches off.

2. Open the fuse panel cover.

If the switch is located in the “OFF”

position, a caution indicator will be

displayed in the cluster.

WARNING - Electrical Fire

Always ensure replacements

fuses and relays are securely

fastened when installed. Failure

to do so can result in a vehicle

fire.

CAUTION

• When replacing a blown fuse

or relay, make sure the new

fuse or relay fits tightly into

the clips. Failure to tightly

install the fuse or relay may

cause damage to the wiring

and electric systems.

• Do not remove fuses, relays

and terminals fastened with

bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays

and terminals may not be fas-

tened correctly which may

cause vehicle damage.

ODE076017

Maintenance

588

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool provided

on the engine compartment fuse

panel cover.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it

if it is blown.

Spare fuses are provided in the

engine compartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorized

Kia dealer.

If you do not have a spare, use a

fuse of the same rating from a circuit

you may not need for operating the

vehicle, such as the power outlet

fuse.

If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,

stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail

lamp, HMSL do not work and the

fuses are OK, check the fuse panel

in the engine compartment. If a fuse

is blown, it must be replaced.

✽✽

NOTICE

If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig-

nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction

even without any problem to the

lamps, have the vehicle checked by

an authorized Kia dealer for assis-

tance.

ODE076020

CAUTION

• Do not input any other objects

except fuses or relays into

fuse/relay terminals, such as a

driver or wiring. It may cause

contact failure and system

malfunction.

• Do not plug in screwdrivers or

aftermarket wiring into the ter-

minal originally designed for

fuse and relays only. The elec-

trical system and wiring of the

vehicle interior may be dam-

aged or burned due to contact

failure.

• If you directly connect the

wire on the taillight or replace

the bulb which is over the reg-

ulated capacity to install trail-

ers, etc., the inner junction

block can get burned.

859

Maintenance

Fuse switch

Always set the fuse switch to the ON

position before using the vehicle.

If you move the switch to the OFF

position, some items such as audio

and digital clock must be reset and

transmitter (or smart key) may not

work properly. When the switch is

Off, the caution indicator will be dis-

played on the instrument cluster.

Always place the fuse switch in the

ON position while driving the vehicle.

If the switch is located in the “OFF”

position, a caution indicator will be

displayed in the cluster.

Engine compartment fuse

replacement

1. Turn the engine start/stop button

to the OFF position and all other

switches off.

2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling the

cover up. When the blade type

fuse is disconnected, remove it by

using the clip designed for chang-

ing fuses located in the engine

compartment fuse box. Upon

removal, securely insert reserve

fuse of the same rating.

ODE076018

ODE076021

CAUTION - Fuse Panel

Covers

• Set all switches to ON before

driving.

• If the vehicle is going to be

unused for over 1 month, set

all switches to OFF to prevent

the batteries from draining.

• The contact points of the

switches may wear out with

excessive use. Please refrain

from excessive use of the

switches (except for long-term

parking for over 1 month).

Maintenance

608

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it

if it is blown. To remove or insert

the fuse, use the fuse puller in the

engine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult

an authorized Kia dealer.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

4. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

5. Reverse these steps to reinstall

the multi fuse.

✽✽

NOTICE

Do not disassemble nor assemble the

multi fuse when it is secured with

nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial

assembly torque may cause a fire.

Have the vehicle checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

ODE076022

CAUTION

After checking the fuse panel in

the engine compartment,

securely install the fuse panel

cover to protect against any

electrical failure which may

occur from water contact. Listen

for the audible clicking sound to

ensure the fuse panel cover is

securely fastened.

861

Maintenance

Main fuse (Plug-in Hybrid)

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

4. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

5. Reverse these steps to reinstall

the multi fuse.

✽✽

NOTICE

The electronic system may not func-

tion correctly even when the engine

compartment and internal fuse

box’s individual fuses are not dis-

connected. In such case the cause of

the problem may be disconnection

of the main fuse (BFT type), which is

located inside the positive battery

terminal (+) cap.

Since the main fuse is designed more

intricately than other parts, have the

vehicle checked by an authorized

Kia dealer.

✽

NOTICE - Remodeling

Prohibited

Do not rewire your vehicle in any

way as doing so may affect the per-

formance of several safety features

in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehi-

cle may also void your warranty and

cause you to be responsible for any

subsequent vehicle damage which

may result.

CAUTION

Visually inspect the battery cap

to ensure it is securely closed.

If the battery cap is not securely

closed, moisture may enter the

system and damage the electri-

cal components.

WARNING - Random

wiring prohibited when

retrofitting equipment

Use of random wiring in the

vehicle might cause danger due

to failure and damage of the

vehicle’s performance.

Using random wires especially

when retrofitting AVN or theft

alarm system, remote engine

control, car phone or radio

might damage the vehicle or

cause fire.

ODE076023

Maintenance

628

Fuse/relay panel description

Driver’s side fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,

you can find the fuse/relay label

describing fuse/relay name and

capacity.

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle. It is accurate at the

time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer

to the fuse panel label.

ODE076066N

ODE076024

■ Driver’s side fuse panel (Hybrid)

863

Maintenance

Driver’s side fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,

you can find the fuse/relay label

describing fuse/relay name and

capacity.

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle. It is accurate at the

time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer

to the fuse panel label.

ODEP077072N

■ Driver’s side fuse panel (Plug-in Hybrid)

ODE076024

Maintenance

648

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel) (Hybrid)

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MODULE 5 10A

Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Audio, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system)

Module, VESS (Virtual Engine Sound System) Unit, Shift Lever Indicator, Air Conditioner Control Module,

Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control

Module, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Crash Pad

Switch

MODULE 4 10A

Lane Keeping Assist Control Module, Crash Pad Switch, AEB Module, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH,

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) Unit

INTERIOR

LAMP

10A

Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch,

Luggage Lamp

A/BAG 15A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

IG 1 25A Engine Room Junction Block (Fuse - DCT4, HPCU2, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER3, ECU3)

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster

MODULE 3 10A

BCM (Body Control Module), DCT (Dual Clutch Transmission) Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door

Module, Passenger Door Module

MEMORY 2 7.5A Active Air Flap Unit

MODULE 8 10A

Active Air Flap Unit, Electric Water Pump (Engine), Engine Room Junction Block (Battery C/Fan Relay),

BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module

A/BAG IND 7.5A Air Conditioner Control Module, Instrument Cluster

START 7.5A

[Without Smart Key & Without Immobilizer] Burglar alarm Relay

[With Smart Key/With Immobilizer] Inhibitor Switch

865

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MODULE 2 10A

Engine Room Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay), Wireless Charger, BCM (Body Control Module), USB

Charger, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module,

Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Driver Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP (Amplifier)

PDM 3 7.5A

[Without Smart Key] Immobilizer Module

[With Smart Key] Smart Key Control Module

MEMORY 1 10A

Instrument Cluster, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module, BCM (Body Control Module), Air

Conditioner Control Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module, ICM

Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay), Wireless Charger

MULTI MEDIA 15A Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit

EEWP 10A Electric Water Pump (HEV)

MDPS 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

TAIL GATE 10A Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Door Relay), Fuel Filler Switch

PDM 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

MODULE 7 7.5A

Front Seat Warmer Control Module, AC Inverter (220V), Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear

Seat Warmer Module, AC Inverter Module

WIPER (REAR) 15A Engine Room Junction Block (Wiper RR Relay), Rear Wiper Motor

HEATED

STEERING

15A BCM (Body Control Module)

SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Motor

Maintenance

668

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

P/WINDOW RH 25A Power Window (RH) Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window Module

P/WINDOW LH 25A Power Window (LH) Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module

PDM 2 7.5A

[Without Smart Key] Immobilizer Module

[With Smart Key] Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch

BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

A/CON 7.5A

Air Conditioner Control Module, Electronic Air Conditioner Compressor, Ionizer, Engine Room Junction

Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater1 Relay, PTC Heater2 Relay)

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

S/HEATER (FRT) 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module

BATTERY

MANAGEMENT

10A BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module

P/SEAT (DRV) 30A

[Without IMS] Driver Seat Manual Switch

[With IMS] Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module

AMP 30A AMP (Amplifier)

AMS 10A Not Used

MODULE 1 10A

Data Link Connector, AEB Module, Hazard Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Driver/Passenger Smart

Key Outside Handle, Key Interlock, Natural Vacuum Leak Detection

867

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)

WIPER 2 (FRT) 10A

Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), ECM (Engine Control Module),

BCM (Body Control Module)

MODULE 6 7.5A BCM (Body Control Module), Smart Key Control Module

S/HEATER

(REAR)

25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module

HEATED

MIRROR

10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Air Conditioner Control Module

WIPER1 (FRT) 30A Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)

Maintenance

688

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel) (Plug-in Hybrid)

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MODULE 5 10A

Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Audio, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system)

Module, VESS (Virtual Engine Sound System) Unit, Air Conditioner Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer

Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Head Lamp

Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Crash Pad Switch

MODULE 4 10A

Lane Keeping Assist Control Module, Crash Pad Switch, AEB Module, Blind Spot Detection Radar Left

Handle side/Right Handle side

INTERIOR

LAMP

10A

Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch,

Luggage Lamp, Wireless Charger

A/BAG 15A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

IG 1 25A Engine Room Junction Block (Fuse - DCT4, HPCU2, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER3)

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster

MODULE 3 10A

BCM (Body Control Module), DCT (Dual Clutch Transmission) Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door

Module, Passenger Door Module

IG3 2 10A

Fuel Filler Door & Battery Charger Switch, Instument Cluster, Audio, Charger Indicator, Integrated Gateway

Power control Module, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit

MEMORY 2 7.5A Active Air Flap Unit

MODULE 8 10A Active Air Flap Unit, Electric Water Pump (Engine)

A/BAG IND 7.5A Air Conditioner Control Module, Instrument Cluster

869

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

START 7.5A SMK UNIT, IGN SW, INHIBITOR SW

MODULE 2 10A

Engine Room Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay), Wireless Charger, BCM (Body Control Module), USB

Charger, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, Audio / Video & Navigation Head Unit, Power Outside Mirror

Switch, AMP (Amplifier)

PDM3 7.5A Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module

MEMORY 1 10A

Instrument Cluster, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module, BCM (Body Control Module), Air

Conditioner Control Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module, ICM

Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay)

MULTI MEDIA 15A Audio, Audio / Video & Navigation Head Unit

IG3 4 10A

OBC (On-Board Charger) Unit, TCM (Transmission Control Module), ECM (Engine Control Module), HPCU

(Hybrid Power Control Unit)

IG3 3 10A Electric Water Pump (PHEV)

IG3 5 15A

Transaxle Range Switch, BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module, Engine Room Junction Block

(Battery C/Fan Relay)

IG3 1 20A ICM Relay Box (IG3 #1, IG3 #2, IG3 #3 Relay)

MDPS 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

TAIL GATE

OPEN

10A

Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Door Relay, Charger Connector Lock/Unlock Relay), Fuel Filler

& Battery Charger Switch, Charge Connector Lamp

PDM 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

Maintenance

708

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MODULE 7 7.5A

Front Seat Warmer Control Module, AC Inverter (220V), Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear

Seat Warmer Module, AC Inverter Module, C_FAN_BLDC

WIPER (REAR) 15A Engine Room Junction Block (Wiper RR Relay), Rear Wiper Motor

HEATED

STEERING

15A BCM (Body Control Module)

SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Motor

P/WINDOW RH 25A

Power Window (RH) Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power

Window Switch RH, Passenger Safety Power Window Module

P/WINDOW LH 25A

Power Window (LH) Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Driver Safety

Power Window Module

PDM 2 7.5A Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch

BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

OBC 10A OBC (On-Board Charger) Unit

A/CON 7.5A

Air Conditioner Control Module, Electronic Air Conditioner Compressor, Ionizer, Engine Room Junction

Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater1 Relay, PTC Heater2 Relay)

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

S/HEATER (FRT) 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module

871

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

BATTERY

MANAGEMENT

10A BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module

P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module

AMP 30A AMP (Amplifier)

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

MODULE 1 10A

Data Link Connector, AEB Module, Hazard Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Driver/Passenger Smart

Key Outside Handle

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)

WIPER2 (FRT) 10A

Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), ECM (Engine Control Module), BCM

(Body Control Module)

MODULE 6 7.5A BCM (Body Control Module), Smart Key Control Module

S/HEATER

(REAR)

25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module

HEATED

MIRROR

10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Air Conditioner Control Module

WIPER 1 (FRT) 30A Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)

Maintenance

728

Engine compartment fuse panel

ODE078067N

ODE076027N

873

Maintenance

Engine room compartment fuse panel (Hybrid)

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MULTI FUSE

B+ 5 60A Fuse - BATTERY C/FAN, HORN, B/ALARM HORN, ECU2, Engine Control Relay

B+ 2 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - S/HEATER (REAR))

B+ 3 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block

B+ 4 50A

Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - BATTERY MANAGEMENT, P/WINDOW (LH), P/WIN-

DOW (RH), TAIL GATE OPEN, SUNROOF, AMP, S/HEATER (FRT), P/SEAT (DRV))

COOLING FAN 60A Cooling Fan Relay

REAR HEATED 50A Rear Heated Relay

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

IG 1 40A [Without Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM1 (ACC) Relay, PDM2 (IG1) Relay

IG 2 40A [Without Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM3 (IG2) Relay

MDPS 80A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

PTC

HEATER 1

50A PTC Heater 1 Relay

PTC

HEATER 2

50A PTC Heater 2 Relay

CLUTCH

ACTUATOR

40A Clutch Actuator (HEV)

MAIN 150A

Fuse - POWER OUTLET1, H/LAMP HI, INVERTER, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER1,

ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER2, WIPER RR, Low Voltage DC-DC Converter

Maintenance

748

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

POWER

OUTLET 3

20A Power Outlet #2

POWER

OUTLET 2

20A Power Outlet #1

DCT 3 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

HPCU 1 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (Engine)

FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

B + 1 40A

Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM1, PDM2, MODULE1, DOOR

LOCK, Leak Current Autocut Device)

DCT 2 40A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

DCT 1 40A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

WIPER RR 15A Wiper RR Relay

H/LAMP HI 10A H/Lamp HI Relay

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOTER 1

40A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector

875

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOTER 2

30A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit

INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module

POWER

OUTLET 1

40A Power Outlet Relay

B/UP LAMP 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, Back-Up Lamp LH/RH

ECU 3 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)

HPCU 2 15A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit), Clutch Actuator (HEV)

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOTER 3

10A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector

DCT 4 15A

DCT (Dual clutch transmission) Shift Lever, TCM (Transmission Control Module), Inhibitor

Switch

SENSOR 3 10A

Fuel Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust), Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2

(Intake/Exhaust)

BATTERY C/FAN 15A Battery C/Fan Relay

HORN 20A Horn Relay

SENSOR 2 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Cooling Fan Relay, Canister Close Valve, Mass Air Flow Sensor

ECU 1 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)

Maintenance

768

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

ECU 2 15A ECM (Engine Control Module)

B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

877

Maintenance

Engine room compartment fuse panel (Plug-in Hybrid)

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MULTI FUSE

B+ 5 60A Fuse - BATTERY C/FAN, HORN, B/ALARM HORN, ECU2, Engine Control Relay

B+ 2 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - S/HEATER (REAR))

B+ 3 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block

B+ 4 50A

Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - BATTERY MANAGEMENT, P/WINDOW (LH), P/WIN-

DOW (RH), TAIL GATE OPEN, SUNROOF, AMP, S/HEATER (FRT), P/SEAT (DRV), IG3 1,

OBC, AMS)

COOLING FAN 60A Cooling Fan Relay

REAR HEATED 50A Rear Heated Relay

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

IG 1 40A [Without Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM1 (ACC) Relay, PDM2 (IG1) Relay

IG 2 40A [Without Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM3 (IG2) Relay

MDPS 80A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

PTC

HEATER 1

50A PTC Heater 1 Relay

PTC

HEATER 2

50A PTC Heater 2 Relay

CLUTCH

ACTUATOR

40A Clutch Actuator (PHEV)

MAIN 150A

Fuse - POWER OUTLET1, H/LAMP HI, INVERTER, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER1,

ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER2, WIPER RR, Low Voltage DC-DC Converter

Maintenance

788

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

POWER

OUTLET 3

20A Power Outlet #2

POWER

OUTLET 2

20A Power Outlet #1

DCT 3 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

HPCU 1 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (Engine)

FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

B + 1 40A

Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM1, PDM2, MODULE1, DOOR

LOCK, Leak Current Autocut Device)

DCT 2 40A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

DCT 1 40A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

WIPER RR 15A Wiper RR Relay

H/LAMP HI 10A H/Lamp HI Relay

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOTER 1

40A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector

879

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOTER 2

30A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit

INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module

POWER

OUTLET 1

40A Power Outlet Relay

B/UP LAMP 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, Back-Up Lamp LH/RH

ECU 3 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)

HPCU 2 15A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit), Clutch Actuator (PHEV)

ACTIVE

HYDRAULIC

BOOTER 3

10A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector

DCT 4 15A

DCT(Dual clutch transmission) Shift Lever, TCM (Transmission Control Module), Inhibitor

Switch

SENSOR 3 10A

Fuel Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust), Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2

(Intake/Exhaust)

BATTERY C/FAN 15A Battery C/Fan Relay

HORN 20A Horn Relay

SENSOR 2 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Cooling Fan Relay, Canister Close Valve, Mass Air Flow Sensor

ECU 1 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)

Maintenance

808

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

ECU 2 15A ECM (Engine Control Module)

B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

881

Maintenance

Relay (Hybrid)

Relay Name Type

PTC Heater #2 Relay MICRO

PTC Heater #1 Relay MICRO

PDM2 (IG1) Relay MICRO

Battery C/FAN Relay MICRO

Rear Wiper Relay MICRO

PDM3 (IG2) Relay MICRO

Fuel Pump Relay MICRO

PDM1 (ACC) Relay MICRO

Cooling Fan Relay MINI

Rear Heated Relay MINI

Blower Relay MICRO

H/LAMP HI RELAY MICRO

Power Outlet Relay MICRO

Maintenance

828

Relay (Plug-in Hybrid)

Relay Name Type

PTC Heater #2 Relay MICRO

PTC Heater #1 Relay MICRO

PDM2 (IG1) Relay MICRO

Battery C/FAN Relay MICRO

Rear Wiper Relay MICRO

PDM3 (IG2) Relay MICRO

Fuel Pump Relay MICRO

PDM1 (ACC) Relay MICRO

Cooling Fan Relay MINI

Rear Heated Relay MINI

Blower Relay MICRO

H/LAMP HI RELAY MICRO

Power Outlet Relay MICRO

883

Maintenance

Battery terminal cover

✽✽

NOTICE

Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to

your vehicle. It is accurate at the

time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer

to the fuse panel label.

OJFH075172

OJFH075171

Maintenance

848

LIGHT BULBS

Bulb replacement precaution

Please keep extra bulbs on hand

with appropriate wattage ratings in

case of emergencies.

Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 9.

When changing lamps, first turn off

the engine at a safe place, firmly

apply the parking brake and detach

the battery’s negative (-) terminal.

Use only bulbs of the specified

wattage.

✽✽

NOTICE

• If the light bulb or lamp connector

is removed while the lamp is still

on, the fuse box's electronic sys-

tem may log it as a malfunction.

Therefore, a lamp malfunction

incident may be recorded as a

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in

the fuse box.

• It is normal for an operating lamp

to flicker momentarily. This is due

to a stabilization function of the

vehicle’s electronic control device.

If the lamp lights up normally

after momentarily blinking, then

it is functioning as normal.

However, if the lamp continues to

flicker several times or turns off

completely, there may be an error

in the vehicle’s electronic control

device. Please have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia

dealer immediately.

✽

NOTICE

We recommend that the headlight

aiming be adjusted by an authorized

Kia dealer after an accident or after

the headlight assembly is reinstalled.

WARNING - Working on

the lights

Prior to working on the light,

firmly apply the parking brake,

ensure that the engine

start/stop button is in OFF posi-

tion and turn off the lights to

avoid sudden movement of the

vehicle and burning your fingers

or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTION - Light replace-

ment

Be sure to replace the burned-

out bulb with one of the same

wattage rating. Otherwise, it

may cause damage to the fuse

or electric wiring system.

CAUTION - Headlamp

Lens

To prevent damage, do not

clean the headlamp lens with

chemical solvents or strong

detergents.

885

Maintenance

✽✽

NOTICE

After driving in heavy rain or wash-

ing, headlamp and taillamp lenses

could appear frosty. This condition is

caused by the temperature differ-

ence between the lamp inside and

outside. This is similar to the con-

densation on your windows inside

your vehicle during the rain and

doesn’t indicate a problem with your

vehicle. If the water leaks into the

lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend

that you have the vehicle checked by

an authorized Kia dealer.

If you don’t have the necessary tools,

the correct bulbs and the expertise,

consult an authorized Kia dealer. In

many cases, it is difficult to replace

vehicle light bulbs because other

parts of the vehicle must be removed

before you can get to the bulb. This is

especially true if you have to remove

the headlamp assembly to get to the

bulb(s).

Removing/installing the headlamp

assembly can result in damage to

the vehicle.

If non-genuine parts or substandard

bulbs are used, it may lead to blow-

ing a fuse or other wiring damages.

Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to

the vehicle. If additional lights are

installed, it may lead to lamp mal-

functions and flickering. Additionally,

the fuse box and other writing may

be damaged.

Light bulb position (Front)

■ Head lamp - Type B

■ Head lamp - Type A

ODEP077029N

■ Fog lamp

ODE076029N

ODEP077030N

Maintenance

868

(1) Headlamp (Low/High) (Bulb type)

(2) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)

(3) Position lamp (LED type)

(4) Side marker (Bulb type)

(5) Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type)

(6) Headlamp (Low) (LED type)

(7) Front turn signal lamp/Position

lamp (LED type)

(8) Side marker (LED type)

(9) Day time running lamp (LED

type)

(10) Front fog lamp (Bulb type)

Light bulb position (Rear)

(1) Stop/tail lamp (Bulb type)

(2) Tail lamp (Bulb type)

(3) Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)

(4) Side marker (Bulb type)

(5) Side marker (LED type)

(6) Stop/tail lamp (LED type)

(7) Back up lamp (Bulb type)

(8) License plate lamp (Bulb type)

(9) High mounted stop lamp (LED type)

■ Rear combination lamp

- Type B

■ Rear combination lamp

- Type A

ODEP077032N

■ Back up lamp

ODE076031N

ODEP077033N

■ High mounted stop lamp

■ License plate lamp

ODE076056L

ODEP077055N

887

Maintenance

Light bulb position (Side)

(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type)

Headlamp (HID type) bulb

replacement

If the light bulb does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽

NOTICE

If your vehicle is equipped with

High Intensity Discharge (HID)

headlamps, these headlamps contain

mercury. If you need to have your

vehicle disposed, you should remove

the HID headlamps before disposal.

The removed HID headlamps

should be recycled, re-used or dis-

posed as hazardous waste.

✽

NOTICE

HID lamps have superior perform-

ance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps

are estimated by the manufacturer to

last twice as long or longer than halo-

gen bulbs depending on their fre-

quency of use. They will probably

require replacement at some point in

the life of the vehicle. Cycling the

headlamps on and off more than typ-

ical use will shorten HID lamps life.

HID lamps do not fail in the same

manner as halogen incandescent

lamps. If a headlamp goes out after a

period of operation but will immedi-

ately relight when the headlamp

switch is cycled it is likely the HID

lamp needs to be replaced. HID

lamping components are more com-

plex than conventional halogen bulbs

thus have higher replacement cost.

ODE076034

WARNING - HID

Headlamp (if equipped)

Do not attempt to replace or

inspect the HID headlamp

(XENON bulb) due to risk of

electric shock. If the light bulb

does not operate, have your

vehicle checked by an author-

ized Kia dealer.

Maintenance

888

Headlamp (LED type) replace-

ment

If the Low/High beam lamp (1), Low

beam lamp (2), Front turn signal

lamp/Position lamp(3), or side mark-

er (4) does not operate, have the

vehicle checked by an authorized Kia

dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they

are part of an integrated unit. The

LED lamps have to be replaced with

the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the head lamp (LED), for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

Headlamp (High/Low beam)

bulb replacement

1. Open the hood.

2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover

by turning it counterclockwise.

3. Disconnect the headlamp bulb

socket-connector.

4. Remove the bulb-socket from the

headlamp assembly by turning the

bulb-socket counterclockwise until

the tabs on the bulb-socket align

with the slots on the headlamp

assembly.

5. Install a new bulb-socket assem-

bly in the headlamp assembly by

aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock-

et with the slots in the headlamp

assembly. Push the bulb-socket

into the headlamp assembly and

turn the bulb-socket clockwise.

6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by

turning it clockwise.

ODE076035ODEP077073N

889

Maintenance

Headlamp bulb

• Always handle them carefully, and

avoid scratches and abrasions. If

the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with

liquids. Never touch the glass with

bare hands. Residual oil may

cause the bulb to overheat and

burst when lit. A bulb should be

operated only when installed in a

headlamp.

• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediately

and carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-

ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool

down before handling it.

Front turn signal lamp bulb

replacement

1. Open the hood.

2. Remove the dust cover (A) from

the headlamp assembly then the

bulb-socket by turning it counter-

clockwise until the tabs on the

bulb-socket align with the slots on

the headlamp assembly.

3. Remove the bulb from the bulb-

socket by pressing it in and rotat-

ing it counterclockwise until the

tabs on the bulb align with the

slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the

bulb out of the bulb-socket

WARNING - Halogen

bulbs

Handle halogen bulbs with care.

• Halogen bulbs contain pres-

surized gas that will produce

flying pieces of glass if bro-

ken.

• Avoid scratches and abra-

sions to the halogen bulbs. If

the bulbs are lit, avoid contact

with liquids.

OQL075058

ODE076058L

Maintenance

908

4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket and rotating it

until it locks into place.

5. Install the socket in the headlamp

assembly by aligning the tabs on

the bulb-socket with the slots in

the assembly. Push the bulb-sock-

et into the headlamp assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

Fog lamp/DRL bulb replace-

ment

If the front fog lamp (Bulb) and DRL

bulb(LED) does not operate, have

the vehicle checked by an authorized

Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they

are part of an integrated unit. The

LED lamps have to be replaced with

the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the front fog lamp (Bulb) and

DRL bulb (LED), for it may damage

related parts of the vehicle.

Stop and tail lamp bulb

replacement

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Open the service cover.

3. Loosen the light assembly retain-

ing screws with a cross-tip screw-

driver.

ODE076036 ODE076037

891

Maintenance

4. Remove the rear combination

lamp assembly from the body of

the vehicle.

5. Disconnect the rear combination

lamp connector.

6. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

7. Remove the bulb from the socket by

pressing it in and rotating it counter-

clockwise until the tabs on the bulb

align with the slots in the socket.

Pull the bulb out of the socket.

8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

9. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

10. Install the rear combination lamp

assembly to the body of the vehi-

cle.

11. Install the service cover.

ODE076038 ODE076039

Maintenance

928

Tail lamp (inside) bulb replace-

ment

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Remove the service cover.

3. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counter-clockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

7. Install the service cover by putting

it into the service hole.

ODE076040

ODE076041

893

Maintenance

Stop and tail lamp (LED type)

bulb replacement

If the stop and tail lamp (LED) does

not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they

are part of an integrated unit. The

LED lamps have to be replaced with

the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the stop and tail lamp (LED),

for it may damage related parts of

the vehicle.

Back-up lamp bulb replace-

ment

If the Back-up lamp does not oper-

ate, have the vehicle checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they

are part of an integrated unit. The

LED lamps has to be replaced with

the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the Back-up lamp, for it may

damage related parts of the vehicle.

High mounted stop lamp bulb

replacement

If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they

are part of an integrated unit. The

LED lamps has to be replaced with

the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the high mounted stop lamp

(LED), for it may damage related

parts of the vehicle.

ODE076042 ODE076043 ODE076044

Maintenance

948

License plate lamp bulb

replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing.

2. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

3. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket

by pulling it out.

4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the bulb-socket.

5. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

6. Align the lens cover tabs with the

lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

Side repeater lamp (LED type)

bulb replacement

If the side repeater lamp (LED) does

not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they

are part of an integrated unit. The

LED lamps has to be replaced with

the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the side repeater lamp (LED),

for it may damage related parts of

the vehicle.

ODE076045

ODE076046

ODE076034

895

Maintenance

Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb

replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Align the lens cover tabs with the

lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful not to dirty or damage the

lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

Map lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement

If the map lamp (LED) does not oper-

ate, have the vehicle checked by an

authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they

are part of an integrated unit. The

LED lamps have to be replaced with

the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the map lamp (LED) , for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

Vanity mirror lamp bulb

replacement

OQM076063

WARNING - Interior lamps

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the “OFF”

button is depressed to avoid

burning your fingers or receiv-

ing an electric shock.

ODE076048ODE076047

Maintenance

968

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly from

interior.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful not to dirty or damage the

lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb

replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Align the lens cover tabs with the

lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful not to dirty or damage the

lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

ODE076049

WARNING - Interior lamps

Prior to working on the Interior

lamps, ensure that the “OFF”

button is depressed to avoid

burning your fingers or receiv-

ing an electric shock.

897

Maintenance

Room lamp (LED type) bulb

replacement

If the Room lamp (LED) does not

operate, have the vehicle checked by

an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they

are part of an integrated unit. The

LED lamps have to be replaced with

the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the Room lamp (LED), for it

may damage related parts of the

vehicle.

Liftgate room lamp bulb

replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from

lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Align the lens cover tabs with the

lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

If the Liftgate room lamp (LED) does

not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single component because they

are part of an integrated unit. The

LED lamps have to be replaced with

the unit.

A skilled technician should check or

repair the Liftgate room lamp (LED),

for it may damage related parts of

the vehicle.

✽✽

NOTICE

Be careful not to dirty or damage the

lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

ODE076050ODEP077070

Maintenance

988

APPEARANCE CARE

Exterior care

Exterior general caution

It is very important to follow the label

directions when using any chemical

cleaner or polish. Read all warning

and caution statements that appear

on the label.

Finish maintenance

Washing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish

from rust and deterioration, wash it

thoroughly and frequently at least

once a month with lukewarm or cold

water.

If you use your vehicle for off-road

driving, you should wash it after each

off-road trip. Pay special attention to

the removal of any accumulation of

salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate-

rials. Make sure the drain holes in the

lower edges of the doors and rocker

panels are kept clear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,

industrial pollution and similar

deposits can damage your vehicle’s

finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain water

may not completely remove all these

deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on

painted surfaces, may be used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-

oughly with lukewarm or cold water.

Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, test the

brakes while driving slowly to see if

they have been affected by water. If

braking performance is impaired, dry

the brakes by applying them lightly

while maintaining a slow forward

speed.

899

Maintenance

High-pressure washing

• When using high-pressure wash-

ers, make sure to maintain suffi-

cient distance from the vehicle.

Insufficient clearance or excessive

pressure can lead to component

damage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors

or its surrounding area directly with

a high pressure washer. Shock

applied from high pressure water

may cause the device to not oper-

ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to

boots (rubber or plastic covers) or

connectors as they may be dam-

aged if they come into contact with

high pressure water.

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will no

longer bead on the paint.

Always wash and dry the vehicle

before waxing. Use a good quality

liquid or paste wax, and follow the

manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all

metal trim to protect it and to main-

tain its luster.

Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-

als with a spot remover will usually

strip the wax from the finish. Be sure

to re-wax these areas even if the rest

of the vehicle does not yet need wax-

ing.

Do not apply wax on embossed

unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the

unit.

ODEP077071L

CAUTION - Wet engine

• Water washing in the engine

compartment including high

pressure water washing may

cause the failure of electrical

circuits located in the engine

compartment.

• Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as

this may damage them.

(Continued)

• To prevent damage to the

charging door, make sure to

close and lock the vehicle

doors when washing (high-

pressure washing, automatic

car washing, etc.) the vehicle.

Maintenance

1008

Finish damage repair

Deep scratches or stone chips in the

painted surface must be repaired

promptly. Exposed metal will quickly

rust and may develop into a major

repair expense.

If your vehicle is damaged and

requires any metal repair or replace-

ment, be sure the body shop applies

anti-corrosion materials to the parts

repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper or

other sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-

metal parts from corrosion, apply a

coating of wax or chrome preser-

vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastal

areas, cover the bright metal parts

with a heavier coating of wax or

preservative. If necessary, coat the

parts with non-corrosive petroleum

jelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenance

Road salt and other corrosive chemi-

cals are used in cold weather states to

melt snow and prevent ice accumula-

tion. If these chemicals are not regu-

larly removed, they will corrode the

vehicle underbody and over time dam-

age fuel lines, the fuel tank retention

system, the vehicle suspension, the

exhaust system, and even the body

frame. The National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration has warned all

vehicle owners of all brands of the

need to take the following steps:

• Wash the undercarriage of your

vehicle regularly during the winter

and whenever your vehicle has

been exposed to such salts or

chemicals.

• Do a thorough washing of the

undercarriage at the end of the

winter.

• Use professional service techni-

cians or governmental inspection

stations to annually inspect for cor-

rosion.

• Immediately seek an inspection of

your vehicle if you become visually

aware of corrosion flaking or scal-

ing or if you become aware of a

change in vehicle performance,

such as soft or spongey brakes,

fluids leaking, impairment of direc-

tional control, suspension noises

or rattling metal straps.

CAUTION - Drying vehicle

• Wiping dust or dirt off the

body with a dry cloth will

scratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abra-

sive cleaners, acid detergents

or strong detergents contain-

ing high alkaline or caustic

agents on chrome-plated or

anodized aluminum parts.

This may result in damage to

the protective coating and

cause discoloration or paint

deterioration.

8101

Maintenance

Aluminum wheel maintenance

The aluminum wheels are coated with

a clear protective finish.

• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, or wire

brushes on aluminum wheels. They

may scratch the finish.

• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral

detergent, and rinse thoroughly with

water. Also, be sure to clean the

wheels after driving on salted roads.

This helps prevent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-

speed vehicle wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or acid

detergents It may damage and cor-

rode the aluminum wheels coated

with a clear protective finish.

Corrosion protection

Protecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced design

and construction practices to combat

corrosion, we produce vehicles of

the highest quality. However, this is

only part of the job. To achieve the

long-term corrosion resistance your

vehicle can deliver, the owner's

cooperation and assistance is also

required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-

sion on your vehicle are:

• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath

the vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective

coatings by stones, gravel, abra-

sion or minor scrapes and dents

which leave unprotected metal

exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi-

cle is regularly exposed to corrosive

materials, corrosion protection is

particularly important. Some of the

common causes of accelerated cor-

rosion are road salts, dust control

chemicals, ocean air and industrial

pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in

which corrosion is most likely to

occur. For example, corrosion is

accelerated by high humidity, partic-

ularly when temperatures are just

above freezing. In such conditions,

the corrosive material is kept in con-

tact with the vehicle’s surface by

moisture that evaporates slowly.

Mud is particularly corrosive

because it dries slowly and holds

moisture in contact with the vehicle.

Although the mud appears to be dry,

it can still retain the moisture and

promote corrosion.

WARNING

After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes while driving slowly

to see if they have been affected

by water. If braking performance

is impaired, dry the brakes by

applying them lightly while main-

taining a slow forward speed.

Maintenance

1028

High temperatures can also acceler-

ate corrosion of parts that are not

properly ventilated so the moisture

can be dispersed. For all these rea-

sons, it is particularly important to

keep your vehicle clean and free of

mud or accumulations of other mate-

rials. This applies not only to the vis-

ible surfaces but particularly to the

underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from

beginning by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is

to keep your vehicle clean and free

of corrosive materials. Attention to

the underside of the vehicle is partic-

ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area

— where road salts are used, near

the ocean, areas with industrial

pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you

should take extra care to prevent

corrosion. In winter, hose off the

underside of your vehicle at least

once a month and be sure to clean

the underside thoroughly when

winter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the

vehicle, give particular attention to

the components under the fenders

and other areas that are hidden

from view. Do a thorough job; just

dampening the accumulated mud

rather than washing it away will

accelerate corrosion rather than

prevent it. Water under high pres-

sure and steam are particularly

effective in removing accumulated

mud and corrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,

rocker panels and frame members,

be sure that drain holes are kept

open so that moisture can escape

and not be trapped inside to accel-

erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry

Don't park your vehicle in a damp,

poorly ventilated garage. This cre-

ates a favorable environment for cor-

rosion. This is particularly true if you

wash your vehicle in the garage or

drive it into the garage when it is still

wet or covered with snow, ice or

mud. Even a heated garage can con-

tribute to corrosion unless it is well

ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

8103

Maintenance

Keep paint and trim in good con-

dition

Scratches or chips in the finish

should be covered with "touch-up"

paint as soon as possible to reduce

the possibility of corrosion. If bare

metal is showing through, the atten-

tion of a qualified body and paint

shop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are

highly corrosive and may damage

painted surfaces in just a few hours.

Always remove bird droppings as

soon as possible.

Don't neglect the interior

Moisture can collect under the floor

mats and carpeting and cause corro-

sion. Check under the mats periodi-

cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.

Use particular care if you carry fertil-

izers, cleaning materials or chemi-

cals in the vehicle.

These should be carried only in prop-

er containers and any spills or leaks

should be cleaned up, flushed with

clean water and thoroughly dried.

Interior care

Interior general precautions

Prevent chemicals such as perfume,

cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-

er, and air freshener from contacting

the interior parts because they may

cause damage or discoloration. If

they do contact the interior parts,

wipe them off immediately. If neces-

sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product

instructions for correct usage.

CAUTION - Electrical

components

Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as this

may damage them.

CAUTION - Leather

When cleaning leather products

(steering wheel, seats etc.), use

neutral detergents or low alco-

hol content solutions. If you use

high alcohol content solutions

or acid/alkaline detergents, the

color of the leather may fade or

the surface may get stripped off.

Maintenance

1048

Taking care of leather seats

• Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat.

It will prevent abrasion or damage of

the leather and maintain its quality.

• Wipe the natural leather seat cover

often with dry or soft cloth.

• Sufficient use of a leather protec-

tive may prevent abrasion of the

cover and helps maintain the color.

Be sure to read the instructions

and consult a specialist when

using leather coating or protective

agents.

• Leather with bright colors(beige,

cream beige) is easily contaminat-

ed and clear in appearance. Clean

the seats frequently.

• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may

cause the surface to crack.

Cleaning the leather seats

• Remove all contaminations instant-

ly. Refer to instructions below for

removal of each contaminant.

• Cosmetic products(sunscreen,

foundation, etc.)

- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth

and wipe the contaminated point.

Wipe off the cream with a wet

cloth and remove water with a dry

cloth.

• Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)

- Apply a small amount of neutral

detergent and wipe until contami-

nations do not smear.

• Oil

- Remove oil instantly with

absorbable cloth and wipe with

stain remover for natural leather

only.

• Chewing gum

- Harden the gum with ice and

remove gradually.

Fabric seat cover using precau-

tions (If equipped)

Please clean the fabric seats regu-

larly with a vacuum cleaner in con-

sideration of fabric material charac-

teristics. If they are heavily soiled

with beverage stains, etc., use a suit-

able interior cleaner. To prevent dam-

age to seat covers, wipe off the seat

covers down to the seams with a

large wiping motion and moderate

pressure using a soft sponge or

microfiber cloth.

Velcro closures on clothing or sharp

objects may cause snagging or

scratches on the surface of the

seats. Make sure not to rub such

objects against the surface.

8105

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and inte-

rior trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from

vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a

vinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-

ric with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-

tion recommended for upholstery or

carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-

diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If

fresh spots do not receive immediate

attention, the fabric can be stained

and its color can be affected. Also, its

fire-resistant properties can be

reduced if the material is not proper-

ly maintained.

Using anything but recommended

cleaners and procedures may affect

the fabric’s appearance and fire-

resistant properties.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt

webbing

Clean the belt webbing with any mild

soap solution recommended for

cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow

the instructions provided with the

soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the

webbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window

glass

If the interior glass surfaces of the

vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-

ered with an oily, greasy or waxy

film), they should be cleaned with a

glass cleaner. Follow the directions

on the glass cleaner container.

Window tinting precaution

Window tint(especially metallic film)

might cause communication disorder

or poor radio reception, and malfunc-

tion of the automatic lighting system

due to excessive change of illumina-

tion inside the vehicle. The solution

used might also flow into electric,

electronic devices causing disorder

and failure.

CAUTION - Rear window

Do not scrape or scratch the

inside of the rear window. This

may result in damage of the rear

window defroster grid.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

The emission control system of your

vehicle is covered by a written limited

warranty. Please see the warranty

information contained in the

Warranty & Consumer Information

manual in your vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with an

emission control system to meet all

applicable emission regulations.

There are three emission control

systems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-

tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-

tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function

of the emission control systems, it is

recommended that you have your

vehicle inspected and maintained by

an authorized Kia dealer in accor-

dance with the maintenance sched-

ule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection and

Maintenance Test (With Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) system)

• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-

ing, turn the Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system off by

pressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is

completed, turn the ESC system

back on by pressing the ESC

switch again.

1. Crankcase emission control

system

The positive crankcase ventilation

system is employed to prevent air

pollution caused by blow-by gases

being emitted from the crankcase.

This system supplies fresh filtered air

to the crankcase through the air

intake hose. Inside the crankcase,

the fresh air mixes with blow-by

gases, which then pass through the

PCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-

trol (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling Vapor

Recovery)

system

The Evaporative Emission Control

System is designed to prevent fuel

vapors from escaping into the atmos-

phere.

(The ORVR system is designed to

allow the vapors from the fuel tank to

be loaded into a canister while refu-

eling at the gas station, preventing

the escape of fuel vapors into the

atmosphere.)

8 106

Maintenance

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel

tank are absorbed and stored in the

onboard canister. When the engine is

running, the fuel vapors absorbed in

the canister are drawn into the surge

tank through the purge control sole-

noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

(PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is

controlled by the Engine Control

Module (ECM); when the engine

coolant temperature is low during

idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-

orated fuel is not taken into the

engine. After the engine warms up

during ordinary driving, the PCSV

opens to introduce evaporated fuel to

the engine.

3. Exhaust emission control

system

The Exhaust Emission Control

System is a highly effective system

which controls exhaust emissions

while maintaining good vehicle per-

formance.

Vehicle modifications

This vehicle should not be modified.

Modification of your vehicle could

affect its performance, safety or

durability and may even violate gov-

ernmental safety and emissions reg-

ulations.

In addition, damage or performance

problems resulting from any modifi-

cation may not be covered under

warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle to

operate abnormally, wire damage,

battery discharge and fire. For your

safety, do not use unauthorized

electronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions

(carbon monoxide)

• Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.

Therefore, if you smell exhaust

fumes of any kind inside your vehi-

cle, have it inspected and repaired

immediately. If you ever suspect

exhaust fumes are coming into

your vehicle, drive it only with all

the windows fully open. Have your

vehicle checked and repaired

immediately.

WARNING - Exhaust

Engine exhaust gases contain

carbon monoxide (CO). Though

colorless and odorless, it is

dangerous and could be lethal if

inhaled. Follow the instructions

on this page to avoid CO poi-

soning.

Maintenance

1078

• Do not operate the engine in con-

fined or closed areas (such as

garages) any more than what is

necessary to move the vehicle in or

out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in an

open area for more than a short

time with the engine running,

adjust the ventilation system (as

needed) to draw outside air into the

vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped

vehicle for any extended time with

the engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to

start, excessive attempts to restart

the engine may cause damage to

the emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyt-

ic converters (if equipped)

WARNING - Catalytic

converter

Keep away from the catalytic

converter and exhaust system

while the vehicle is running or

immediately thereafter. The

exhaust and catalytic systems

are very hot and may burn you.

WARNING - Fire

• Do not park, idle or drive the

vehicle over or near flamma-

ble objects, such as grass,

vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.

A hot exhaust system can

ignite flammable items under

your vehicle.

• Also, do not remove the heat

sink around the exhaust sys-

tem, do not seal the bottom of

the vehicle or do not coat the

vehicle for corrosion control.

It may present a fire risk under

certain conditions.

8 108

Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-

alytic converter emission control

device.

Therefore, the following precautions

must be observed:

• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.

• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-

tion, such as misfire or a noticeable

loss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the

engine. Examples of misuse are

coasting with the ignition off and

descending steep grades in gear

with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high

idle speed for extended periods (5

minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any

part of the engine or emission con-

trol system. All inspections and

adjustments must be made by an

authorized Kia dealer.

• Avoid driving with an extremely low

fuel level. Running out of fuel could

cause the engine to misfire, dam-

aging the catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautions

could result in damage to the catalyt-

ic converter and to your vehicle.

Additionally, such actions could void

your warranties.

Perchlorate Material-special handling

may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-

ardouswaste/ perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:

Perchlorate containing materials,

such as air bag inflators, seatbelt

pretensioners and keyless remote

entry batteries, must be disposed of

according to Title 22 California Code

of Regulations Chapter 67384.10

(a).

CALIFORNIA

PERCHLORATE NOTICE

Maintenance

1098

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 9-7

• Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Air conditioner compressor label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Consumer Assistance (U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

• Toll free consumer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

• Emergency roadside assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

• Trip interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

• Registering your vehicle in a foreign country . . . . . 9-14

Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

• Installation of a mobile two-way radio system. . . . . 9-15

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only). . 9-16

• Service manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

• Electrical troubleshooting manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

• Owner's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

DIMENSIONS

ENGINE

Item Unit : in (mm)

Overall length 171.4 (4,355)

Overall width 71.0 (1,805)

Overall height

Without Roof rack 60.4 (1,535)

With Roof rack 60.8 (1,545)

Tread

Front

205/60R16 61.6 (1,565)

225/45R18 * 61.2 (1,555)

Rear

205/60R16 62.1 (1,579)

225/45R18 * 61.7 (1,569)

Wheelbase 106.2 (2,700)

Item

Gasoline

1.6 GDI

Displacement

[cu. in (cc)]

96.4 (1,580)

Bore x Stroke

[in. (mm)]

2.8 X 3.8 (72 X 97)

Firing order

1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders

4 In-line, DOHC

* This tire is only for the HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

BULB WATTAGE

Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type

Front

Headlamps (Low/High) 60 HB3 HL+

Headlamps (Low/High) - HID type* 25 D8S

Headlamps (Low/High) - LED type* LED LED

Front turn signal lamps 21 PY21W

Front position lamps LED type LED LED

Daytime running light

Bulb type 21 P21 L/L

LED type * LED LED

Front fog lamps Bulb type 35 H8LL

Side Repeater lamps

Bulb type 5 W5W

LED type * LED LED

Rear

Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside)

Bulb type

21/5 P21/5W

Rear tail lamps (Inside) 3.8 194

Rear fog lamps (Inside) LED type * LED LED

Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside)

LED type

LED LED

Rear tail lamps (Inside) LED LED

Rear turn signal lamps 21 P21W

Back-up lamps 16 W16W

High mounted stop lamp LED LED

License plate lamps 5 W5W

Interior

Map lamps

Bulb type 10 WEDGE

LED type * LED LED

Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON

Room lamps

Bulb type 10 FESTOON

LED type * LED LED

Liftgate lamp

Bulb type 10 FESTOON

LED type * LED LED

* If equipped

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRES AND WHEELS

: Load Index

: Speed Symbol

: Normal load : Up to 3 persons

: Only for Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)

CAUTION

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.

Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.

✽✽

NOTICE

• It is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.

Tires typically loose 1psi for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, re-

check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects

driving performance.

• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please

check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary.

Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km

Item Tire size Wheel size

Load

Capacity

Speed

capacity

Inflation pressure [bar(psi, kPa)]

Wheel lug nut

torque

[Kgf·m

(lbf·ft, N·m)]

Normal load *

Maximum load

LI *

Kg SS *

Km/h Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire

205/60 R16 6.5J X 16 92 630 H 210 2.5 (36, 250) 2.5 (36, 250)

11~13

(79 ~ 94,

107 ~ 127)

225/45 R18 *

7.5J X 18 91 615 V 240 2.5 (36, 250) 2.5 (36, 250)

Compact

Spare tire

T125/80 D16 *

4T X 16 97 730 M 130 4.2 (60, 420) 4.2 (60, 420)

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT

Item

Gasoline

1.6 L

DCT

NIRO FE NIRO NIRO Touring

GVW

4,078 lb.

(1,850 kg)

4,189 lb.

(1,900 kg)

4,255 lb.

(1,930 kg)

For HEV

For PHEV

Item

Gasoline

1.6 L

DCT

GVW

4,409 lb.

(2,000kg)

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

LUGGAGE VOLUME

Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

Item Weight of volume Classification

Refrigerant

550 ± 10g R-1234yf

550 ± 10g R-134a

Compressor lubricant 130 ± 10g POE

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Min : Behind rear seat to roof.

Max : Behind front seat to roof.

Item Volume

SAE

MIN. 635 liter

MAX. 1,789 liter

Item Volume

SAE

MIN. 548 liter

MAX. 1,543 liter

For PHEV

For HEV

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.

The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s

time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

: If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SM or above, ILSAC GF-4 or above, ACEA A3

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *

(drain and refill)

Recommends

4.01 US qt. (3.8 liter) ACEA A5 *

or above API SM or above, ILSAC GF-4 or above

Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid

1.69 ~ 1.79 US qt.

(1.6 ~ 1.7 liter)

SAE 70W, API GL-4 (Recommended HK SYN DCTF 70W (SK),

SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL),

GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX))

Coolant 6.31 US qt. (5.98 liter)

Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Inverter coolant 2.56 US qt. (2.43 liter)

Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake fluid

0.425 ± 0.025 US qt.

(402.6 ± 24.4 cc)

DOT 3 or DOT 4

Engine clutch actuator fluid

0.105 ± 0.021 US qt.

(100 ± 20 cc)

DOT 3 or DOT 4

Fuel

HEV 47.5 US qt. (45 liter)

Refer to Fuel requirements in chapter 1.

PHEV 45.4 US qt. (43 liter)

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity

number

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an

effect on fuel economy and cold

weather operating (engine start and

engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity

engine oils can provide better fuel

economy and cold weather perform-

ance; however, higher viscosity

engine oils are required for satisfacto-

ry lubrication in hot weather. Using

oils of any viscosity other than those

recommended could result in engine

damage. When choosing an oil, con-

sider the range of temperature your

vehicle will be operated in before the

next oil change. Proceed to select the

recommended oil viscosity from the

chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

°C

(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1.6L GDI

10W-30

0/5W-20, 5W-30

An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms

to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory

Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils

that uphold this API Certification Mark.

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number

(VIN) is the number used in register-

ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-

ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.

The number is punched on the floor

under the passenger seat. To check

the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached

to the top of the dashboard. The

number on the plate can easily be

seen through the windshield from

outside.

The VIN is able to be found by a pro-

fessional diagnostic equipment from

the ECU. The diagnostic equipment

is connected to OBD connector on

the inner fuse panel. For more infor-

mation, we recommend that you con-

tact an authorized Kia dealer.

ODE086001

■ Frame number

OUM084005

■ VIN label

ODE078018N

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

109

The vehicle certification label

attached on the driver’s side center

pillar gives the vehicle identification

number (VIN).

The tires supplied on your new vehi-

cle are chosen to provide the best

performance for normal driving.

The tire label located on the driver's

side center pillar gives the tire pres-

sures recommended for your vehicle.

The engine number is stamped on the

engine block as shown in the drawing.

ENGINE NUMBERTIRE SPECIFICATION AND

PRESSURE LABEL

ODE086006L

ODE086003

ODE086002

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

LABEL

911

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

A compressor label informs you the

type of compressor your vehicle is

equipped with such as model, suppli-

er part number, production number,

refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).

The refrigerant label is located on

the underside of the hood.

REFRIGERANT LABEL

ODE086004L

AIR CONDITIONER

COMPRESSOR LABEL

ODE086005L

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

129

Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current

model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv-

ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in-

service date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60

months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to

the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia

Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable

to your model year vehicle.

KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other

benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment,

the claims and/or service requests are excessive in fre-

quency or type of occurrence.

Toll free consumer assistance

Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed

from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday

and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).

For more information regarding assistance available,

please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer

Information Manual.

Emergency roadside assistance

Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24

hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing

1-800-333-4Kia (4542).

Please note that you must provide your Vehicle

Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time

of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your

vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri-

ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur-

ance card.

Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance

providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require

a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia

Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some-

one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire

with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to

allow you to proceed to your destination. We have access

to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should

you become locked out of your Kia.

In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi-

cle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s

Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to

transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an

authorized Kia alternative service location.

CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)

913

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport

vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this serv-

ice.

✽✽

NOTICE

Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any

Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal-

vage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s

law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by

a financial institution or insurance company.

Trip interruption

Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the

event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more

than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require

more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse-

ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental vehicle

expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100

per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident.

You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to

obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia

Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip

interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the

necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles,

expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or

other providers are not eligible for reimbursement.

Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under

Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

149

Registering your vehicle in a foreign country

If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country,

you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in

that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle

in a foreign country, you may experience the following

problems and should therefore consider the possibility of

having to deal with them:

1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause

damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and

other fuel-related parts which may not be covered

under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty.

2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave

the country in which you purchased your Kia new and

use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject

to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like

yours may not be marketed in the new country of reg-

istration, parts, servicing techniques and tools neces-

sary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be

unavailable.

Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical

specifications required by the government may vary

enough from the country of purchase to cause addi-

tional problems.

3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area

in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may

additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services

in a foreign country for any number of reasons.

Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob-

lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of

service outside of the United States.

915

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per-

form under all reasonably expected operating conditions.

However, before any additional electrical equipment is

installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia

Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war-

ranty.

Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is

installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi-

cle, including such systems as the engine control system,

the audio system and the electrical charging system and

thus potentially void all or part of your warranty.

We assume no responsibility for any expense you may

incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its

components or systems that may result from the installa-

tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied,

or recommended for installation by, Kia.

Installation of a mobile two-way radio system

If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly,

or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other

electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid

damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer

concerning the proper equipment and installation.

Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to

meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read

and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu-

larly the information under the headings "NOTICE",

"CAUTION" and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you have any questions

regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and

defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer

Assistance hot line as below:

National Consumer Affairs Manager

Kia Motors America, Inc.

P.O. Box 52410

Irvine, CA 92619-2410

1-800-333-4Kia (4542)

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could

cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should

immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia

Motors America, Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an

investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a

group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam-

paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi-

vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors

America, Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety

Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-

9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the

SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator,

NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC

20590. You can also obtain other information about

motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

The following publications are available on

www.KiaTechinfo.com

Service manual:

This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro-

cedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It

is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple

enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under-

stand.

Electrical troubleshooting manual:

This manual complements the Service Manual by provid-

ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical

circuit in your vehicle.

Owner's manual:

This manual describes the overall features and operating

procedures for the vehicle.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

(U.S. ONLY)

ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS

(U.S. ONLY)

916

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Index

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . . . 3-43

Adding equipment to or modifying your air

bag-equipped vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68

Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63

Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58

How does the air bag system operate? . . . . . . . . . . 3-44

Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50

Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61

SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67

SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47

Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31

Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31

Air conditioner compressor label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98

Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98

Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-103

Audio (With Touch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Feature of Your Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

Audio System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130

Air Conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144

Automatic heating and air conditioning. . . . . . . . . 4-131

Automatic ventilation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant

and compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143

Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133

Sunroof inside air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140

Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB). . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

AEB warning message and system control . . . . . . . 6-39

Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40

Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle

in front (front radar). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42

System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

Battery (Plug-in Hybrid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38

For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38

Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39

Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40

Index

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Blind Spot Detection system (BSD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69

Limitations condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74

RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

Good braking practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

Parking brake – Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM). . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-109

Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

Children always in the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . 3-36

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . 3-33

Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

Consumer Assistance (U.S. only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Emergency roadside assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Registering your vehicle in a foreign country . . . . . 9-14

Toll free consumer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Trip interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Checking the coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Inverter coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Recommended coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48

To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . 6-50

To decrease the cruising speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50

To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49

To resume cruising speed at more than

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51

To set cruise control speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49

To temporarily accelerate with the cruise

control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50

To turn cruise control off, do one of the following . 6-51

Index

Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129

Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Operating door locks from inside the vehicle . . . . . 4-21

Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-20

Driver Attention Alert system (DAA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84

Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86

System disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86

System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84

Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Dual Clutch Transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89

Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

Installation of a mobile two-way radio system . . . . 9-15

Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Before jump starting (for Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Method to disconnect the (-) cable for regular

maintenance (For Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Push-starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-106

Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-106

Evaporative emission control(Including ORVR :

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . 8-106

Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-107

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Engine clutch actuator fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

Checking the engine clutch actuator fluid level. . . . 8-27

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6, 8-3

Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Checking the engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Illuminated engine start/stop button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Starting the hybrid system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 8-15

Exterior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165

Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Index

Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Fuel filler lid (Plug-in Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Opening the fuel filler lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Fuel filler lid lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Fuel additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-2

Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-56

Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 8-59

Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-62

Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57

Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

HEV/PHEV powertrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Hood open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

If an accident occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

If the engine overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10

If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 7-4

If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 7-4

If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit). . . . . . . 7-18

Checking the tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

Distributing the sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . 7-20

Technical data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

Using the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Important safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Air bag hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Always wear your seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Control your speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Driver distraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Keep your vehicle in safe condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Restrain all children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing . . . . . . 7-3

If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53

Dual clutch transmission shift indicator . . . . . . . . . 4-63

Index

Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

LCD window control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157

Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154

Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164

Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

Floor mat anchor (s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162

Luggage net holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155

Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152

Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155

USB charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156

Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . 4-158

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125

Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125

Liftgate room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127

Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126

Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125

Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127

Interior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Ignition switch position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Illuminated ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Starting the hybrid system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-76

Driver's attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82

LKAS Function Change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83

LKAS operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77

Warning light and message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80

LCD windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

Digital speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67

Energy flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69

Energy flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

LCD modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77

One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68

Over view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

Trip information (Trip computer, for Hybrid) . . . . . 4-64

Trip information (Trip computer, for

Plug-in Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Closing the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Index

Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Opening the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84

Back-up lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-93

Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84

Fog lamp/DRL bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-90

Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 8-89

Headlamp (HID type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 8-87

Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb replacement . . . 8-88

Headlamp (LED type) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-88

High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . 8-93

License plate lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-94

Liftgate room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 8-97

Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-85

Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86

Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-87

Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 8-95

Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 8-95

Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . . . . . . 8-96

Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . . . 8-97

Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-94

Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-93

Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 8-90

Tail lamp (inside) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-92

Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 8-95

Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118

Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117

Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . 4-119

Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only) . . . . . . 9-16

Electrical troubleshooting manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Owner's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Service manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Index

Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110

Non-operational conditions of parking

assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112

Operation of the parking assist system . . . . . . . . . 4-110

Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107

Non-operational conditions of rear parking

assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

Operation of the rear parking assist system. . . . . . 4-107

Rear parking assist system precautions . . . . . . . . . 4-109

Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109

Rearview camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115

Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Driver position memory system (For power seat) . . . 3-9

Front seat adjustment - manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Front seat adjustment - power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Headrest (For front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Smart Cruise Control system (SCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52

Limitations of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62

Speed setting (SCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53

To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control . . 6-61

To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61

Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (SCC) . . . . . . . . 6-58

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Index

Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91

Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-94

Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95

Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-94

Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95

Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91

Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95

Reducing the risk of a rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-91

Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93

Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

Electronic power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149

Luggage box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151

Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39

Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Disarmed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . 7-12

Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

Check tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12

Low tire pressure position telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14

Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14

Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41, 9-4

All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53

Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

Low aspect ratio tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55

Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 8-41

Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53

Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53

Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41

Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54

Index

Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45

Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43

Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46

Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-50

Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46

Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44

Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

Removable towing hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99

Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . . . . . . 1-6

Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100

Certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103

Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100

Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

GAW (Gross Axle Weight). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . 6-104

Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104

Warning and indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94

Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94

Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128

Headlight (Headlamp) escort function. . . . . . . . . . 4-128

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128

Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145

Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145

Defogging logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146

Winter driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96

Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99

Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . . 6-98

Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98

Check spark plugs and ignition system . . . . . . . . . . 6-98

Index

Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99

Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 6-99

Snowy or icy conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96

To keep locks from freezing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99

Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system6-99

Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant. . . . . . . . . 6-98

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

Blade inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

Front windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122

Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-123

Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

KIA 2019 NIRO HYBRID / Plug-in Hybrid

Product's Documents

2019 Niro Hybrid / Plug-in Hybrid Owner's Manual

Specifications

KIA 2019 NIRO HYBRID Questions and Answers